Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Agenda 03-15-22
The City of Boynton Beach City Commission Agenda Tuesday, March 15, 2022, 5:30 PM GoToWebinar Online Meeting and City Hall Commission Chambers, 100 E. Ocean Avenue Boynton Beach City Commission Mayor Steven B. Grant (At Large) Vice Mayor Woodrow L. Hay (District 11) Commissioner Justin Katz (District 1) Commissioner Christina L. Romelus (District III) Commissioner Ty Penserga (District IV) Lori LaVerriere, City Manager James Cherof, City Attorney Crystal Gibson, City Clerk *Mission* To create a sustainable community by providing exceptional municipal services, in a financially responsible manner. °a�1111rIN°„',mf www. boy nton- beach. org Page 1 of 452 Welcome Thank you for attending the City Commission Meeting General Rules & Procedures for Public Participation at City of Boynton Beach Commission Meetings The Agenda: There is an official agenda for every meeting of the City Commissioners, which determines the order of business conducted at the meeting. The City Commission will not take action upon any matter, proposal, or item of business, which is not listed upon the official agenda, unless a majority of the Commission has first consented to the presentation for consideration and action. • Consent Agenda Items: These are items which the Commission does not need to discuss individually and which are voted on as a group. • Regular Agenda Items: These are items which the Commission will discuss individually in the order listed on the agenda. • Voice Vote: A voice vote by the Commission indicates approval of the agenda item. This can be by either a regular voice vote with "Ayes & Nays" or by a roll call vote. Speaking at Commission Meetings: The public is encouraged to offer comment to the Commission at their meetings during Public Hearings, Public Audience, and on any regular agenda item, as hereinafter described. City Commission meetings are business meetings and, as such, the Commission retains the right to impose time limits on the discussion on an issue. Public Hearings: Any citizen may speak on an official agenda item under the section entitled "Public Hearings." Public Audience: Any citizen may be heard concerning any matter within the scope of the jurisdiction of the Commission - Time Limit - Three (3) Minutes. Regular Agenda Items: Any citizen may speak on any official agenda item(s) listed on the agenda after a motion has been made and properly seconded, with the exception of Consent Agenda Items that have not been pulled for separate vote, reports, and presentations. - Time Limit - Three (3) Minutes. Addressing the Commission: When addressing the Commission, please step up to either podium and state your name for the record. Decorum: Any person who disputes the meeting while addressing the Commission may be ordered by the presiding officer to cease further comments and/or to step down from the podium. Failure to discontinue comments or step down when so ordered shall be treated as a continuing disruption of the public meeting. An order by the presiding officer issued to control the decorum of the meeting is binding, unless over -ruled by the majority vote of the Commission members present. Please turn off all cellular phones in the City Commission Chambers while the City Commission Meeting is in session. The City of Boynton Beach encourages interested parties to attend and participate in public meetings either in-person or via communications media technology online. To view and/or participate in the City Commission meeting online you have the following options: 1. Watch the meeting online, but not participate: Page 2 of 452 You may watch the meeting via the GoToWebinar platform. Visit the City's website at www.boynton-beach.org to access the up-to-date link to the meeting. 2. Watch the meeting online and provide public comment during the meeting: To request to speak during the meeting, you can electronically "raise your hand" or type a question using the GoToWebinar platform. The meeting moderator will announce when it is your turn to speak or have your question addressed. Please note that time limits will be enforced so comments must be limited to no more than 3 minutes. For additional information or for special assistance prior to the meeting, please contact Crystal Gibson, City Clerk, at cityclerk@bbfl.us or (561) 742-6061. Page 3 of 452 1. Openings A. Call to Order - Mayor Steven B. Grant City Clerk announces certification of Supervisor of Elections' Election Results from the March 8, 2022 Municipal Election Swearing In of Ty Penserga as Mayor Swearing In of Angela Cruz as Commissioner District I Presentation of Plaque to Steven B. Grant Presentation of Plaque to Justin Katz Presentation of Plaque to Ty Penserga Roll Call I nvocation Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag led by Commissioner Christina Romelus Agenda Approval: 1. Additions, Deletions, Corrections 2. Adoption 2. Other A. Informational items by the Members of the City Commission. 3. Announcements, Community And Special Events And Presentations A. Declaration of vacancy in District 4. B. State Senator Lori Berman and State Representative Joe Casello to provide an update on the 2022 Florida Legislative Session. C. School Board Member Erica Whitfield to present the 2021-2022 School Year State of Education Report to the City Commission. D. Black History Month Celebration Presentation by Recreation & Parks Director Kacy Young to highlight the event and recognize the Community Volunteer Committee. E. Announcement of the City's 2021 Design Build Institute of America (DBIA) project award(s) for the City Hall and Library facility as part of the Town Square project by City Manager Lori LaVerriere. F. Proclamation recognizing March 21, 2022 as World Down Syndrome Day. Corinne Pike, Gold Coast Down Syndrome Organization Director of Development will accept the proclamation. G. Proclaim April 1, 2022 as The Lord's Place SleepOut Homelessness Awareness Day. Calvin Phillips from The Lord's Place will receive the proclamation. H. Proclaim the month of March as Let's Move Palm Beach County Month. Will Romelus from Digital Vibez, Inc. will accept the proclamation. Proclaim the month of March 2022 as Women's History Month. J. Proclamation for Runoff Election to be held on March 22, 2022 between Marit Hedeen and Thomas Turkin for Commissioner in District 3. Page 4 of 452 4. Public Audience Individual Speakers Will Be Limited To 3 Minute Presentations (at the discretion of the Chair, this 3 minute allowance may need to be adjusted depending on the level of business coming before the City Commission) 5. Administrative A. Ratify the selection of Library Board Chair and Vice Chair. B. Consideration of a Special City Commission Meeting to accept staff ranking of applications to the Notice of Funding Opportunities (NOFOs) for use of the City's American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds and to award funds based upon application eligibility and proposed programming. C. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to Growing Strong Ministries. D. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $1,000.00 of her Community Support Funds to Mission Clinic of Palm Springs, Inc. E. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to the HATT Foundation. F. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to Scholar Career Coaching. G. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $1,000.00 of her Community Support Funds to Path to College. H. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to Pathways to Prosperity. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to the Palm Beach County Fire Rescue Cadet Program. 6. Consent Agenda Matters in this section of the Agenda are proposed and recommended by the City Manager for "Consent Agenda" approval of the action indicated in each item, with all of the accompanying material to become a part of the Public Record and subject to staff comments A. Accept the Fiscal Year 2021-2022 Budget Status Report of the General Fund and the Utilities Fund for the 5 -month period which ended February 28, 2022, unaudited. B. Proposed Resolution No. R22-042 - Approve the temporary lane closures in the 2000 Block of State Road 5 (Federal Hwy) - 700 feet of the right lane heading Northbound and 400 feet of the left lane heading Southbound on Monday, July 4, 2022 for the annual 4th of July event, and authorize the City Manager, or designee, to apply for the State permit for the temporary road closure. C. Proposed Resolution No. R22-043 - Award and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of RFP No. REC22-004R for Snack Bar Concessionaire for Oceanfront Park. D. Proposed Resolution No. R22-044 - Award and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form to be approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of RFP No. GC22-005R for Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course. E. Proposed Resolution No. R22-045 - Authorize the City Manager to modify the current agreement with Motorola Solutions Company to provide a hybrid PremierOne cloud hosted/on- Page 5 of 452 premise solution to the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD), Records Management System (RMS) and Mobile Reporting solutions as well as ancillary products and services, as described in the Change Order, for zero cost. 7. Consent Bids And Purchases Over $100,000 A. Authorize utilizing the GSA contract GS-07F-173GA, previously approved on 09/01/2020, for the purchase of equipment and services of Avigilon Security Camera System and access control from Broadcast Systems in the amount of $419,326.20 for security upgrades at the East and West Water Treatment Plants and District Energy Plant. Authorize transfer of funds in the amount of $389,327.00 from CIP Account 403-5000-533-65.02 projects WT2103 ($299,333) & WT2102 ($89,994) to Water Plant Security Project W TR127($389,327). B. Approve sole source purchase of a new Lime Slaker System for $187,750 from Integrity Municipal Systems, Inc.to replace Lime Slaker # 2 at the East Water Treatment Plant. C. Approve an Amendment for Purchase Order 191014 via Task Order # UT -2A-02 — General Consulting Services-RFQ 040-2821-17/TP with Jacobs (formerly CH2M Hill Engineers) in the amount of $41,822.00. This would provide environmental review services for the Generator Replacement project at the East Water Treatment Plant. The amended Purchase Order amount would be $125,896.00. 8. Public Hearina 6 p.m. or as soon thereafter as the agenda permits. The City Commission will conduct these public hearings in its dual capacity as Local Planning Agency and City Commission. A. Approve request for Conditional Use (COUS 21-001) approval for Raising Cane's Restaurant dual drive-through facility on a BJ's Wholesale Club outparcel located at 1550 West Boynton Beach Boulevard within the Planned Commercial Development (PCD) zoning district. Applicant: Kristina Belt, Kimley Horn & Associates. Approve request for Major Site Plan Modification (MSPM 21-001) for Raising Cane's Restaurant to include a new 2,771 -square foot building with dual drive-through facilities and 68 seats (50 indoor, 18 outdoor) on a BJ's Wholesale Club outparcel located at 1550 West Boynton Beach Boulevard within the Planned Commercial Development (PCD) zoning district. Applicant: Kristina Belt, Kimley Horn & Associates. B. Proposed Ordinance No. 22-010 - Second Reading - An ordinance of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, amending Article 111, of Chapter 18 of the Boynton Beach Code of Ordinances, entitled "Municipal Police Officers' Retirement Trust Fund;" amending Section 18- 169, requirements for retirement benefit amounts, providing for conflict, providing for severability; and, providing for an effective date hereof. 9. City Manager's Report A. Development Department staff will provide the City Commission an update on the SagesGov E - Permitting project implementation. 10. Unfinished Business - None 11. New Business - None 12. Legal A. Proposed Resolution No. R22-046 - Approve revision to Community Support Funds Policy to allow for funds remaining to be spent by other members of the City Commission. Page 6 of 452 13. Future Agenda Items A. Consider Draft Ordinance Creating a Citizen's Engagement Committee - April 5, 2022 B. Discuss disposition of vacant 3.62 acre parcel adjacent to Leisurevillle and west of SW 8th Avenue -TBD C. Proposed Ordinance No. 21-025 First Reading. Approve Development Agreement Ordinance. (Tabled from the September 21, 2021 City Commission Meeting.) - TBD D. Discuss Renaming Demonstration Garden Park - TBD E. Discuss Building Safety Inspection Program - (Pending outcome of 2022 legislative session) F. Discuss the next steps for implementation of City Ordinance No. 21-012 prohibiting the use and distribution of polystyrene foam ("Styrofoam") food ware, unencapsulated polystyrene foam products, balloons, and confetti on City property. - TBD G. Possible Land Swap with St. Mark's Catholic Church - TBD 14. Adjournment Notice If a person decides to appeal to any decision made by the City Commission with respect to any matter considered at this meeting, He/She will need a record of the proceedings and, for such purpose, He/She may need to ensure that a verbatim record of the proceedings is made, which record includes the testimony and evidence upon which the appeal is to be based. (ES. 286.0105) The city shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids and services where necessary to afford an individual with a disability an equal opportunity to participate in and enjoy the benefits of a service, program, or activity conducted by the city. Please contact the City Clerks office, (561) 742- 6060 or (TTY) 1-800-955-8771, at least 48 hours prior to the programor activity in order for the city to reasonably accommodate your request. Additional agenda iterns may be added subsequent to the publication of the agenda on the city's web site. Information regarding iterns added to the agenda after it is published on the city's web site can be obtained fromthe office of the City Clerk Page 7 of 452 1.A. Opening Items 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach D Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Call to Order - Mayor Steven B. Grant City Clerk announces certification of Supervisor of Elections' Election Results from the March 8, 2022 Municipal Election Swearing In of Ty Penserga as Mayor Swearing In of Angela Cruz as Commissioner District I Presentation of Plaque to Steven B. Grant Presentation of Plaque to J ustin Katz Presentation of Plaque to Ty Penserga Roll Call I nvocation Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag led by Commissioner Christina Romelus Agenda Approval: 1. Additions, Deletions, Corrections 2. Adoption Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Page 8 of 452 Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 9 of 452 Requested Action by Commission: Informational items by the Members of the City Commission. Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: 2.A. Other 3/15/2022 Page 10 of 452 3.A. Announcements, Community and Special Events and Presentations 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach g D m Aenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Declaration of vacancy in District 4 Explanation of Request: The resignation of Commissioner Ty Penserga coupled with his election as Mayor creates a vacancy in the District 4 Seat which the Commission needs to declare vacant. The last time the Commission filled a vacancy was in 2018. Minutes reflecting the previous process are attached for consideration. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type Description D f thE)lr' Chia irtE)r f: E)C',fli01['D 6A 1":::iIlIIiing V, -'.I :aIrDQ iEI 'S f 6"DICY(�ICY(�IIa:zW:zlk)1['1E)ir' I° aENIIa:zE)rga 's b1tt Nr Ir'Esa:zIig1['1IIIC'1g District(.....�s�f�slr' 4 SEa ,a t Of flims 11""'"7 18 Coirnirlr�lla:zW:zlloin r iI�IIIC'DD.11f�s�z 6 Imr E� ItIIIrDg D UIC'DD.JrtE)S aIr 1['rIC.DLA1['rIQ":IIIC'1g v -'i ":aIrrcy D MIIIC'DD.JrtE)S MIIIC'DD.11fE)S Of 11 20 18 CoirnirnIIa:zW:zlloin IrT1E)E)tIIC'1g fiiIlIilllg v --i :aIr cy Page 11 of 452 Sec. 6A. Filling vacancy on City Commission. In the event of a vacancy occurring in the members of the City Commission, except at the close of a regular term, it shall be the duty of the remaining members at the next regular meeting, or as soon thereafter as possible, following the declaration of such vacancy, to appoint a duly qualified citizen to fill said vacancy until the next municipal election, at which time the balance of the original members term shall be filled by election. In no event shall an appointment or election alter the term of the district seat. Municipal election shall mean the election held on the first Tuesday in November of the calendar year. If a majority of said remaining members are unable to agree upon the selection of a Commissioner to fill said vacancy after two (2) regular meetings have been held, the City Commission shall call a special election for that purpose. (Laws of Fla. 1947, Ch. 24398, § 16; Ord. No. 90-80, § 1, 1- 2-91, election of 3-12-91; Ord. No. 01- 25, § 7, 7-3-01; Ord. No. 02-043, § 4, 8-20-02, election of 11-5-02; Ord. No. 12-023, § 2, 1-15-13, election of 3-12-13) Editor's note—Ord. No. 02-043, § 2, 8-20-02, election of 11-5-02, deleted previous § 6 pertaining to the fixing of salaries by resolution. Said section was derived from Laws of Fla. 1947, Ch. 24398, § 27; Laws of Fla, Ch. 67-1119, § 1. Current § 6 was originally part of Article IV and designated § 51. Page 12 of 452 Ty Penserga 4315 Key Lime Blvd. Boynton Beach, FL 33436 October 26, 2021 Crystal Gibson, MMC City Clerk City of Boynton Beach 100 East Ocean Avenue Boynton Beach, FL 33435 VIA HAND DELIVERY Dear Ms. Gibson: OCT 2 6 2021 Ali ) ... CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH CITY CLERK'S OFFICE In pursuit of my candidacy for Mayor, I hereby tender my resignation as City of Boynton Beach Commissioner, District IV, pursuant to section 99.012, Florida Statutes, also referred to as Florida's "resign -to -run" law. The resignation is effective the earlier of the two dates provided in section 99.012(3)(d), F.S. Sincerely, a, z Ty P.e°�j rg.., .�.�. cc: Executive Office of the Governor Department of State Page 13 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 7, 2018 3. ANNOUNCEMENTS, COMMUNITY & SPECIAL EVENTS & PRESENTATIONS A. Commission to declare the vacancy of Commission District IV seat. Vice Mayor Romelus announced the vacancy of Commission District IV seat. Explained the process to qualify. Commissioner McCray asked if the Commission can nominate from the floor. Attorney Cherof answered in the affirmative. B. Proclaim November 15, 2018 as America Recycles Day. Vice Mayor Romelus Proclaimed November 15, 2018 as America Recycles Day. Willie Puz, Director Public Affairs and Recycling Solid Waste Authority of Palm Beach County (SWA), thanked the City of Boynton Beach for the proclamation. Explained the SWA is a Dependent Special District formed by the Florida Legislature in 1975. SWA has created an awarded winning integrated system of facilities which include 2 waste energy facilities, 7 home chemicals and recycling centers, 6 transfer stations, a recycling facility, a biocell processing facility, and a landfill. Mr. Puz indicated SWA began to recycle with only five items. Today SWA accepts over 20 items for the recycling program. SWA was the only dual stream recycling in the State of Florida. In 2010 the SWA implemented a recycling revenue share program. Since 2010 the City has recycled more than 28,000 tons of items which would have gone to a landfill. The City has earned almost $700,000 just from the residents recycling. He thanked the Commission for their leadership and presented a check for $672,000 to the City of Boynton Beach. C. Proclaim November 10-18, 2018 as National Hunger and Homeless Awareness Week. Vice Mayor Romelus proclaimed November 10-18, 2018 as National Hunger and Homeless Awareness Week. Karen Smith, Representative of the Homeless Coalition of Palm Beach County, thanked the Commission for their support. There are 1308 people in Palm Beach County experiencing homelessness. The Coalition provides those who are experiencing homelessness for whatever reason with a place they can be safe. She thanked the Commission and said it takes the community as a whole to end homelessness. To learn more about and how to be involved go to www.homelesscoalitionpbc.org. D. Announcement by Mary DeGraffenreidt, Events and Programs Manager, regarding the 48th Annual Holiday Parade and Grand Marshal entry form upcoming deadlines. Page 14 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 20, 2018 Commissioner McCray wanted to clarify why he requested amounts from previous years. He wanted to ensure the amount being requested would be sufficient for the upcoming year. The motion unanimously passed. 1-111111:01 -.14101: 11-11 N I zreleff 7 P.M. OR AS SOON THEREAFTER AS THE AGENDA PERMITS The City Commission will conduct these public hearings in its dual capacity as Local Planning Agency and City Commission. 11. NEW BUSINESS A. Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500 of her Community Support Funds to Growing Strong Ministries, Inc. for their Thanksgiving food drive. Commissioner McCray moved to approve with discussion. Commissioner Katz seconded the motion. Commissioner McCray inquired if this was for this fiscal year and how many turkeys were given out. Vice Mayor Romelus responded over 160 families were given rice, beans as well as a turkey. This was a very successful event. Commissioner McCray commended this was what it was all about, taking care of the less fortunate in Boynton Beach. Vote The motion unanimously passed. The following items moved from 2-B and 2-C. B. Make an appointment to fill the vacancy existing in Commission District 4. Mayor Grant inquired as to how many applications were received. Clerk Pyle responded 6 applications were received. W-1 Page 15 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 20, 2018 Mayor Grant asked if it was ok with the Commission to allow each applicant to give a three-minute presentation. Questions at the end of the presentation. Vice Mayor Romelus disclosed she met with Aimee Kelley. There was a consensus for three-minute presentations for each applicant. Charles Kanter lived in the City since 2004. Mr. Kanter relocated from the Key's where he was instrumental in building several parks as well as creating the City of Marathon. He was the Director of Training for the Hundred Cities program through the Department of Labor. There has been no real progress in District IV, but has the highest growth rate in the City. There has been exponential growth with six story apartment buildings, the best restaurants in town. Pointed out his main agenda was the 60 -acre park. Mentioned if he was not selected, the Commission should select Rick Maharajh. He would only want this position for the 13 months of Commissioner Casello's remaining term. He hoped to be able to mentor someone for the position. Mayor Grant clarified the position was only till March 2019. There will be an election at that time. Aimee Kelley has been a resident since 2005. Her family are active members and participate and support the many activities happening in Boynton Beach. She was excited to see all the changes which are coming into the City. She has 19 years of experience working in the legal system. Her experience would give her the ability to represent the entirety of the District. She thanked the City for the opportunity to represent the City in its future endeavors. Commissioner McCray asked for clarification regarding the election for District 4, was it for March 2019 or March 2020. Clerk Pyle responded the election is scheduled for March 12, 2019. Commissioner Katz said the person appointed now would only serve until the next election cycle, which was for four months. In March 2019 someone will be elected to fill the remainder of Joe Casello term which was for one year. Then one year later there will be an actual election for the next 3 -year term. Rick Maharajh indicated it was truly an honor and a privilege to place his name in the hat with the other candidates. He has lived, worked and played in Boynton Beach for more than 20 years. He has a business based in the City. Mr. Maharajh sits on the Community Redevelopment Agency Advisory Board (CRAAB) working with City budgets. Chairman of the Ambassadors for the Boynton Beach Chamber of Commerce, which manages about 450 businesses throughout the City. He was an engineer and a businessman. He has clients in the business community as well as governmental sectors. He will bring the business as well as the technical aspect to the table. 14 Page 16 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 20, 2018_ Emir Tyrone Penserga was seeking this opportunity to serve and represent the families in District IV. He believes this opportunity is the best way to harness all of his skills and past experiences to serve his community and to make their neighborhood safer. He would support those in the frontlines to make their businesses thrive and to encourage the growth of new businesses and to help protect the environment and overall to ensure that Boynton Beach was a place which they not only want to live, but also a place to work and play. Explained he intends to bring a progressive educator, scientist perspective to the City government to continue and propel forward the great work which has already been done. He shares the vision that Boynton Beach, which was ripe for transformation, to be the next cultural and technology hub of South Florida. Lived in the City of Boynton Beach for the past 20 years. Earned his undergraduate degree at Temple University in Philadelphia. He returned to Boynton Beach to be near his friends, family and to pursue his career. His first job as a teacher was working with underprivileged children. Earned his Master degree at Florida Atlantic University (FAU) and currently working on his PhD in neuroscience also at FAU. At each chapter of his life he has sought to serve others in the capacity he thought would best serve the community, whether it be in student government, fighting for those emergency services that needed to be improved, campaigning to ensure that judges protect homeless, Lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) youths are elected. The City needs to attract young people and young families to transform Boynton Beach into a vibrant City where we preserve the beauty and peace of the residential communities, but also create an exciting night life with more caf6s, culture, and music. Pointed out with this wave comes new businesses and more investments, which means more high paying jobs. If appointed into the City Commission this was what can be expected from him. He would work tirelessly to improve the quality of life for the people of the City of Boynton Beach. He would work with each Commissioner to look for common ground to win where they can all win. He wants to build bridges where they are broken and ensure the growth in this City was inclusive of all communities. He will act decisively but methodically and will assess the merits of any argument based on facts and data and not an ideology. Wayne Segal believed his experience and background could make a significant contribution to the City of Boynton Beach. Served as interim District 4 Commissioner between December 2012 and April of 2013. Among his accomplishments was bringing forth an ordinance to change the percentage necessary to win a Commission seat. He was the Director of Public Affairs for the City for 11 years and established the department along industry standards. Another accomplishment from that time was to make Boynton Beach the first City in South Florida to use social media. He worked in Tallahassee as the Assistant Public Affairs Director for Florida Department of Labor. He has held similar positions with the City of West Palm Beach as well as other cities. Currently he serves on the board of his homeowner's association. Mr. Segal has first-hand knowledge of citizens' concerns. He was a member of the City's Brand Promise committee and taught conversational English to indigenous people in Guatemala. Holds a Master degree from Kent State University and Bachelor's degree from the University of Maine. He was also a national Incident Management certified in communications and every year since he retired he has volunteered to be in the Emergency Operation Center (EOC). Mr. Segal explained 15 Page 17 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 20, 2018 his vision for a better Boynton was to implement strategies which support business objectives, influence thinking, forge alliance and build consensus which would improve the quality of life for all citizens. Muriel Waldman offered a unique background for District IV. She was a Police Officer for 16 years. The last 15 years she worked with the Boynton Beach Police Department as the Victim's Advocate. She holds a degree in social science. Holds a Master's degree in Criminal Justice from Nova. She comes without any preconceived notions of what the City should be. Understands that the City grows every day and she has the ability to listen. Ms. Waldman indicated she can bring these skills to the Commission. She wants to continue to be a public servant. A Commissioner should be someone which listens to the citizens. Pointed out District IV is self-contained unit of single family dwellings. The City was growing, and she would like to meld the growth. Mayor Grant asked if anyone had any questions. Mayor Grant asked if she plans on running for the District IV Commission seat in March. Ms. Waldman responded she was thinking about running. Commissioner Katz indicated it was his personal belief with the election coming up in March 2019, that he would not be in favor of appointing someone for this brief period that intends to run in March. He believed this would give the person an unfair advantage. He intends to restrict his vote to those individuals which do not plan to run in the March 2019 election. Believes the Commission appointing and potentially anointing the next person for that seat for this appointment was not something he was in favor of doing. Ms. Waldman replied if there was a caveat to signing a pledge for not running she would need to think about it. Commissioner Katz hoped that anyone appointed tonight stating they do not intend to run would be a person of integrity. This was not a formal qualification. He was not in favor of appointing anyone who plans to run for office. Again he stated this was not a formal requirement. Mayor Grant informed the Commission he was on the other end of the spectrum. Anyone who was trying to get appointed would need to face transparency. They would be elected officials. It seems they are bypassing the system. He believes the people in District IV would not consider their appointment as an anointment. Commissioner McCray echoed what was being said by the Mayor. Inquired if Ms. Waldman has any knowledge of the City budget. Asked if she was in favor of Town Square project. Asked if she was in agreement with the Heart of Boynton? And lastly how many commission meetings had she attended? 16 Page 18 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 20, 2018. Ms. Waldman indicated she was not up to speed on the budget. She has not attended any Commission meetings in the past two years. She needed to be aware of the concerns in District IV. She was not running for Mayor. She was trying to move the City forward. Commissioner McCray pointed out although she may be in District IV her vote would represent the entire City. Ms. Waldman must recognize she would vote on items which affect the entire City. Vice Mayor Romelus thanked Ms. Waldman for her 15 years of services as a Victim Advocate as well as the 16 years as a Police Officer. Commissioner Katz asked if appointed would Mr. Segal publicly state whether he intended to run at the March 2019 election. Wayne Segal responded he did not intend to run in the March 2019 election. He was also in agreement with Commissioner Katz regarding not selecting anyone who intended to run in the March 2019 election. He believes if the person selected intended to run the person would focus on campaigning instead of the work for the City. Commissioner McCray requested a response of the questions previously asked of Ms. Waldman. Mr. Segal stated he was with Wilford Hawkins when he came up with the idea of the Heart of Boynton. He was supportive of it then; he was supportive of it now. The development of the Heart of Boynton will benefit the entire City. Commissioner McCray asked how many meetings had Mr. Segal attended this year. Mr. Segal stated not as many as he should. Vice Mayor Romelus thanked Mr. Segal for his previous service. Mayor Grant called the next applicant. Requested Mr. Penserga pronounce his name. Mr. Penserga responded he goes by the name Tyrone. Pointed out as a person who works in science one of the very first things you will learn was do not try to fake it, people can see right through it. He advised he fully intended to run for the vacant District IV seat in March 2019. Stated he was not aware of the budget. In response to the grand vision for Boynton Beach, it should be a place to live, work and play. He had not attended any in-person meetings. He watches on You tube. Commissioner McCray asked what was his take on the Heart of Boynton. Mr. Pensega noted he would need to have additional details before he could make a decision. 17 Page 19 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 20, 2018 Commissioner McCray pointed out Mr. Pensega indicated he was up to date on the City Budget. The budget was published online. Told him to begin watching the budget. This was not on the job training. Mr. Pensega wanted to say he was impressed with the grant for improving the technology for the Police Department. Indicated the City needs to be a SMART City and not a City of the past. Mayor Grant asked if Mr. Maharajh intended to run in the March 2019 election. Mr. Maharajh replied he has a deep interest and desire to serve the City of Boynton Beach. He has not made a 100% decision as of yet. Mayor Grant asked if Mr. Maharajh was familiar with the City budget. Mr. Maharajh responded he was. As the City was aware the budget meeting is open to the public as well as the budget workshops where residents can provide input. He was a current CRAAB member and they worked on pieces of the budget and provided recommendations to the City staff. Mayor Grant asked how many Commission meetings he attended. Mr. Maharajh answered he had attended countless meetings, memorials, functions both internally and external. Mayor Grant questioned what would Mr. Maharajh do for the Hearth of Boynton Beach. Mr. Maharajh said the intention was to create a beautiful downtown destination. The City wants to attract Millennials, build environmental sustainable buildings. He expressed the City needs to have reasonable and responsible development. Continue to make Boynton Beach a great place to live and work. Commissioner McCray thanked Mr. Maharajh for listening and attending the City Commission meetings as well as serving on the CRA Advisory Board. Mayor Grant asked if Ms. Kelley planned on running for the vacant positon March 2019. Ms. Kelley answered she does not plan on running in the March 2019 election. Mayor Grant asked if Ms. Kelley was familiar with the City budget. Ms. Kelley responded she was familiar with the City budget. Mayor Grant asked how many Commission meetings has he attended. Ms. Kelley answered because of family schedules, she was unable to attend in person, but she has watched the City Commission meeting on YouTube and the Boynton Beach T.V. Indicated her schedule has changed and she can be a more active participate. Mayor Grant asked if selected what does she see moving forward for the Heart of Boynton Beach. Ms. Kelley responded to support the community engagement and continue to grow the neighborhood police outreach. Commissioner McCray asked if Ms. Kelley had any ties to the employees of the City of Boynton Beach. Ms. Kelley answered in the affirmative. Mayor Grant called the next applicant. Mr. Kanter stated he was under the impression the interim positon was for 13 months. He would like to withdraw his application. He has a lot of experience to provide to the Commission. Page 20 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida November 20, 2018 Commissioner McCray acknowledged he was under the impression the position was for 13 months. There was an election coming up in March 2019, there are three seats which are coming up. He was looking for someone with experience, who can take this City where it needs to go, whether it was 4 days or 4 months. They should be able to hit the ground running. Commissioner Katz would only support candidates who do not intend to run. This was not to disparage those who intend to run. The last election he was unopposed. The fact that there were four qualified candidates was awesome. Pointed out only two applicants stated they did not intend to run. Those applicants were Wayne Segal and Aimee Kelley. He thanked and respected Mr. Segal for his previous service as an interim City Commissioner. His personal preference was to select Aimee Kelley who has deep ties to the community. Vice Mayor Romelus agreed with Commissioner Katz to give someone an opportunity to set on the dais for four months and not give a candidate an unfair advantage. She appreciates the interest and the candor. She was grateful and glad there was interest in the City. The City has candidates from the young 30 year olds, business owners and retirees willing to give their time and freedom. She thanked everyone who had shown interest in the District IV position. She wants to ensure a level playing field for the upcoming election in March 2019. She wanted to second the motion for Aimee Kelley. Mayor Grant thanked all of the applicants. Noted each candidate brought something different. Expressed while in politics anyone can say anything about you and it was no longer slander. He encourages all those which intend to run to continue to pursue this goal. Pointed out because of the 50% requirement he was elected Mayor. Mayor Grant expressed Boynton Beach will be better off no matter who was selected. Thanked all those applicants who applied. Commissioner Katz motioned to appoint Aimee Kelley to fill the vacant Commission seat for District IV until the March 2019 election. Commissioner McCray stated he would not be the one to say he does not want someone who wants to run. He believed that it would be an honor to get a chance to become a Commissioner three months. He does not want to penalize anyone which wanted to run. It was a fair game. If the people want you they will vote for you. Mayor Grant requested a vote. Commissioner Katz motion to appoint Aimee Kelley to the Commission IV seat. Seconded by Vice Mayor Romelus. Vote 19 Page 21 of 452 Meeting Minutes City Commission Boynton Beach, Florida 3-1 (Commissioner McCray dissenting) Commissioner McCray asked about the exempt status of Ms. Kelley. Assistant City Attorney Bridgeman responded the exemption does not change because a person was an elected official. Ms. Kelley thanked the Commission and indicated she was eager to learn more about the City. C. Administer the Oath of Office to newly appointed Commissioner for District IV, if selected. City Clerk Pyle administered the Oath of Office to Aimee Kelley for Commissioner of District IV. 12. Legal A. PROPOSED ORDINANCE NO. 18-032 - FIRST READING - Approval of Ordinance amending Chapter 4, Animals and Fowl, by adding a new section 4-39 adopting new regulations regarding the retail sale of dogs and cats. B. PROPOSED ORDINANCE NO. 18-033 - FIRST READING -Amending Part 11. "Code of Ordinances," Chapter 15, "Offences -Miscellaneous," Article 1, "in General," Sections 15-8.1 Through 15-8.8; Creating Section 15-8.9 Entitled "Measurement of Noise". 13. FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS A. Annual Evaluation of City Manager by the City Commission — December 4, 2018 B. Discussion of Quantum Park Overlay Dependent District — December 4, 2018 C. Commission wants to discuss public safety as it relates to the Town Square Redevelopment - TBD D. Staff to bring information concerning the following land parcels for the Commission to review - TBD Nichols Property Rolling Green Girl Scout Park RE Page 22 of 452 Requested Action by Commission: State Senator Lori Berman and State Representative Joe Casello to provide an update on the 2022 Florida Legislative Session. Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 23 of 452 Requested Action by Commission: School Board Member Erica Whitfield to present the 2021-2022 School Year State of Education Report to the City Commission. Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 24 of 452 Requested Action by Commission: Black History Month Celebration Presentation by Recreation & Parks Director Kacy Young to highlight the event and recognize the Community Volunteer Committee. Explanation of Request: The Recreation & Parks Department hosted a Black History Month Celebration on February 26, from 12-6pm at Sara Sims Park. The event included musical performances, art exhibits, historical lectures, food trucks, and non profit vendors. Community volunteers and Recreation & Parks Department staff partnered to form a committee to plan this community event. How will this affect city programs or services? Support Services were provided by the Public Works Department and Marketing & Special Events Fiscal Impact: This was a budgeted event. Alternatives: Not to make the announcement Strategic Plan: Building Wealth in the Community Strategic Plan Application: Hosting Special Events encourages Residents and Non -Residents to visit Sara Sims Park Climate Action Application: No climate application Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 25 of 452 3.E. Requested Action by Commission: Announcement of the City's 2021 Design Build Institute of America (DBIA) project award(s) for the City Hall and Library facility as part of the Town Square project by City Manager Lori LaVerriere. Explanation of Request: The Boynton Beach City Hall and Library project designed and built by Haskell in a public-private partnership (P3), received the National Award of Excellence and National Award of Merit in the Federal/State/County/Municipal category at the November 3rd, 2021 Design -Build Institute of America (DBIA) Awards Dinner and Ceremony in Denver, Colorado. Boynton Beach emerged from two other National Award of Merit winners — receiving the National Award of Excellence from Wyoming Military Department's General Instruction Building at Camp Guernsey, Wyoming and the Navy General Administration Facility in San Diego. From Left, Chris Ware, Haskell Director of Project Management, Andrew Mack, Assistant City Manager, Ben Berling, Haskell Project Manager. Built in a unique public-private partnership, the Boynton Beach facility was complex and the first of its kind attempted in Florida. Haskell was the prime design -build partner, Boynton Beach Town Square, LLC (CFP) was the owner of the facilities, E2L Real Estate Solutions was the Construction Manager for CFP, and the City of Boynton Beach was the end-user who leased the building from CFP. Page 26 of 452 The 102,000 -square -foot, four-story City Hall and Library facility is a tilt -up concrete and steel structure that comprises space for city administrative staff, building department, commission chambers, community space, a public library and space for a future cafe. City officials credit the progressive design -build process and experience of the Haskell team as the key to the evolving project's successful completion on time, in spite of escalating costs, weather issues, changing codes and the COVID-19 pandemic. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 27 of 452 3. F. Requested Action by Commission: Proclamation recognizing March 21, 2022 as World Down Syndrome Day. Corinne Pike, Gold Coast Down Syndrome Organization Director of Development will accept the proclamation. Explanation of Request: Down syndrome (also called trisomy 21) is a genetic condition when someone is born with three copies of chromosome 21 instead of two. Down syndrome occurs in people of all races, religions, cultures, and economic levels. World Down Syndrome Day gives us an opportunity to spread awareness and advocate for the rights of people with Down syndrome. The Gold Coast Down Syndrome Organization has been located in Boynton Beach for 10 years, providing valuable resources to our community. We look forward to continuing to support them and their mission. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type FlirtaaJa irna bola Description FlirtaaJa irna bola for World Down Syir:diroirTIE) IDay Page 28 of 452 pro e I CGAM Cation Whereas, March 21 is recognized as World Down Syndrome Day. Whereas, Down syndrome is a condition in which a child is born with an extra 21st chromosome. Whereas, the 21st day of March (the 3rd month of the year) was selected to signify the uniqueness of the triplication (trisomy) of the 21st chromosome which causes Down syndrome. Whereas, there are more than 400,000 people living with Down syndrome in the United States. Whereas, people with Down syndrome attend school, work, participate in decisions that affect them, and contribute to society in many wonderful ways. Whereas, the Gold Coast Down Syndrome Organization impacts the lives of people with Down syndrome by raising awareness and advocating for high expectations and acceptance of individuals with Down syndrome. Whereas, we believe individuals with Down syndrome should have equal opportunity to achieve desired goals of self-fulfillment, pride in their achievements, inclusion in their community and reaching their fullest potential. NOW THEREFORE, I, Steven B. Grant, Mayor of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, do hereby proclaim March 2111 as: World Down Syndrome Day IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and cause the Seal of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, to be affixed at Boynton Beach Florida, the 15th day of March, Two Thousand Twenty -Two. Steven B. Grant, Mayor ATTEST: Crystal Gibson City Clerk Kee] Requested Action by Commission: Proclaim April 1, 2022 as The Lord's Place SleepOut Homelessness Awareness Day. Calvin Phillips from The Lord's Place will receive the proclamation. Explanation of Request: Homelessness is a serious social and economic issue impacting all levels of our society. The City of Boynton Beach and The Lord's Place recognize that all people deserve respect and a place to call home. The Lord's Place will hold its 15th annual SleepOut to end homelessness on Friday, April 1 through Saturday morning, April 2, 2022, at the United Methodist Church of the Palm Beaches. The Lord's Place will host SleepOut 2022 both in person in a safe, outdoor format and provide a virtual component for those who prefer to remain home to encourage everyone in the community to participate and SleepOut at the event or in their homes or backyards. Everyone from every walk of life is invited to participate in SleepOut 2022 to increase awareness of unhoused individuals and families and focus on the programs and services needed to break the cycle of homelessness. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 30 of 452 Type Flirocbirnatioin Description Flitoclla irnaboin Page 31 of 452 pro e I CGAM Cation WHEREAS, homelessness is a serious social and economic issue impacting all levels of our society. The City of Boynton Beach and The Lord's Place recognize that all people deserve respect and a place to call home; and WHEREAS, the City of Boynton Beach and The Lord's Place are partners in providing that respect and pathway to a brighter future for men, women, and families who are homeless in our community; and WHEREAS, the City of Boynton Beach extends its appreciation to The Lord's Place for its leadership on this critical social issue and its wide array of successful programs and services changing the lives of the homeless one life at a time; and WHEREAS, The Lord's Place will hold its 15th annual SlccpOut to end homelessness on Friday, April 1 through Saturday morning, April 2, 2022, at the United Methodist Church of the Palm Beaches. The Lord's Place will host SlccpOut2022 both in person in a safe, outdoor format and provide a virtual component for those who prefer to remain home to encourage everyone in the community to participate and SleepOut at the event or in their homes or backyards; and WHEREAS, everyone from every walk of life is invited to participate in SlccpOut2022 to increase awareness of unhoused individuals and families and focus on the programs and services needed to break the cycle of homelessness; and WHEREAS, the mission of The Lord's Place is to "break the cycle of homelessness by providing innovative, compassionate, and effective Services to men, women, and children in our community." NOW THEREFORE, I, proclaim April 1, 2022, as: Mayor of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, do hereby The Lord's Place SleepOut Homelessness Awareness Day IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and cause the Seal of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, to be affixed at Boynton Beach Florida, the 15th day of March, Two Thousand Twenty -Two. Mayor ATTEST: Crystal Gibson, MMC, City Clerk Requested Action by Commission: Proclaim the month of March as Let's Move Palm Beach County Month. Will Romelus from Digital Vibez, Inc. will accept the proclamation. Explanation of Request: Let's Move: a Commit to Change Physical Activity Challenge motivates Palm Beach County residents to take charge of their health -- physically and mentally. This initiative is led annually by Digital Vibez, Inc. and the Palm Health Foundation. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type Description Flira:aaJa irna tioin Flira:a:Ja irnatioin 1.....E)t'S IMOVE) li a: inth Page 33 of 452 proel C -AM at ion WHEREAS, the City of Boynton Beach takes special notice and acknowledges exceptional organizations that help residents who live, work and play within the jurisdiction; and WHEREAS, in 2010 Digital Vibez was founded to reach out to underserved youth in Palm Beach County by empowering them through dance fitness, technology and the arts; and WHEREAS, Digital Vibez partners with the Palm Health Foundation, annually to host The Let's Move.: Commit to ChangcPhysical Activity Challenge: a county -wide initiative that focuses on physical activity, nutrition and healthy behaviors; and WHEREAS, Digital Vibez, Inc. and Palm Health Foundation present the annual challenge, which takes place annually from March 1-31 and encourages individuals within and beyond Palm Beach County to take charge of their health by participating in fun fitness exercises; and WHEREAS, The Let's Movcinitiative was originally introduced on a national level, by First Lady Michelle Obama in 2010, with the goal of decreasing childhood obesity throughout the United States due to the fact that nearly one in three children in the United States are overweight or obese and if this problem persists, 1/3 of all children born in 2000 or later will suffer from diabetes at some point in their lives, or will face other obesity -related health problems such as heart disease, high blood pressure, asthma and cancer; and WHEREAS, Digital Vibez and the Palm Health Foundation invite all residents to take the challenge to MOVE by forming teams, registering online, committing to exercising for at least 30 minutes a day throughout the month of March, and logging their minutes on the Let's Move website, www.letsmovePBC.org. In 2012, Palm Beach County logged 100,000 minutes in the first year of the challenge and we have met the challenge each year since, rising in 2021 to over 59 million minutes logged! NOW THEREFORE, I, Steven B. Grant, Mayor of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, do hereby proclaim the month of March, Two Thousand Twenty -Two as: LO's Mow palm b¢ach County ]Month IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, to be affixed at Boynton Beach, Florida, the 15" day of March, Two Thousand Twenty -Two. Steven B. Grant, Mayor ATTEST: Crystal Gibson, MMC City Clerk M Requested Action by Commission: Proclaim the month of March 2022 as Women's History Month. Explanation of Request: American women of every race, class and ethnic background have made historic contributions to the growth and strength of our Nation in countless recorded and unrecorded ways and served as early leaders in the forefront of every major progressive social change movement and served courageously in the military. They have played and continue to play a critical economic, cultural and social role in every sphere of the life of the Nation by constituting a significant portion of the labor force working inside and outside of the home and American women have played a unique role throughout the history of the Nation by providing the majority of the volunteer labor force of the Nation. American women have been leaders, not only in securing their own rights of suffrage and equal opportunity, but also in the Abolitionist movement, the Emancipation movement, the Industrial labor movement, the Civil Rights movement, and other movements; especially the peace movements, which created a more fair and just society for all. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type Flir taaJa irnatlioin Description Flir taaJa irnatlioin WorTIENl:S Il lllia:>tory I oir:tlh Page 35 of 452 Page 36 of 452 pro e I CGAM Cation WHEREAS, American women of every race, class and ethnic background have made historic contributions to the growth and strength of our Nation in countless recorded and unrecorded ways and served as early leaders in the forefront of every major progressive social change movement and served courageously in the military; and WHEREAS, American women have played and continue to play a critical economic, cultural and social role in every sphere of the life of the Nation by constituting a significant portion of the labor force working inside and outside of the home and American women have played a unique role throughout the history of the Nation by providing the majority of the volunteer labor force of the Nation; and WHEREAS, American women have been leaders, not only in securing their own rights of suffrage and equal opportunity, but also in the Abolitionist movement, the Emancipation movement, the Industrial labor movement, the Civil Rights movement, and other movements; especially the peace movements, which created a more fair and just society for all; and WHEREAS, despite these contributions, the role of American women in history has been consistently overlooked and undervalued, in the literature, teaching and study of American history; NOW THEREFORE, I, Steven B. Grant, Mayor of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, do hereby proclaim the month of March, Two Thousand Twenty -Two as: Worn�zn',s flistorg Month IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the Seal of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, to be affixed at Boynton Beach, Florida, the 151h day of March, Two Thousand Twenty -Two. Steven B. Grant, Mayor ATTEST: Crystal Gibson, MMC, City Clerk 3.J. Announcements, Community and Special Events and Presentations 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach g D m Aenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proclamation for Runoff Election to be held on March 22, 2022 between Marit Hedeen and Thomas Turkin for Commissioner in District 3. Explanation of Request: On March 8, 2022 an election was held in District 3 between three candidates. None of the three candidates received the required 50% plus one majority vote requiring a runoff election between the candidates receiving the two highest number of votes. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type FlirtaaJa irna bola Description Flirta:Ja irnatioin i airch 22, 2022 IRLA1r:0ffIl::.11b'Cfli01[1 Page 38 of 452 pro e1C-AMat ion I, Steven B. Grant, Mayor of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, do hereby proclaim that a Runoff Election will be held in the City of Boynton Beach, Palm Beach County, Florida, on the 22nd day of March 2022 to elect the one Commissioner from District 3 to serve a three-year term expiring in March 2025. The voting hours are between 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. on said date. Polling places are hereby designated as follows: Precinct 3194 Boynton Beach Fire Station # 2 2615 W. Woolbright Rd. Precinct 4026 Sterling Village 500 S. Federal Hwy. Precinct 4036 Forest Park Elementary 1201 SW 3rd St. Precinct 4054 Lakeview Baptist Church 2599 N. Swinton Ave. Delray Beach 33444 Precinct 4062 Lakeview Baptist Church 2599 N. Swinton Ave. Delray Beach 33444 Precinct 4066 Seacrest Presbyterian 2703 N. Seacrest Blvd. Delray Beach 33444 Precinct 4068 Seacrest Presbyterian 2703 N. Seacrest Blvd. Delray Beach 33444 Precinct 4070 Seacrest Presbyterian 2703 N. Seacrest Blvd. Delray Beach 33444 Precinct 7186 Boynton Beach Senior Center 1021 S. Federal Hwy. Precinct 7188 Forest Park Elementary 1201 SW 3rd St. Precinct 7190 Seacrest Presbyterian 2703 N. Seacrest Blvd. Delray Beach 33444 Steven B. Grant, Mayor ATTEST: Crystal Gibson, MMC, City Clerk 5.A. Administrative 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Ratify the selection of Library Board Chair and Vice Chair. Explanation of Request: At the February 23, 2022 meeting of the Library Advisory Board, George Feldman was appointed as Board Chair and Ace Ratcliff was appointed as the Vice -Chair. Per the City's Ordinance No. 21-016, the City Commission ratifies selection of the Board Chair and Vice -Chair. How will this affect city programs or services? N/A Fiscal Impact: N/A Alternatives: Do not appoint selected Chair and Vice -Chair Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 40 of 452 Administrative 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Consideration of a Special City Commission Meeting to accept staff ranking of applications to the Notice of Funding Opportunities (NOFOs) for use of the City's American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds and to award funds based upon application eligibility and proposed programming. Explanation of Request: The Special City Commission Meeting, scheduled for March 9, 2022, from 3:00 PM to 5:00 PM to accept staff ranking of applications to the Notice of Funding Opportunities (NOFOs) for use of the City's American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) funds and to award funds based upon application eligibility and proposed programming was canceled due to lack of a quorum. How will this affect city programs or services? N/A Fiscal Impact: The City received $6,823,952.00 on May 19, 2021 and will receive the second distribution of $6,823,952.00 on May 19, 2022 for a cumulative total of $13,647,904.00. Alternatives: Not schedule the Special Commission Meeting Strategic Plan: Building Wealth in the Community Strategic Plan Application: In 2020, the City of Boynton Beach partnered with FIU in undertaking the Boynton Beach Equity Initiative. The initiative provides the analytical framework and recommended action/policy items in five interconnected equity pillars - Economic Development, Education, Housing, Criminal Justice and Safety, and Public Health. In conjunction, the internal city assessment examining internal city practices ensures that the City has the structures and capacity to effectively implement policies towards racial and social justice. In addition to the Housing and Economic Development strategies that are currently in development, the City has established the foundation for the advancement of community-based programs that will direct resources and efforts towards addressing the most pressing community challenges. Based on the detailed analysis of conditions in the city and with the goal of ensuring that Boynton Beach remains a city where all residents can prosper, in alignment with the city's strategic plan, the city is inviting community partners to request funding for programs that will address community challenges. Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Page 41 of 452 Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 42 of 452 5.C. Administrative 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach D Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to Growing Strong Ministries. Explanation of Request: Commissioner Romelus requests to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to support Growing Strong Ministries. Funding will be used to feed Boynton Beach families during hard times and during the holidays. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type ttaclhtirTIENI'lt Description CoirnrTILAir:lity SL.agpport Il:::::LAinds IREs,gLaE'St (3)irowiirg Sara ing I liir:listrliE)S Page 43 of 452 EXHIBIT "Al" COMMUNITY SUPPORTFUNDS REQUESTFORM Pairt, I - Surnmary of Request (tio If e completed by C."Ity CAlerk) Diate (,vf Rvqi,�,est by Arnolulint Rw',;tlested riptit)n of prnc,k,tectl �,')rcqiarn, IIcx & Olay to OdUrir'�g hiird brnes and dur�n�g thie hob,,",days, Part 11 -Nivailability Of flUrids ('Oorn,rmvsIlorw'Clll16stma Roirryelus, S 5,013, gni G,rcr%virng Zl3tuc`)nt,,; Miiniistii"m.,ks be ft)FidedlFee(,Nig Buynton Beach farnifies , rme anniuia� of ft,mds a',olrakabk,'* to V'vi,",A Meifnbo,'�r of the Conn,imi,,,'�,.cwon i�,lstecJ above m $5,000,()'(), The ba[wnm OUL1914is, avaflabte fuihe reqtsesltifr�g of th*a is 54,500, ,X, There are funi',Js as There are ilMSUrfl(,"Aen,,t furids ava4Al.'.A'ie w.,, . ... . ....... .. .v y: Parl, III-Efigiblifty IIElvaluatJort X PtLjlklc, fi,nds tA;l0f,f t101, t'>() 11,JOSed to emprove private, pf Ii,.mless R'iere ts w. fc;lcair6 I'll"C", puir"pose i-ind X Thlim'.' � 'wV q uIVIC` "G / '4 II PllO"ikJc,.,,s siz�rvk, s vvflflfk ty X V tl�lo!- p:),UWIlc pi�,�,rpcme m beineficwD tici the clvvn[,Vre"s, `7 RE`,qUesblg rved Iltiy stich donatk,'>n V'ie C"Oty C�,''ffnmiss�on, Page 44 of 452 5.D. Administrative 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach D Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $1,000.00 of her Community Support Funds to Mission Clinic of Palm Springs, Inc. Explanation of Request: Commissioner Romelus requests to distribute $1,000.00 of her Community Support Funds to support Mission Clinic of Palm Springs, Inc. Funding will be used to provide affordable access to healthcare to the Palm Beach County Community for low-income and immigrant communities. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type ffaclhtirTIENI'lt Description CoirnrTILAir:lify SL.agpport Il:::::LAinds IREs,gLaE'St I lia:>SiOir: Cllliir:lic Of IFlallirn Spirliir:gs, Ilir c - Page 45 of 452 COMMUNITY SUPPORT FUNDS REQUESTFORM Part I - Summary of Request (to be completed by City Clerk) Date d Request,- 03/1112.022 F'Requested by MayarlCm,nmissioner-,Cornmission(,'r Christiva RomeILJS Arnount Requested $1,000.00 Re6p6ent/Payee-' Missmri Clinic offal m°r Springs, Inc, Descripfion of projectm program, or a(IrWRy to fie funded, PrWde afibrdable ac(,W!ss to healthcare to the Palm Beach County Community for low-incorne and inimigrant (mninw6fies. Part 11 -Availability of funds T'he anraW approphatiori of furids avaHaWe to the rtiquesting 110emtx-r of the Conimjss6ori $osto,-W above is The balance of, funds available for ffie requesting Member of the Comrinss6on is $4,000 Accorcfinq6y' X There are funds avalable as requested fl-iere are insufficient fiinds available as requiested. ri . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . /5 Dated' x By ......... . it Clerk Part Ill-EZvi gibility Evaluation X Public furlds will not be used to imprOve gwivate jaroperty k,mnless 1heire 6s a cloar public need, purpose and benefit X The re6pientipayee provides services within the Oty X The ptiblic purposio Es beneficial to the erifire by such darlation 92!.2gi By, . .. .............. —1-1.1— . ..... far mm fing, rim mor of the Cty Commission Page 46 of 452 5.E. Administrative 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach D Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to the HATT Foundation. Explanation of Request: Commissioner Romelus requests to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to the HATT Foundation. Funding will be used to feed Boynton Beach families and inspiring children to make a positive change in their community. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type ttaclhtirTIENI'lt Description CoirnrTILAir:lity SL.agpport Il:::::LAinds IREs,gLaE'St II....IIAT ...T 1:::::0LAinda bola Page 47 of 452 Part I - Summary of Request (to be compWed by City Clerk) ate of Request ' equst' 53/1112022 f" egt�efaa, d by Mayorf(."onirni loner- Commissioner ChrisVna f" oiTua 1, s ArTIOu Ilt Fteqtmsted $500.00 f ecipieriffPa ° eti Haff Foundation Description ofrod P e:, program, or aofn!vn!f to f*.� fuuundu°& Feeding Boynton Beach farniFes and inspiring children to make a positive change in their wnimunity. Part 11- Avadalbifity of funds The annual approPrim�fuon of funds available to Itie rar gije ting Member of The Commission listed above is $5A0.00. The balance of f%inds available four the requesting Mernber of the Conrwnissio is S3000., 000rdingly- T here are fUnds availa lie as requested "There are insufficient foiurAs mailable as re4ltiested Dated,.........� ...zm f ity CIO< (Part IIIII-Elligibillity Evaluation Pub lie, f'und s vAl enol, be used to improve priii ato piroporty uur"u ess theire is a cear IIpwb[Ic need, pijrpo e and benefit "T'he (ecipient/pa u,,e provides services within the Cit The ui� lib tirp u e is beriefu�:i l to the entire Fnintini r � ,r e 5 such donation �P � g Dat Re Ue uu� f �Il er of ',ry �� ����� �. fly, .... ,... Page 48 of 452 5. F. Administrative 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach D Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to Scholar Career Coaching. Explanation of Request: Commissioner Romelus requests to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to support Scholar Career Coaching. Funding will be used to mentor high school students to prepare them for college and successful careers. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type ddEsir:dUlirn Description CoirnrTILAir:lity SL.agpport Il:::::LAinds IREs,gLaE'St Schoair Ca ir'Es'E)r Coachliir:q Page 49 of 452 RIS -055 EXHIBIT 11"A" COMMUNI'rY SUPPORT FUNDS REQUESTFORM Part, I �uirnimary of Rioqu4,,ost i(to No cornpletled bif C,.,ity Cler,k) [3alle of Request 03/1142022 Requestled b, 9, Coirnrni�s%llloneir C,hr4fIIna Ric),rinit0tils Annourit R,,er,;uested $ 5CH(") 0 0 Cavic r Cloa1c."fling of prc�yarn, or actriviftV bo ft,rnded, Mentor hMgl�V sliidents lo rsirepaim them ftwj mge "),rr(,J succ4,,,nr;kfl careers Part 11 Availabilfty of funds apj,un,,,.',)phaUiun of alvafl,abge to $5,000,00 The balamice of f unds avaMbIc.- fc,l�rj thMeirnJl,,),cll, of the" Corrimijssion iz S2501,), 1 e 'Therle are, 'fut ids ava flab[ir. as req� m� 11 fl,"w,,me arra @nsuffi4w�lleinl tunds "wivadable as requunbe I .. ....... . .... .. Y, . . . .. . . . .. ...... C� C, Par" III-EHigibillty Evahiratic),iri �X Plubfic Ifuirlds loeilk rl*t bc:v L"rrr to wnprcrvo plrrrr,v,atii jpincrperty ii Ajr4ewstfie�jre rs a d1l. ar put'),b<;, purpme and benefil X Thie reciplenUpayee prcmdles �,,,erwices the City X T �,,ve puNilc pi )rpose is lcr the cornrtILWHI., bly e ly � _ _ e per .rye ues rrr p ,rrrrp r of tfmCity Page 50 of 452 5.G. Administrative 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach D Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $1,000.00 of her Community Support Funds to Path to College. Explanation of Request: Commissioner Romelus requests to distribute $1,000.00 of her Community Support Funds to support Path to College. Funding will be used to expand minds and ignite potential of low-income, high achieving students in Palm Beach County by preparing them on their path to college. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type ttaclhtirTIENI'lt Description CoirnrTILAir:lity SL.agpport Il:::::LAinds IREs,gLaE'St IFla the to Page 51 of 452 AMIDUAKA MaL Part I - Suirnimary of Request (to be completed by City Clerk) Date of'Request: 03/1 W 2 Requested by MayorlCornmissioner', Commissioner Christina RomelUS Annount 13equested $1000 Recipiei QtPayee' Path loColl Nae Descriptiori of project, program -i, or activity to be funded, Upfift farn ifies out of poverty ir Flaln-1 Beach County. Part $$ - Availability of funds T'lle annual appropriation of funds available to ttie requesthug Member of the Commission listewd above is $5,000.00. The balarice offunds available for the requesting Member of the Commission is $2000. USE= X Tbere are funds available as request.c.xi There are lFISUfficiert funds available as requested p/ 01 . ......... Dated ty Glerk Part III -Eligibility Evaluation X Pubflc funds w0l not be used to irnprove Private proj,'wty Unless 0--iere is a clear 1,x.jN�c need, purl')ose and beriefit x 'rll-,�e racl pie n tlilmyee provides services vvittiin the City X The r�Ubk PL111"PO'Se is beneficial to the entire by such doriatlon City Cnnipnission Page 52 of 452 5.H. Administrative 3/15/2022 11 City of Boynton Beach D Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to Pathways to Prosperity. Explanation of Request: Commissioner Romelus requests to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to support Pathways to Prosperity. Funding will be used to uplift families out of poverty in Palm Beach County. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type ttaclhtirTIENI'lt Description CoirnrTILAir:lity SL.agpport Il:::::LAinds IREs,gLaE'St F1a thWa1ys to Fliros: PE)irlity Page 53 of 452 I R15 -05,11i EXHIBIT"A" C OM,IW,. UNITY S UPPORT FUNDS REQUES T FORM Part I Suin"urnairlJnr of Request (to lie, cornpleted by City Clork) ["),,@te of Req,.*st, 021)11/2 D 2'41? bh� alycxf( I ,', Ti rin, ifsstor,,jec C',hirisfirci, Rornielus, ONTYIOLM't lRiecluestecl $51."I"'IC) 00 Rem,,� pen t/Payeia Patfiwayss to Pricwc;p4ahty Cler"1115crption ofµro,,fect, �),Pclgram, of, admi6ty In t�e fiinded, CXlt r,)fp,,, rj,urty uIYT IR��°�� Beach C .1OUnty. Ralf 11 - Availability of funds The ar,�r'waC)f fLV'111,15 avaii'laWe tc) thme oreqpufir, sllirwj Mc,�,t"rtber of the Ncsted above os $S,,OOOt)0, The batanc,e offunds availabke Ifo r the AAernibef of 0,�lt,~ Corn-nntssk,,)ri �s $'100(), X Theire are avadat)lle as rcxjiues,u�,`Kj ll'heire,are flrvnLAc.-,ient funds, avail,,viWc as oequestell,,J By� Clerk �Plar,t III-Elligibillty Elv;flea tion ,X RA"'Alc fun,,Jf,,;, v H nc)t be used Ito Ilrriprove pircq)eily therle IIT a clsear nlr,,.mcf,, pluqpbosc, and bommmefill, IX "Tho reOpiien4 ,Jpayee s;ervices iwlvithn ffie Oty X Thf,,,� publlicl;, pUirpc,,.s,,e o.% Ifre,,,nefibal to tlrw, enfire cor,nn)U Dated: B'�yc Z ,by suc-Ji lickmatkin he Cdy Gorrurnission Page 54 of 452 5.1. Administrative 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve the request of Commissioner Romelus to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to the Palm Beach County Fire Rescue Cadet Program. Explanation of Request: Commissioner Romelus requests to distribute $500.00 of her Community Support Funds to support the Palm Beach County Fire Rescue Cadet Program. Funding will be used to train and equip the ne)d generation of firefighters in Palm Beach County, and introduce students to the firefighting profession. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type ttaclhtirTIENI'lt Description CoirnrTILAir:lity SL.agpport Il:::::LAinds IC.::IBC Il:::::liir'E) IRE)SCLAE) CadE)t IPirogira irn Page 55 of 452 Rl I 1 --0' 0 VVIO 111 a .1011 *a Pait I - Surnmary of Request (to be completed by City Clark) Date of FRequest: 03/1112022 Requested by MayorlCorrirnissimier° Cor'n[TliSsiof"ierC�hristiil"ia Rornelus Amour -it Requested $500.00 Recipient/F)ayee- F)alm Beach, County Nre Rescue Cadet Program [)escil::)tuoi,iofl::)f,oject.l::)f,ogf-arri,of, activutytobefui,ided, Trairi8,equjj::)thei iext generatioi 1 of firefigtQers iri F:Ialni Beac% Cow ity, Introduce studerits to Vie firefightii ig 1::)rofess6oi i. Part 11 - Availability of funds The aririva� aj.)I.woj.)Oaticri of furids available to ttic.'? requesfirig Mernber of the Cornmissiori listed abovc.'� is 55,0001.00. r1l"fe balanco of funds available for the requesting Mernber of the Corni-nissiori is S500, Accord ui igly- X Tbere are fu ids available as requested U 1" mere are irisufficielltr fUrids available as requested Dated, .......... L 61 ......................... . ..... Wy CIO< Part III -Eligibility Evaluation X Public furuls will riot be used to iml.,)rove j.)rivate lr)roj.xay urfless there is a cm ear J.)tflbfic ri o. ad, J.Xitpose arid beriefit X The recipieiftayee provides servi".!s wfthin the City X Ttie public 1::)url)ose is beneficial to the & itire cornrn by such donation City Commission Page 56 of 452 Consent Agenda 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Accept the Fiscal Year 2021-2022 Budget Status Report of the General Fund and the Utilities Fund for the 5 - month period which ended February 28, 2022, unaudited. Explanation of Request: This report summarizes the adopted funding sources and expenditure budgets for the City's General Fund and Utility Fund for the five (5) month period ended February 28, 2022 (42% of the fiscal year, unaudited). The analysis compares: - Actual results for Fiscal Year 2021-22 to the annual budget and - Actual results for Fiscal Year 2020-21. How will this affect city programs or services? The annual budget is what provides and controls the resources for City programs and services. Fiscal Impact: Status of the annual budget to date for the General Fund and Utility Fund. GENERALFUND Revenues & Transfers Expenditures Excess (Deficit) FY 21721-22 Annual Budget Actual to Date Amount % S 102,643 $ 67,427 36% S 102;643) S (59,729) 491% S $ 16.598 FY 2020-21 FY 2022 vs. 21721E Annual Actual to Date Budget Amount % Budget Actual % °Ia 99.185 5 665,147 37% 3.50-% 199 9 (99,185) (48,2811) 49% 3.5% 5.1% 6 17.867 The General Fund chart above reflects revenue in excess of expenditures (dollars in thousand) yielding a $16.6M surplus for the unaudited period ending February 28, 2022. Revenues & Transfers (Exhibit A) — Budgeted Funding Sources: Property taxes and other revenues provide funding sources of $81M or 79% of the total $102.6M General Fund budget for FY 2021-22. Transfers from other funds (non -revenues) provide $21.6M or 21% of the total funding sources. These three major estimated funding sources are summarized as follows: 42% - $ 43.OM — Property taxes less Tax Increment Financing to the CRA 37% - $ MOM —All other revenues plus General Fund Balance 21% - $ 21.6M — Transfers from other fund 100% - $102.6M — Total funding sources The property tax rate for FY 2021-22 is 7.8900 mills a slight reduction from the prior year and yielding net property taxes of $43.OM, which is a 4.43% increase ($1.8M) over FY 2020-21. Page 57 of 452 Actual Funding Sources Realized: At the end of the fifth month in FY 2021-22, revenues and transfers realized are approximately $67AM or 66% of the budget compared to $66.1 M realized to date in FY 2020-21. The chart below presents the various categories of revenues received to date in the General Fund. FY 202,1/22 GENERAL FUND OPERATING REVENUES I Nd PE'1RNA L FL N D f Ihlru February 28, 21 2.2.) TrANSF-ERS, IItd YRNiE :7 '3 NTSC fi Ni 17C CCN LVE, S', n7 .r R'0 SERVICES, !F' I NdTE:f:,GOV E.PNd r,A:.N 74 L, R,EVE l',P IU 1:5, 1...4C: F 11 SE E AN l:7..... P E:N4ro 35, �j, 3t62, E`4,2 , Ad Valorem Taxes, net of discounts and TIF taxes to the CRA, received to date was $38.5M or 90% of $43.OM as compared to $36.6M or 89% of $38.8M for FY 2020-21. as noted on Exhibit A. Expenditures (Exhibit B) Budgeted Expenditures: Appropriations increased approximately 3.49% from $99.1M to $102.6M. The budget increase was due to mainly cost of wage increases and other operational cost. Actual Expenditures — General Fund expenditures are $50.7M, for the fifth month period ending February 28, which is 49% of the $102.6M adopted for FY 2021-22. Note: the CRA Tax Increment Financing and the City's annual pension obligations for General Employees, Fire, and Police are paid early in the fiscal year (Chart below shows expenditures by function. FY 2021/22 GENERAL FUND OPIERAFMG EXPE BIt:3 UTRES (thru February 28, 2�022) ILEI SURE'. ?5ERVVaCH, `p5„ CP Y,:,'3?, „ 1€7',x:, PUBLIC YYOFK'7 BlU III.ICINr rrEvELr3Prff.r1r, ...',3 -NVU mI M4 find i I,n 1 F I,r•v The table at the top of Exhibit B shows year-to-date FY2021-22 spending levels, $50.7M of the $102.6M or 49% expended, slightly ahead of the $48.2M spent in FY2020-21 Page 58 of 452 5]G,,Ooo sas, "COO 520,000,000 515,1DW,wo $10,100D,10DO Sia UTILITY FUND ! 1k I Genef�al Fund The FY 2021-22 annual expenditure budget of $54.8M represents a $2.6M increase over the FY 2020- 21 budget of $52.2M, see Exhibit C. Revenues & Transfers. Expenditures Excess (Deficit) FY 2021-22 Annual Budget Actual to Date Amount % S 54,884 $ 22.378 41% 39% $(19,078) 35% $ - $ 3,3010 FY 2020-21 Annual Budget Actual to Date Amount °/1, $ 52,225 $ 20,495 39% $(52:225) $ (187716) 30% $ - $ 1,779 FY 2022 vs. 2021 Budget Actual 5.1% 9.2% 5.1910 1.9910 For the fifth month period in FY 2021-22, • Utility Revenues realized are $22.31 M (41 %), see chart below. • Utility Expenditures incurred are $19M (35%) of the appropriated budget. This resulted in revenues in excess of expenditures, which yielded a surplus of approximately $3.3M. (thru Febru,;liry 28r 2022) (H Z RE I I, n„ryi N D IH Al +°'NZ .k', x I d f Ir R I W I L',li. „ �r?}7�47tI��flIMI'�gO��fURM. - Expenditures (Exhibit D)— Utility Fund FY 2021-22 expenditures to date (February 28, 2022) are $19M or 35% of the annual appropriation compared to expenditures of $18.7M or 36% for the prior fiscal year. The comparison of revenues and expenditures thru September is presented in the chart below. Page 59 of 452 BuynWn Beach Utility Fund Alternatives: Discuss this Budget Status Report or request clarification at the City Commission meeting. Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type D AddE)indUlirn D AddE)indUlirn D AddE)indUlirn D AddE)indUlirn Description Page 60 of 452 F:::Y2122 F:::E)b F:::iinaincia IRE)poirtREWE) I'l U1 E' F:::Y2122 F:::E)b F:::iinaincia IRE)poirt EXIPEN11SE) LYF::: F:::Y2122 F:::E)b F:::iinaincia IRE)poirt R Ew(..s I'l U1 E' LYF::: F:::Y2122 F:::E)b F:::iinaincia IRE)poirt EXPENIISE) Page 60 of 452 EXHIBIT A CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA GENERAL FUND ANALYSIS STATEMENT OF REVENUES - COMPARATIVE BUDGET TO ACTUAL Fiscal Year Period Ended February 28, 2022 (42% of Fiscal Year) * actual building revenue will be reclass to the Building Fund. S:\ Finance\Financial Reports\Monthly Financial Reports\FY2021-22\FY2122 Budget Review - GF - thru Feb 22 Summarized001 Revenue Summary Revised Page 612of 452 IIIIII::III::I� i�V III::, FY 2021-22 FY 2021-22 TO DATE FY 2020-21 FY 2020-21 TO DATE ACCOUNTS BUDGET REVENUE % BUDGET REVENUE % APPROVED $ 52,968,382 REALIZED $ 48,501,883 REALIZED 92% APPROVED $ 50,558,508 REALIZED 46,010,218 REALIZED 91% AD VALOREM TAXES, net LESS TIF TAXES TO CRA 9,930,598 (9,930,598) 100% 9,345,700 (9,331,539) 100% NET TAXES TO THE CITY 43,037,784 38,571,285 90% 41,212,808 36,678,679 89% LICENSES AND PERMITS BUSINESS TAXES 1,775,200 1,475,723 83% 1,620,200 1,393,832 86% BUILDING PERMITS* 250,000 47,185 19% 200,000 1,237,811 619% FRANCHISE FEES 5,147,000 1,719,772 33% 4,945,000 1,996,904 40% OTHR LICENSES, FEES & PER 210,000 120,162 57% 180,000 154,326 86% INTERGOVERNMENTAL REVENUES OTHER FEDERAL REVENUE 50,000 8,693 17% 50,000 16,184 32% STATE SHARED REVENUES 9,628,800 3,691,649 38% 9,723,737 3,696,878 38% SHRD REV FROM OTHR LCL 300,000 65,260 22% 245,000 116,269 47% CHARGES FOR SERVICES PYMTS IN LIEU OF TAXES 190,500 186,149 98% 149,500 174,793 117% CHRGS-GENERAL GOVT 617,000 293,797 48% 462,000 176,953 38% PUBLIC SAFETY 7,217,526 2,775,292 38% 6,861,415 3,506,978 51% PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 15,000 8,235 55% 14,000 10,183 73% CULTURE/RECREATION 837,500 201,394 24% 820,500 159,049 19% INTEREST & MISC REVENUE LIBRARY FINES 5,000 4,546 91% 25,000 25,128 101% VIOLATIONS LOCAL ORD. 495,000 250,266 51% 477,109 188,199 39% INTEREST EARNINGS 192,000 (3,069) -2% 188,000 26,568 14% RENTS AND ROYALTIES 442,800 248,951 56% 350,500 227,770 65% SPECIAL ASSESSMENTS 6,784,000 6,313,007 93% 6,759,000 6,209,626 92% SALE OF SURPLUS MATERIAL 3,000 1,113 37% 3,000 498 17% OTHER MISC. REVENUE 4,385,000 3,105,656 71% 4,500,000 2,171,553 48% INTERNAL FUND TRANSFERS TRANSFERS 21,649,500 8,587,292 40% 18,473,000 7,176,250 39% FUND BALANCE APPROPRIATED 589,057 (245,440) 0% 1,925,660 802,358 Total Revenues $ 102,643,553 $ 67,426,917 66% $ 99,185,429 66,146,789 67% * actual building revenue will be reclass to the Building Fund. S:\ Finance\Financial Reports\Monthly Financial Reports\FY2021-22\FY2122 Budget Review - GF - thru Feb 22 Summarized001 Revenue Summary Revised Page 612of 452 S:TinanceTinancial ReportsWonthly Financial Reports\FY2021-22\FY2122 Budget Review - GF - t}uu Feb 22 Summarized001 Expenditure Summary Revised Page 624/raf 452 EXHIBIT B CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA GENERAL FUND ANALYSIS STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURES - COMPARATIVE BUDGET TO ACTUAL Fiscal Year Period Ended February 28, 2022 (42% of Fiscal Year) 11 IG:111:: ;, FY 2021-22 FY 2021-22 TO DATE FY 2020-21 FY 2020-21 TO DATE ACCOUNTS BUDGET EXPENDED % BUDGET EXPENDED APPROVED EXPENDED APPROVED EXPENDED GENERAL GOVERNMENT CITY COMMISSION $ 316,229 $ 126,658 40% $ 307,464 $ 122,851 40% CITY MANAGER 768,806 414,089 54% 866,840 400,323 46% CITY HALL/GEN. ADMIN. 4,057,236 1,457,122 36% 3,865,627 1,315,487 34% MARKETING/COMMUNICATIONS 539,699 211,289 39% 427,463 169,999 40% SPECIAL EVENTS 558,967 251,641 45% 246,351 60,878 0% TOWN SQUARE 4,334,834 2,294,245 53% 5,134,447 2,629,080 51% CITY CLERK 768,626 272,591 35% 619,401 291,259 47% CITY ATTORNEY 615,045 283,181 46% 648,257 261,260 40% FINANCIAL SERVICES 1,667,679 806,860 48% 1,517,010 731,521 48% ITS 2,945,942 1,146,917 39% 2,768,098 1,290,307 47% HUMAN RESOURCES 1,087,664 414,234 38% 853,239 403,840 47% ADA & INCLUSION 382,789 22,746 6% 0 0 0% PUBLIC SAFETY UNIFORM SERVICES 19,418,590 11,055,999 57% 17,921,027 9,346,034 52% OFFICE OF THE CHIEF 5,132,926 2,325,367 45% 5,074,790 2,262,101 45% SUPPORT SERVICES 13,540,516 6,334,322 47% 12,845,185 6,318,270 49% FIRE 27,596,600 14,869,203 54% 26,952,884 13,404,160 50% COMMUNITY STANDARDS 0 2,076 0% 2,014,689 1,017,103 50% EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT 33,437 4,761 14% 1,465 551 38% BUILDING & DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT 376,201 156,523 42% 470,158 613,735 131% BUILDING 0 90 0% 1,858 838,886 45150% COMMUNITY STANDARDS 1,500,250 751,167 50% 11,000 0 0% ENGINEERING 590,398 251,186 43% 753,001 367,031 49% PLANNING & ZONING 835,472 327,381 39% 780,491 323,471 41% ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 573,331 167,144 29% 521,242 157,581 30% PUBLIC WORKS PUBLIC WORKS 150,563 74,558 50% 108,182 76,829 71% FACILITIES MANAGEMENT 2,486,897 1,127,704 45% 2,811,455 1,003,280 36% STREETS MAINTENANCE 1,358,169 494,564 36% 1,301,358 478,134 37% PARKING SERVICES 213,950 76,338 36% 164,428 4,573 3% LEISURE SERVICES LIBRARY 2,536,739 1,220,276 48% 2,498,277 1,194,572 48% SCHOOLHOUSE MUSEUM SERV 289,349 136,869 47% 366,233 173,354 47% RECREATION 3,856,638 1,697,375 44% 3,574,042 1,596,608 45% PARKS & GROUNDS 4,110,011 1,386,419 34% 3,759,467 1,412,400 38% CRA REIMBURSABLE & RESERVES - 568,200 0% - 14,868 0% Total Expenditures $ 102,643,553 $ 50,729,095 49% $ 99 185 429 $ 48,280,346 49% S:TinanceTinancial ReportsWonthly Financial Reports\FY2021-22\FY2122 Budget Review - GF - t}uu Feb 22 Summarized001 Expenditure Summary Revised Page 624/raf 452 EXHIBIT C CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA UTILITY FUND ANALYSIS STATEMENT OF REVENUES - COMPARATIVE BUDGET TO ACTUAL Fiscal Year Period Ended February 28, 2022 (42% of Fiscal Year) EVIENUIES FY 2021-22 FY 2021-22 TO DATE FY 2020-21 FY 2020-21 TO DATE ACCOUNTS BUDGET REVENUE % BUDGET REVENUE APPROVED REALIZED REALIZED $ 24,200,000 $ 9,645,379 40% APPROVED REALIZED REALIZED $ 24,200,000 $ 9,190,412 38% WATER SALES WATER CONNECTION FEE 125,000 10,355 8% 125,000 54,761 44% WATER SERVICE CHARGE 500,000 309,630 62% 850,000 112,170 13% WTR-BACKFLOW PREVNTR TEST 26,500 19,125 72% 17,500 18,527 106% RECLAIMED WATER SALES 500,000 218,472 44% 510,000 151,634 30% DISTRICT ENERGY PLANT 400,000 111,284 28% 457,000 107,264 23% WATER CANAL ASSESSMENT - 10,101 - - SEWER SERVICE 20,150,000 8,290,187 41% 20,150,000 8,161,743 41 STORMWATER UTILITY FEE 5,600,000 2,424,680 43% 5,000,000 2,264,212 45% TELEVISE SEWER LINES 3,500 - 0% 12,000 270 2% FEES 13,700 2,433 18% 35,000 84 0% INTEREST INCOME 60,000 (21,480) -36% 117,181 34,560 29% SALE OF SURPLUS MATERIAL 1,000 2,551 0% 2,000 - 0% OCEAN RGE UT TAX ADM CHG 800 249 31% 800 300 38% LAKE WORTH WATER SEWER 4,000 1,372 0% 4,000 2,020 0% WATER MAIN ASSESSMENT - - 0% - 4,720 0% LAKE IDA WATER QUALITY - 7,194 0% - - 0% MISCELLANEOUS INCOME 70,000 688 0% 55,000 104,650 0% FUND BALANCE DECREASE (INCREASE) 3,229,950 1,345,813 42% 689,585 287,327 42% TOTAL REVENUES $ 54,884,450 $ 22,378,033 41% $ 52,225,066 $ 20,494,654 39% S:\Finance\Fin an cial Reports\M onthly Fin an cial Repo rts\FY2021-22\FY2122 Budget Review -UF - thru Feb 22 Summarized401 Rev Sum Page 63 of 452 EXHIBIT D CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA UTILITY FUND ANALYSIS STATEMENT OF EXPENDITURES - COMPARATIVE BUDGET TO ACTUAL Fiscal Year Period Ended February 28, 2022 (42% of Fiscal Year) * allocation will be processed in the 4th quarter of the fiscal year S:\Finance\Financial Reports\Monthly Financial Reports\FY2021-22\FY2122 Budget Review- OF - thru Feb 22 Summan-d401 Exp Sum Page 64 of 452 If"Y 2021•••22 If"Y 2021•••22 "II"O l.3A"l'11:ii FY 2020-21 FY 2020-21 TO DATE ACCOUNTS B UDGIEii"11' % EiiXll"IEiil@UII&IEiill& BUDGET EXPENDED All"II"IIaOVIEiill& 1:: :X11111:: $ 320,335 $ 108,520 34% APPROVED EXPENDED $ 471,256 $ 73,165 0% DISTRICT ENERGY PLANT WATER DISTRIBUTION $ 1,848,191 $ 769,363 42% $ 1,963,471 $ 814,808 41 PUBLIC WATER TREATMENT 6,915,588 2,601,031 38% 6,880,369 2,527,405 37% METER READING & SERVICES 1,378,459 686,835 50% 1,387,670 601,609 43% WASTEWATER COLLECTION 1,844,596 727,700 39% 1,934,168 878,158 45% WASTEWATER PUMPING STATNS 2,673,007 955,371 36% 2,744,100 1,089,028 40% SEWAGE TREATMENT 6,719,300 2,028,421 30% 4,991,120 2,374,308 48% WATER QUALITY 669,048 275,450 41% 743,590 289,346 39% UTILITY ADMINISTRATION 20,961,120 8,524,729 41% 20,437,474 8,350,866 41 UTILITES ENGINEERING 1,343,786 508,029 38% 1,311,767 620,744 47% STORMWATER MAINTENANCE 1,499,464 572,491 38% 1,550,577 691,111 45% CUSTOMER RELATIONS 1,058,085 381,408 36% 1,062,369 387,089 36% DEBT SERVICE * 7,653,471 939,595 12% 6,747,135 18,700 0% Total Expenditures $ 54,884,450 $ 19,078,943 35% $ 52,225,066 $ 18,716,337 36% * allocation will be processed in the 4th quarter of the fiscal year S:\Finance\Financial Reports\Monthly Financial Reports\FY2021-22\FY2122 Budget Review- OF - thru Feb 22 Summan-d401 Exp Sum Page 64 of 452 Zn Consent Agenda 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proposed Resolution No. R22-042 - Approve the temporary lane closures in the 2000 Block of State Road 5 (Federal Hwy) - 700 feet of the right lane heading Northbound and 400 feet of the left lane heading Southbound on Monday, July 4, 2022 for the annual 4th of July event, and authorize the City Manager, or designee, to apply for the State permit for the temporary road closure. Explanation of Request: The closing of a state road requires a permit from the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) which must be requested by an authorized official of the City. The road closure will be from appro)amately 2:00 pm - 11:00 pm to accommodate complimentary shuttle services for those desiring to attend the 4th of J my event on Monday, J my 4, 2022. How will this affect city programs or services? Temporary re-routing of traffic from 2:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m. on Federal Highway. Fiscal Impact: Road Safe is a budgeted item within the Police Department. Alternatives: Do not approve the temporary road closure of the lanes in the 2000 Block of State Road 5 (Federal Highway) on Monday, July 4, 2022. Strategic Plan: Transportation and Mobility Strategic Plan Application: Temporary road closure of the lanes in the 2000 Block of State Road 5 (Federal Highway) on Monday, July 4, 2022 will provide a safe environment for entering and exiting the site and utilizing complimentary transportation services. Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type RE)Sa:allLAti0111 Description :RE)SCallUltioin alplpira:aviir:g 4th Of Jl LAa y road :::Ila:asiir:gs Page 65 of 452 I RESOLUTION NO. R22 - 2 3 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, 4 FLORIDA, APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE 5 TEMPORARY CLOSING OF THE LANES IN THE 2000 6 BLOCK OF STATE ROAD 5 AS NOTED MORE 7 SPECIFICALLY HEREIN ON MONDAY, JULY 4, 2022 8 FOR THE ANNUAL 4TH OF JULY CELEBRATION AND 9 AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER OR DESIGNEE 10 TO APPLY FOR STATE PERMITS FOR THE 11 TEMPORARY ROAD CLOSING; PROVIDING FOR 12 EFFECTIVE DATE. 13 14 WHEREAS, the City of Boynton Beach's annual 4th of July Celebration is scheduled 15 to be held on Monday, July 4, 2022; and 16 WHEREAS, in order to provide for the safety of the participants and citizens attending 17 the celebration a portion of State Road 5 being 700 feet of the right lane heading Northbound 18 and 400 feet of the left lane heading Southbound will be required to be closed beginning at 19 2:00 p.m. until 11:00 p.m.; and 20 WHEREAS, the Florida Department of Transportation requires the local government 21 to authorize all temporary road closures on state roadways; and 22 WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach desires to authorize 23 the temporary closing of a portion of State Road 5 being 700 feet of the right lane heading 24 Northbound and 400 feet of the left lane heading Southbound on Monday, July 4, 2022, to 25 provide for the safety of the participants and citizens attending the 4th of July Celebration; and 26 WHEREAS, the City Manager (or designee) is authorized to apply for the permit for 27 temporary closing of state roads for special events, pursuant to Chapter 14-65, Florida 28 Administrative Code, for said temporary closings. 29 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF 3o THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, THAT: 31 Section 1. The foregoing "WHEREAS" clauses are true and correct and hereby 32 ratified and confirmed by the City Commission 33 Section 2. That the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach authorizes the 34 temporary closing of State Road 5 being 700 feet of the right lane heading Northbound and 35 400 feet of the left lane heading Southbound on Monday, July 4, 2022 for the annual 4th of July 36 Celebration. S:ACA\RESO\Road Closings 4th of July (2022) - Reso.docx Page 66 of 452 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 Section 3. The City Manager (or designee) is hereby authorized to apply for permits from the Florida Department of Transportation pursuant to Chapter 14-65, Florida Administrative Code, for said temporary closings. Section 4. That this Resolution will become effective immediately upon passage. PASSED AND ADOPTED this 15th day of March, 2022. CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA Mayor — Commissioner — District 1 Commissioner — District 2 Commissioner — District 3 Commissioner — District 4 ATTEST: Crystal Gibson, MMC City Clerk (Corporate Seal) S:ACA\RESO\Road Closings 4th of July (2022) - Reso.docx VOTE YES NO Page 67 of 452 C." Consent Agenda 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proposed Resolution No. R22-043 - Award and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of RFP No. REC22-004R for Snack Bar Concessionaire for Oceanfront Park. Explanation of Request: Initial Agreement Term: April 1, 2022 - March 31, 2024 On November 10, 2021, the RFP for Snack Bar Concessionaire for Oceanfront Park was advertised to invite Proposers interested in operating the snack bar concession at the Boynton Beach Oceanfront Park. The awarded concessionaire will supply and operate the food and beverage services within the snack bar facility for a period of two years, unless terminated earlier with the option to renew, with City approval, for three additional one-year terms. The form and terms of the Lease will be prepared and approved by the City Attorney and thereafter signed by the City Manager. On December 10, 2021, Procurement Services received and opened two (2) proposals in response to the RFP, they were reviewed by Purchasing Services to ensure the proposals met the RFP requirements. GC Ventures FL, LLC - Responsive and Responsible Ultimate Bakery & Pastry Inc. - Disqualified, as the response contained a material misrepresentation regarding participation in litigation. On February 11, 2022, in a public noticed evaluation meeting, the Selection Committee, comprised of City Staff, discussed and reviewed the summary scores for GC Ventures FL, LLC., the Evaluation Committee is recommending GC Ventures FL, LLC as the most responsive, responsible proposer. How will this affect city programs or services? The snack bar at Oceanfront Park offers food and beverages to Park visitors seven (7) days per week. Fiscal Impact: GC Ventures FL, LLC has proposed an annual lease payment of $9,600.00 for the first year, and $10,200.00 for the second year. Alternatives: Reject the proposal and issue a new RFP for a concessionaire to operate the snack bar. Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Page 68 of 452 Is this a grant? No Grant Amount: Contracts Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. Start Date: 4/11/2022 End Date: 3/31/2024 Contract Value: Revenue Generating Minority Owned Contractor?: No Extension Available?: Yes Extension Explanation: Three (3) additional one-year options. Attachments: Type RIIIIIIIIIIIIII11W Description lRE)SOkAtioin appirovilllgI EsaSE�, Agir'E)E)irT1E)1['1t with (3C VE)1['1tLAir'E)S for OC2,ainfroint IFlairlk C(.)11'1(�',EIS>�i(�)ii'ia�iir'Es Page 69 of 452 I RESOLUTION NO. R22- 2 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, 3 APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO SIGN 4 A TWO-YEAR LEASE AGREEMENT, IN A FINAL FORM TO BE 5 APPROVED BY THE CITY ATTORNEY, WITH GC VENTURES FL, 6 LLC, OF ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL AS A RESULT OF RFP NO. 7 REC22-004R FOR SNACK BAR CONCESSIONAIRE FOR 8 OCEANFRONT PARK; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. 9 WHEREAS, on November 10, 2021, the RFP for Snack Bar Concessionaire for 10 Oceanfront Park was advertised to invite Proposers interested in operating the Snack Bar 11 concession at the Boynton Beach Oceanfront Park; and 12 WHEREAS, the awarded concessionaire will supply and operate the food and beverage 13 services within the snack bar facility for a period of two (2) years, unless terminated earlier with 14 the option to renew, with City approval, for three (3) additional one-year terms; and 15 WHEREAS, On December 10, 2021, Procurement Services received and opened two (2) 16 proposals in response to the RFP, they were reviewed by Purchasing Services to ensure the 17 proposals met the RFP requirements; and 18 WHEREAS, On February 11, 2022, in a public noticed evaluation meeting, the Selection 19 Committee, comprised of City Staff, discussed and reviewed the summary scores for GC 20 Ventures FL, LLC., the Evaluation Committee is recommending GC Ventures FL, LLC. as the most 21 responsive, responsible proposer; and 22 WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, upon the 23 recommendation of staff, deems it to be in the best interests of the City residents to approve 24 and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form to be 25 approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of 26 RFP No. REC22-004R for Snack Bar Concessionaire for the Oceanfront Park. 27 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF 28 BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, THAT: 29 Section 1. Each Whereas clause set forth above is true and correct and 30 incorporated herein by this reference. S:ACA\RESO\Agreements\Lease Agreement With GC For Oceanfront Park Snack Bar Concessions - Reso.Docx Page 70 of 452 31 32 33 34 35 36 OVA 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 Section 2. The City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida does hereby approve and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form to be approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of RFP No. REC22-004R for Snack Bar Concessionaire for Oceanfront Park. A copy of the Lease Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit "A". Section 3. That this Resolution shall become effective immediately upon passage. PASSED AND ADOPTED this 15th day of March, 2022. CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA Mayor — Ty Penserga Vice Mayor —Woodrow L. Hay Commissioner—Angela Katz Commissioner—Christina L. Romelus Commissioner — District 4 (vacant) VOTE ATTEST: Crystal Gibson, MMC City Clerk (Corporate Seal) YES NO S:ACA\RESO\Agreements\Lease Agreement With GC For Oceanfront Park Snack Bar Concessions - Reso.Docx Page 71 of 452 1" Consent Agenda 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proposed Resolution No. R22-044 - Award and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form to be approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of RFP No. GC22-005R for Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course. Explanation of Request: Initial Agreement Term: April 1, 2022 - March 31, 2024 On November 10, 2021, the RFP for Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course was advertised to invite Proposers interested in operating the restaurant concession at the Boynton Beach "Links" Golf Course The awarded concessionaire will supply and operate the food and beverage services within the Clubhouse facility for a period of two (2) years, unless terminated earlier with the option to renew, with City approval, for three (3) additional one-year terms. The form and terms of the Lease will be prepared and approved by the City Attorney and thereafter signed by the City Manager. On December 10, 2021, Procurement Services received and opened two (2) proposals in response to the RFP. Both proposals were reviewed by Purchasing Services to ensure they met the RFP requirements. GC Ventures FL, LLC - Responsive and Responsible Ultimate Bakery & Pastry Inc. - Disqualified, as the response contained a material misrepresentation regarding participation in litigation. On February 11, 2022, in a public noticed evaluation meeting, the Selection Committee, comprised of City Staff, discussed and reviewed the summary scores for GC Ventures FL, LLC., the Evaluation Committee is recommending GC Ventures FL, LLC. as the most responsive, responsible proposer. How will this affect city programs or services? The restaurant provides a vital function in the operation of the Golf Course by providing patrons with an opportunity to relax and socialize over a snack, beverage, or meal after a round of golf. Fiscal Impact: GC Ventures FL, LLC has proposed an annual lease payment of $12,000.00 for the first year, and $12,500.00 for the second year. Alternatives: Reject the proposal and issue a new RFP for a concessionaire to operate the restaurant. Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Page 72 of 452 Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? No Grant Amount: Contracts Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC Start Date: 4/11/2022 End Date: 3/31/2023 Contract Value: Revenue Generating Minority Owned Contractor?: No Extension Available?: Yes Extension Explanation: Three (3) additional one-year terms. Attachments: Type D IRE)S()l� LA ti 0 111 D AttachirTIENI'lt Description lRE)SOkAtioin appirovilllgI EsaSE�, Agir'E)E)irT1E)1['1t with (3C VE)1['1tLAir'E)S for (3)0ff COL.Jir'SE) C()11'1(",EsI:>Si(")il'laiir'Es (':)C VE)1['1tLAir'E)S F::1 ., 1 1 .0 Fliroposal� Page 73 of 452 I RESOLUTION NO. R22- 2 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, 3 APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO SIGN 4 A TWO-YEAR LEASE AGREEMENT, IN A FINAL FORM TO BE 5 APPROVED BY THE CITY ATTORNEY, WITH GC VENTURES FL, 6 LLC, OF ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL AS A RESULT OF RFP NO. 7 GC22-005R FOR RESTAURANT CONCESSIONAIRE FOR THE 8 LINKS GOLF COURSE; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. 9 WHEREAS, on November 10, 2021, the RFP for Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links 10 Golf Course was advertised to invite Proposers interested in operating the restaurant 11 concession at the Boynton Beach "Links" Golf Course; and 12 WHEREAS, the awarded concessionaire will supply and operate the food and beverage 13 services within the Clubhouse facility for a period of two (2) years, unless terminated earlier 14 with the option to renew, with City approval, for three (3) additional one-year terms; and 15 WHEREAS, On December 10, 2021, Procurement Services received and opened two (2) 16 proposals in response to the RFP, they were reviewed by Purchasing Services to ensure the 17 proposals met the RFP requirements; and 18 WHEREAS, On February 11, 2022, in a public noticed evaluation meeting, the Selection 19 Committee, comprised of City Staff, discussed and reviewed the summary scores for GC 20 Ventures FL, LLC., the Evaluation Committee is recommending GC Ventures FL, LLC. as the most 21 responsive, responsible proposer; and 22 WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, upon the 23 recommendation of staff, deems it to be in the best interests of the City residents to approve 24 and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form to be 25 approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of 26 RFP No. GC22-005R for Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course. 27 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF 28 BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, THAT: 29 Section 1. Each Whereas clause set forth above is true and correct and 30 incorporated herein by this reference. S:ACA\RESO\Agreements\Lease Agreement With GC For Golf Course Concessions - Reso.Docx Page 74 of 452 31 32 33 34 35 36 OVA 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 Section 2. The City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida does hereby approve and authorize the City Manager to sign a two-year Lease Agreement, in a final form to be approved by the City Attorney, with GC Ventures FL, LLC, of Royal Palm Beach, FL as a result of RFP No. GC22-005R for Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course. A copy of the Lease Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit "A". Section 3. That this Resolution shall become effective immediately upon passage. PASSED AND ADOPTED this 15th day of March, 2022. CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA Mayor — Ty Penserga Vice Mayor —Woodrow L. Hay Commissioner—Angela Cruz Commissioner—Christina L. Romelus Commissioner — District 4 (vacant) VOTE ATTEST: Crystal Gibson, MMC City Clerk (Corporate Seal) S:ACA\RESO\Agreements\Lease Agreement With GC For Golf Course Concessions - Reso.Docx YES NO Page 75 of 452 GC22-005R - Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course Opening Date: November 10, 2021 12:00 PM Closing Date: December 10, 20212:30 PM Vendor Details Company Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. 1128 Royal Palm Beach Blvd #508 Address: Royal Palm Beach, FL 33411 Contact: Anderson Studebaker Email: andy@okeegrill.com Phone: 713-385-6363 HST#: 85-3582062 Submission Details Created On: Sunday November 21, 202122:45:43 Submitted On: Wednesday December 08, 202120:00:19 Submitted By: Anderson Studebaker Email: andy@okeegrill.com Transaction #: 63362b54-d8af-40fc-80a2-e8c13a9f5ae1 Submitter's IP Address: 99.90.163.226 Bid Number: GC22-005R Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. Page 76 of 452 Schedule of Prices The Bidder hereby Bids and offers to enter into the Contract referred to and to supply and do all or any part of the Work which is set out or called for in this Bid, at the unit prices, and/or lump sums, hereinafter stated. *Denotes a "MANDATORY" field Do not enter $0.00 dollars unless you are providing the line item at zero dollars to the Owner (unless otherwise specified). If the line item and/or table is "NON -MANDATORY" and you are not bidding on it, leave the table and/or line item blank.Do not enter a $0.00 dollar value. Proposal Annual Lease Payment The undersigned declares that he/she has carefully examined the specifications and is thoroughly familiar with its provisions and the quality, type, and grade of service required. The undersigned proposes to deliver the service in accordance with the specifications for a "RESTAURANT CONCESSIONAIRE FOR THE LINKS GOLF COURSE" PROPOSED ANNUAL LEASE PAYMENT (MINIMUM ANNUAL LEASE PAYMENT ACCEPTED: $9,000NEAR) Payment schedule to be established by mutual consent of Concessionaire and the City of Boynton Beach. City of Boynton Beach to hold all Proposals and Proposal guarantees for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days after the RFP opening date. The undersigned accepts the invoicing and payment policies specified in the Agreement. Summary Table Confirmation of Minority Owned Business A requested form to be made a part of our files for future use and information. Please fill out and indicate in the appropriate spaces provided which category best describes your company. Return this form to make it an official part of with your RFP responses Bid Number: GC22-005R Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. Page 77 of 452 Letter of interest The Letter of Interest shall summarizes the Proposers primary qualifications and a firm commitment to provide the proposed services. The Letter of Interest shall summarizes the Proposers primary qualifications and a firm commitment to provide the proposed services. Local Business Status Certification Ventures FL LLC is a Florida based business that specializes in food and verage operations in golf courses and other concession based operations with top Ich customer service and expellent food selection and quality. GC Ventures FL LLC s been successful with the food and beverage operations at Okeeheelee Golf urse. Prior to that GC Ventures FL LLC's sister company GC Ventures LLC based MN has operated multiple food trucks, trailers, and catering units for the previous 8 it rs as well as successfully running two food and beverage operations at two ineapolis Goff Courses for the previous 3 seasons. GC Ventures FL LLC seeks to rw it's successful operation in South Florida with the successful acquisition of the itract for concessions at The Link's Golf Course. I am an authorized representative of the business and, on behalf of the Business, request that it be deemed to be a local business for purposes of the City of Boynton Beach Local Preference Program. Answering yes to Question 1 and Question 2 below will qualify the business as a local business. In support of this request, I certify the following to be true and correct: I understand that misrepresentation of any facts in connection with this request may be cause for removal from the certified local business list. also agree that the business is required to notify the City in writing should it cease to qualify as a local business. By checking the box that you are not submitting for "Local Business Status Certification" you declare that you are not a local business in the City of Boynton Beach. IF We will not be submittinq for Local Business Status Certification r Yes r Yes r Yes r No I r No r No References List a minimum number of required references as stated in the Proposal Submission Requirements which show experience in similar work, to include nature and scope of work, which demonstrates expertise in providing the services as stated herein. Bid Number: GC22-005R Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. Page 78 of 452 Subcontractors The Bidder shall state all Subcontractor(s) and type of Work proposed to be used for this project. Bidders shall not indicate "TBD" (To Be Determined) or "TBA" (To Be Announced) or similar wording and shall not indicate multiple choices of Subcontractor names for any Subcontractor category in their list of Subcontractors. Sub -consultant The Proposer proposes the following major subconsultants for the major areas of work for the Project. The Bidder is further notified that all sub -consultants shall be properly licensed, bondable, and shall be required to furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance in accordance with the contract general conditions. This page may be reproduced for listing additional sub -consultants if required. Owner reserves the right to reject any sub -consultant who has previously failed in the proper performance of an award or failed to deliver on- time contracts in a similar nature, or who is not responsible(financial capability, lack of resources, etc.) to perform under this award. The owner rc;reurr� tli°u:m right to inspect all facilities of any sub -consultant in order to make a determination as to the foregoing. hi,ie I corli�fil'i'lri Plli.il 1J ieiPe we iP°if")".��ult�sa�r�°ili ��,Ikxi�I,r'��+ari ,�1 the ILIk1rNiei°„ Ita l perl' grin rt1�ii���;;i Documents Ensure your submission document(s) conforms to the following: Documents should NOT have a security password, as City of Boynton Beach may not be able to open the file. It is your sole responsibility to ensure that the uploaded document(s) are not either defective, corrupted or blank and that the documents can be opened and viewed by City of Boynton Beach. If you need to upload more than one (1) document for a single item, you should combine the documents into one zipped file. If the zipped file contains more than one (1) document, ensure each document is named, in relation to the submission format item responding to. For example if responding to the Marketing Plan category save the document as "Marketing Plan." If the attached file(s) cannot be opened or viewed, your Bid Call Document may be rejected. . f1R 7N•"M I~m"a..QUA IIL.ILA N UN SDIEME'q Proposers Qualification Statment - Links.pdf - Wednesday December 08, 2021 19:00:44 . QL8 EK A N QN5 - Quailfications Sheet.pdf - Sunday December 05, 2021 02:14:49 + 6N Kj q�RA ','.II A II 0AVff.- Anti -kickback affidavit - Links.pdf - Wednesday December 08, 2021 19:01:57 • N N t O U N WX4 N :LWrr, „_QE EN �MV '...- Non -collusion Affidavit - Links.pdf - Wednesday December 08, 2021 19:02:52 + R VDI v;.II N Y 2NNEQ I i P: iN Ea5 QimmN IEQ°t M - VendorinfoReport.pdf - Sunday December 05, 2021 02:36:14 . +,_ R1 II II II PQ N II gN d 11 w ,i k N:Q E211:Zfl)A S I P N 4 A II II :4 M 9 a5 -Certification Statute 287 - Links.pdf- Wednesday December O8, 2021 19:04:00 II UQEN ), II zN.Q:UIIIIE UCI :_ Il : , NI � GN „ 3V'0II.:US, A,' mm - Licenses.pdf - Wednesday December 08, 2021 19:21:56 + II ')N! .M.Y..- E -verify Links.pdf - Wednesday December 08, 2021 19:05:16 . SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION RELATIVE TO THIS RFP (optional) + V "Q N II"u Ill p -The Links Menu.pdf -Wednesday December 0$, 2021 19:57:08 Bid Number: GC22-005R Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. Page 79 of 452 Addenda & Declarations The Proposer hereby acknowledges and agrees: 1. To provide all goods, services, and construction, as more specifically set out and in accordance with the Owner's Solicitation Call Document, including but not limited to the scope of work, specifications, drawings, Addenda (if issued by the Owner), the terms and conditions, etc. stated therein, which are expressly acknowledged and made part of this Contract. 2. This proposal is made without any connections, knowledge, comparison of figures or arrangements with any other company, firm, or person making a proposal for the same work and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. 3. ]ME do hereby propose and offer to enter into a contract to do all the work as specified in the Solicitation Call Document(s) which shall include all costs but not limited to; freight, duty, currency, etc. in accordance with the prices and terms as submitted by the Proposer herein. 4. INVE acknowledge and agree that any issued Addendum/Addenda forms part of the Solicitation Call Document 5. IME (including any related or affiliated entities and any principal thereof) have no unresolved litigation with the Owner Palm Beach County Inspector General Acknowledgement The Consultant is aware that the Inspector General of Palm Beach County has the authority to investigate and audit matters relating to the negotiation and performance of this Consultant Agreement, and in furtherance thereof may demand and obtain records and testimony from the Consultant and its sub -consultants and lower -tier sub -consultants. The Consultant understands and agrees that in addition to all other remedies and consequences provided by law, the failure of the Consultant or its subconsultants or lower -tier sub -consultants to fully cooperate with the Inspector General when requested may be deemed by the municipality to be a material breach of this contract justifying its termination. Confirmation of Drug -Free Workplace Preference shall be given to businesses with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more submittals which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City of Boynton Beach or by any political subdivision for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a submittal received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie submittals will be followed if none of the tied vendors have a drug- free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a business shall: Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under submittal a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employee that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under submittal, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or- plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than 5 days after such conviction. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community by, any employee who is so convicted. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through the implementation of this section. As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the above requirements. F INVe have the authority to bind the Company and submit this Bid on behalf of the Bidder. - Anderson Studebaker, Member, GC Ventues FL, LLC The bidder shall declare any potential or actual conflict of interest that could arise from Bidding on this Bid. Do you have a conflict of interest? o Yes it No Bid Number: GC22-005R Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. Page 80 of 452 The Bidder acknowledges and agrees that the addend umladdenda below form part of the Bid Document Please check the box in the column " I have reviewed this addendum" below to acknowledge each of the addenda. II have ;ievMem�d the Vma lir a aiiagraaaai+aam andFile Name Pa0ea. �atwc &urauaaa�anta (H aapp lcm)le�) Addendum No 1 - Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course r, Wed November 24 2021 11:53 AM Bid Number: GC22-005R Vendor Name: GC Ventures FL, LLC. Page 81 of 452 PROPOSER'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT TO lBE f QMR,'„ "Il,, l`l //'IJ14JI,; iUP1 OADEG,,; o„,1 ,41ll „INE The undersigned certifies under oath the truth and correctness of all statements and all answers to questions made hereinafter: SUBMITTED TO: Submitted By: City of Boynton Beach Procurement Services 100 E. Ocean Avenue Boynton Beach, Florida 33435 Name: Cir; Venturps FL, LLr- w Address: 1128 Royal Palm Baach Blvd #508 CITY, State, Zip: Royal Palm Beach,_ FL 33411 Telephone No.: Fax No.: Email Address.: andy(@nkepgrill_rnm Check One, Corporation Partnership Individual Other X State the true, exact, correct, and complete name of the partnership, corporation, trade, or fictitious name under which you do business and the address of the place of business. The correct name of the Proposer is: GG Ventures FL, Ll -r - The address of the principal place of business is: 1128 R oyaI Palm Bpnrh Rlyri #50$- Rnga� lM Rppr_h, FI qg411 If Proposer is a corporation, answer the following: a. Date of Incorporation: b. State of Incorporation: c. President's name: d. Vice President's name: e. Secretary's name: f. Treasurer's name: GC22-0058: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 28 Page 82 of 452 g. Name and address of Resident Agent: 3. If Proposer is an individual or a partnership, answer the following: a. Date of organization: b. Name, address and ownership units of all partners: C. State whether general or limited partnership: 4. If Proposer is other than an individual, corporation or partnership, describe the organization and give the name and address of principals: Limited LiabilityQorporation - Formation 10!712020 33411 Member - Wylon Won - 13343 91st Place N.. Maple Grove. MN 55369 5. If Proposer is operating under a fictitious name, submit evidence of compliance with the Florida Fictitious Name Statute. 6. How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? 1 year. 2 months Under what other former names has your organization operated? 7, Indicate registration, license numbers, or certificate numbers for the businesses or professions, which are the subject of this Bid. Please attach the certificate of competency and/or state registration. Florida LLC registration - 85-3582062 8. Did you attend the Pre -Proposal Conference if any such conference was held? YES FX I NO 9. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? If so, state when, where, and why: I UQ GC22-0058: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 29 Page 83 of 452 f List the - - experience of r • of organization (c sheet, if necessary) Anderson }' bar experiance Mon a 1- `"r i i ."restaurant,and bar More delail in Uoloaded gualification sheel 11, State the name Mthe individualwho will have personal 1 . 4 of .ii. n f e :.n n ` aF s l4 aand Jk o Won; 12. State the name and address1the attorney,business ofthe Proposer: 13. State the names and addresses of all businesses.',4 individuals own an interest of M businessthan five percent (5%) of the Proposer's business and indicate the percentage owned of each such r .individual: Anderson Studebaker - Member - 50% - 3323 l3rineig Pl. Boyal Palm Beach, FL 33411 t� �� ,,4 �i� k1`M1+1` 1". �' ' ` '" i 11.1 � * 111 •"? addresses,14. State the names, . the type of business of all firms that are partially or wholly owned by .. o Mee Grull - 77JS Forest Hill BU, West Palm Rpanh_ FL q.141S - Galf mncessions 15- State the name of rF be providing the bond applicable), d name ar'; address of agent: GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 30 Page 84 of 452 16. Annual Average Revenue of the Proposer for the last three years as follows: 17. Bank References: Banc Address Telephone Chase 11f19 Royal Palm BeaCh Rlud RCWal Palm Raaf -h, FI RR411 -56+1-753-1871 18. Provide a description of policies and methods for project monitoring and budgeting control as well as adherence to project schedule (continue on insert sheet, if necessary). GC Ven ores FL has been successful in getting concessions open in a 19. Provide descriptions of quality assurance/quality control management methods (continue on insert sheet, if necessary): (-AC'. Vantirres FL rer;ijires all staff IQ Ina SarvSafe certiflad prior In hiring �- -• -r -I - r�.r +I r r+ •• +r ..• GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Goff Course 31 Page 85 of 452 20. Is the financial statement submitted with your proposal (if applicable) for the identical organization named on page one? YES [:] NO F X 21, If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent -subsidiary). 22. What will be your turnaround time for written responses to City inquires? 23. List and describe all bankruptcy petitions (voluntary or involuntary) which have been filed by or against the Proposer, its parent or subsidiaries, or predecessor organizations during the past five (5) years. Include in the description, the disposition of each such petition. 24. List all claims, arbitrations, administrative hearings, and lawsuits brought by or against the Proposer or its predecessor organization(s) during the last five (5) years. The list shall include all case names, case arbitration or hearing identification numbers, the name of the project in which the dispute arose, and a description of the subject matter of the dispute. 25. List and describe all criminal proceedings or hearings concerning business-related offenses to which the Proposer, its principals or officers, or predecessors' organization(s) were defendants. _ GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 32 Page 86 of 452 26. Has the Proposer, its principals, officers, or predecessors' organization(s) been convicted of a Public Entity Crime, debarred, or suspended from bidding by any government during the last five (5) years? If so, provide details. ... The Proposer acknowledges and understands that the information contained in response to this Qualification Statement shall be relied upon by the owner in awarding the contract and such information is warranted by Proposer to be true. The discovery of any omission or misstatement that materially affects the Proposer's qualifications to perform under the contract shall cause the owner to reject the proposal, and if after the award, to cancel and terminate the award and/or contract. (Signed) (Title) ' A i� . Subscribed and sworn to before me This _,day of e i „. 2021 uMimmmil�w f( '�nm f � II mf �� I� M�Pw✓/YB � /d,4WV VIWN JiWVW�FWWYNtl � lV .,.,� W � p � Jn"/ r ,� �7AIIAWOFikMEo Notary Public j MYCOMMISSION #GG 212186 - ry (Signature) ¢� u EXPIRES: Apfil 29,2022 BandedFhrNomr/PuticUnderatem My Commission Expires. h , d GC22-0058: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 33 Page 87 of 452 GC Ventures FL, LLC. is comprised of the ownership team of Wylon Wong and Anderson Studebaker. Thev have wor . 1. io e Lzst by-eribuill �1'17wmrl I d5lt e Y-oulserlice an s lice c I Iiii i« in mis family-owned restaurants until the age of 18 when he started a position running a grillhigh- volume gas station in Downtown Minneapolis. He continued to grow sales at that location until he transitioned into the bar and restaurant business managing multiple locations nationwide for fifteen years. Wylie then started a successful food truck business acquiring multiple trucks and trailers for numerous events around the Midwest. Wylon then acquired two Minneapolis golf courses and has been running those successfully with food, soft beverage, beer, and alcohol for the previous three seasons. Anderson Studebaker has been in the hospitality bar and restaurant business for the past 28 years running successful bars, restaurants, and nightclubs nationwide and has assisted with tht concession operations of the two Minneapolis golf courses. Over his tenure in the hospitality industry, he has overseen operations of up to eight locations at a given time. 1.1 MIT MIN , =711 io—e=+ n ri I e ir I E S 15 x F f i a F a or c roo--Y-�Tu f i easons anci have never failed to pay all taxes. '*J#MHFT73-W-7TV 9.07-TaRRMFITTMIUMV4110, T4MI. 17#101, The startup costs for The Links is estimated to be around twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000). This will include; • New kitchen equipment (grill, fryer, utensils, freezer) • Bar equipment (misc. bar utensils, reach -in cooler) • Main dinning room (display cooler, grab -and -go display tables, decor, • General cleaning supplies • Start-up safe • Pre -opening payroll • Misc. unexpected costs products. All staff goes through severa I days of training with our team and is given a very ie`i *vers ex;tect?.U*4 tf service whi AY,21ity tNat is ex�c�ctel til, be provided. All food and beverage is dated, checked daily for freshness, coffee and tea made every morning, and anything not up to standards is thrown away. Studebaker and Wylon Wong will over -see the general operations on a weekly, if not daily basis. Page 88 of 452 We at GC Ventures FL strive to provide outstanding customer service with great products and a wide selection to keep the golfers happy and coming back. The only way to truly be successful is working with the golf course staff and making sure there is a cohesive team between the two. With three courses, between our two sister courses in Minnesota and at Okeeheelee, we have proven we will do whatever it takes to keep building our brand as well as trying to make the courses more successful, so we all benefit for the long term. Page 89 of 452 ANTI -KICKBACK AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) SS COUNTY OF PALM BEACH 1 I, the undersigned hereby duly sworn, depose and say that no portion of the sum herein submitted will be paid to any employees of the City of Boynton Beach as a commission, kickback, reward, or gift, directly or indirectly by me or any member of my integrator or by an officer of the corporation. me this h sorn and subscribed„,`day of orD 6� �, h' 16 6 , 2021 uL � NOTARY PUBLIC, State of Florida at Large y�ry m �rcm� /,ffwu»'@IwvMlb NNM w ,}; ;*e Y CQESSiO # 2�218fi ' �e ^ae E?4P{RES4 A{7CIi 29, 2Q22 '•.F®F F;°4'` F3onded i7rru N PubEic Unde "OFFICIAL NOTARY SEAL” STAMP NA �������� -` ME -SIGNATURE Printed Information: NAI' m.�, ..., TLE ......, w... COMPANY GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 34 Page 90 of M NON -COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PROPOSER � �0»1, �, � t i � � ,� � t ,� r,., �,,, �,,,,,1I hd.l ,,, U,,,,,,' 111 „Jl „li ,1�,�,,.� 1�, (t� 1,,,,II �,,r I �., � o�� r�%'h�� � 1;,,,,,�� E �f�,,,;rr�����7 ;,,,,,, II � I R State of County of a 4 C r:�� 6..i U d c:;",� ��u �� being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: 1) He is i 4'.�A,A�4'.. ire of ' C� � i't f� : (' .' .. �, ,the proposer that (Title) (Name of Corporation or Integrator) has submitted the attached RFP.- 2) FP: 2) He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached submittal and all pertinent circumstances respecting such submittal; 3) Said RFP is genuine and is not a collusive or sham RFP; 4) Further, the said proposer nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other proposer, integrator or person to submit a collusive or sham RFP in connection with the Contract for which the attached RFP has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communications or conference with any other proposer, integrator or person to fix the price or prices in the attached RFP or of any other proposer, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the RFP price or the RFP price of any other proposer, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the CW -of Boynton Beach or any person interested in the proposed Contract; and 5) The price or prices quoted in the attached bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance, or unlawful agreement on the part of the proposer or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, in 1pding this affiant. (Signed) , (Title) Subscribed and sworn to before me This ..r 4°I,Fl4,. day of {i i , «., 'u� in"J mm.mm 202'1 ZAILNotary ...... ��m. atm p P+WHAME Public (Signature) Y COMMISSION # GAG2121 kQs °�'�,� M Commission Expires: �a�� q- .20 � Banded Thru tdo'�nty Publice GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 35 aae Vendor ID: VS0000019579 Legal Business Name: GC Ventures FL LLC Vendor Information Adress(es): 1128 Royal Palm Beach Blvd, Royal Palm Beach 33411-1607 Email(s): L° a°'mi:wirurtmwww uwiill, nut°u Alias/DBA: Contact(s): WYLIE WONG 612-805-3113 WYLIE WONG 6128053113 WehSite: Concessions, Cat�nVending: Mobile and Stationary See C � uuuuuuuui0 00 96115 � 9, 9 ry { 12/5/20212:33:49 AM Page 1 of 1 Page 92 of 452 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO FLORIDA STATUTE § 287.135 TO ' 3Z A�LJ UL0AD I„,,,,T/i 1N , jtd&,O� on behalf of � certify Print Name and Title Company Name that � �. i'� �' .,��rl :`<� � � . '� �� does not: Company Name 1. Participate in a boycott of Israel; and 2. Is not on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List; and 3. Is not on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List; and 4. Is not on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List; and 5. Has not engaged in business operations in Syria. Submitting a false certification shall be deemed a material breach of contract. The City shall provide notice, in writing, to the Consultant of the City's determination concerning the false certification. The Consultant shall have ninety (90) days following receipt of the notice to respond in writing and demonstrate that the determination of false certification was made in error. If the Consultant does not demonstrate that the City's determination of false certification was made in error then the City shall have the right to terminate the contract and seek civil remedies pursuant to Florida Statute § 287.135. Section 287.135, Florida Statutes, prohibits the City from: 1) Contracting with companies for goods or services if at the time of bidding on, submitting a proposal for, or entering into or renewing a contract if the company is on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, created pursuant to Section 215.4725, F.S. or is engaged in a boycott of Israel; and 2) Contracting with companies, for goods or services that are on either the Scrutinized Companies with activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, created pursuant to s. 215.473, or are engaged in business operations in Syria. GC22-0058: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 36 Page 93 of 452 As the person authorized to sign on behalf of the Consultant, i hereby certify that the company identified above in the section entitled "Consultant Name" does not participate in any boycott of Israel, is not listed on the Scrutinized Companies that Boycott Israel List, is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, and is not engaged in business operations in Syria. I understand that pursuant to section 287.135, Florida Statutes, the submission of a false certification may subject the company to civil penalties, attorney's fees, and/or costs. I further understand that any contract with the City for goods or services may be terminated at the option of the City if the company is found to have submitted a false certification or has been placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List. COMPANY NAME SIGNATURE PRINT NAME TITLE GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 37 Page 94 of 452 2022 Florida Annual Resale Certificate for Sales Tax This Certificate Expires on December 31, 2022 Bg(0,f,e d ,o,lf7 Address Certifica#e _Number 60-8018406432-6 GC VENTURES FL LLC 7715 FOREST HILL BLVD WEST PALM BEACH, FL 33413-3337 DR -13 R. 10/21 By extending this certificate or the certificate number to a selling dealer to make eligible purchases of taxable property or services exempt from sales tax and discretionary sales surtax, the person or business named above certifies that the taxable property or services purchased or rented will be resold or re -rented for one or more of the following purposes: • Resale as tangible personal property • Re -rental as tangible personal property • Resale of services • Re -rental as commercial real property • Incorporation into tangible personal property being repaired • Re -rental as transient rental property • Incorporation as a material, ingredient, or component part of tangible personal property that is being produced for sale by manufacturing, compounding, or processing Your Florida Annual Resale Certificate for Sales Tax (Annual Resale Certificate) allows you or your representatives to buy or rent property or services tax exempt when the property or service is resold or re -rented. You may not use your Annual Resale Certificate to make tax-exempt purchases or rentals of property or services that will be used by your business or for personal purposes. Florida law provides for criminal and civil penalties for fraudulent use of an Annual Resale Certificate. As a seller, you must document each tax-exempt sale for resale using one of three methods, You can use a different method each time you make a tax-exempt sale for resale. 1. Obtain a copy (paper or electronic) of your customer's current Annual Resale Certificate. 2. For each sale, obtain a transaction authorization number using your customer's Annual Resale Certificate number. 3. Each calendar year, obtain annual vendor authorization numbers for your regular customers using their Annual Resale Certificate numbers. Online: Visit floridarevenue.com/taxes/certificates Phone: 877-357-3725 and enter your customer's Annual Resale Certificate number Mobile App: Available for iPhone, iPad, and Android devices Page 95 of 452 Detail by Entity Name ri rg iff0/0", """4�' J l����� 1�I �i; UM ✓' re!'r w .. ilial YI i.F. UI ,i ,,i tP,u, I �u.A !°ia� it P ,..lu;.!.. C!�2f n1114iILr,',•'ti I..:'. _i..,,:,IJO:l Florida Limited Liability Company GC VENTURES FL LLC Filing Information Document Number L20000318007 FEI/EIN Number 85-3582062 Date Filed 10/07/2020 State FL Status ACTIVE Last Event REINSTATEMENT Event Date Filed 12/04/2021 Principal Address 1128 ROYAL PALM BEACH BLVD #508 ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL 33411 Changed: 12/04/2021 Mailin Address 1128 ROYAL PALM BEACH BLVD #508 ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL 33411 Changed: 12/04/2021 Registered Agent NMne & Address STUDEBAKER, ANDERSON 1128 ROYAL PALM BEACH BLVD #207 ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL 33411 Name Changed: 12/04/2021 Authorized Person(s) Detail Name & Address Title AM BR 128/21, 7:11 PM D ivisioN OF CORPORATIONS https:psearch.sunbiz.org/Inquiry/CorporationSearch]SearchResult...m=gc%20ventures%20fl&listNameOrder=GCVENTURESFL%20L200003180070 Page 1 of 2 Page 96 of 452 Detail by Entity Name STUDEBAKER, ANDERSON 1128 ROYAL PALM BEACH BLVD #207 ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL 33411 Title AM BR WONG, WYLON 1128 ROYAL PALM BEACH BLVD #207 ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL 33411 Annual Ports Report Year Filed Date 2021 12/04/2021 Document Images 1 2.1 l I 1,1/YI h.I f viei,, n w}e in 1 l it onrn rl I uiai4r,�a1 I i ,6 ilif,y,. nagcr in I'111 Prrrrn at 128/21, 7:11 PM https:11search. sun biz.orgJlnquiryJCorporationSearch/SearehRes ult...m=gc%20ventures%20fl&IistNameOrder=GCVENTURES FL%20L20o003180070 Page 2 of 2 Page 97 of 452 flu I I 9 Page 98 0 452 Tax Data!) Ii1v1L M A ?i N 0 N .................... I'l TAX COLLIECIVIt D Serving you, ClollecHon as rt 99ffA91M= Anne M. Gannon Constitutional Tax Collector Serving Palm Beach County P.O. Box 3353 West Palm Beach, FL 33402-3353 Items Total Collection Cart 0 $0 00 Ghieckmtt 11 ErPZ . . ...... .. Tax yjjp"e S ta t u's 2021140467 Business Tax Active Mailing Address: Location Address: GC VENTURES FL LLC 7715 FOREST HILL BLVD 1128 ROYAL PALM BEACH BLVD STE 207 WEST PALM BEACH FL 33413 ROYAL PALM BEACH , FL 33411 -- - - — ------ Bus�ness Detafl BLAST lens 'Jai'iie�� GC VENTURES FL LLC !:2022 IFi, a d e Ilial"nwnirll OKEE GRILL "Awnbci ;2021140467 llhiri,nc "Junflibeii Active New ll`wslncss08/06/2021 . SEA60 .. 2 . 21 RESTAURANT (72-0005) Cele l., Isxued08/06/2021 I"^Jl.uu„IrIiI rI sof Ulnits�! 96 .72-0005 — Memo: REQUIRED: SUBMIT CURRENT VALID COPY OF DBPR STATE CERTIFICATION, LICENSE, OR EXEMPTION FOR RENEWAL -rax Information 3111 i'Nurintilet Dlu.--, IfDate Bill Year �:Ienalty,,FQe Interest 11ota1 E)u'e 640193978 9/30/2021 2022 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 I of 11V 1111)iiil $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ..... Tax �ol ............... ....... 13ffl yeal 1:3li1� r"Ik'irrfl"ei 11:�,ecle,jpt /111114G',O"11 It Is.tid tact 1:1zlict Paid 8n 2022, U21.464755 $99.00 8/6/2021 ANDERSON STUDERBAKER https:ltpbctax.manatron-com/Tabs/BusinessTax/AccountDetaii/TaxDeta11.aspx?p=2021140467&a=2873332&b�640193978&Y--2022&t=2329i991 Page I of 1 Page 99 of 452 E -VERIFY FORM 1"c) Ir l . C111 0fu4 I AllI u6OD U 14PMu �ll. olI,�i �III. fliNi _ RESTAURANT CONCESSIONAIRE FOR THE LINKS GOLF COURSE Project Name: A RESTAURANT CON _.. Project No.: _...GC22-005R 13. Definitions: "Contractor" means a person or entity that has entered or is attempting to enter into a contract with a public employer to provide labor, supplies, or services to such employer in exchange for a salary, wages, or other remuneration. "Contractor" includes, but is not limited to, a vendor or consultant. "Subcontractor" means a person or entity that provides labor, supplies, or services to or for a contractor or another subcontractor in exchange for a salary, wages, or other remuneration. "E -Verify system" means an Internet -based system operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security that allows participating employers to electronically verify the employment eligibility of newly hired employees. 2. Effective January 1, 2021, Contractors, shall register with and use the E -verify system in order to verify the work authorization status of all newly hired employees. Contractor shall register for and utilize the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's E -Verify System to verify the employment eligibility of: a) All persons employed by a Contractor to perform employment duties within Florida during the term of the contract; and b) All persons (including sub-vendors/sub-consultants/sub-contractors) assigned by Contractor to perforin work pursuant to the contract with the City of Boynton Beach. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that registration and use of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security's E -Verify System during the term of the contract is a condition of the contract with the City of Boynton Beach; and c) Should vendor become the successful Contractor awarded for the above-named project, by entering into the contract, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 448.095, Fla. Stat., "Employment Eligibility," as amended from time to time. This includes, but is not limited to registration and utilization of the E -Verify System to verify the work authorization status of all newly hired employees. Contractor shall also require all subcontractors to provide an affidavit attesting that the subcontractor does not employ, contract with, or subcontract with, an unauthorized alien. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of such affidavit for the duration of the contract. Contract Termination a) If the City has a good faith belief that a person or entity with which it is contracting has knowingly violated s. 448.09 (1) Fla. Stat., the contract shall be terminated. b) If the City has a good faith belief that a subcontractor knowingly violated s. 448.095 (2), but the Contractor otherwise complied with s. 448.095 (2) Fla. Stat., shall promptly notify the Contractor and order the Contractor to immediately terminate the contract with the subcontractor. c) A contract terminated under subparagraph a) or b) is not a breach of contract and may not be considered as such. d) Any challenge to termination under this provision must be filed in the Circuit Court no later than 20 calendar days after the date of termination. e) If the contract is terminated for a violation of the statute by the Contractor, the Contractor may not be awarded a public contract for a period of 1 year after the date of termination. GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 38 Page 100 of 452 STATE OF COUNTY OF The fo g instrument was acknowledged before 2021y mes okv,physl presence or a online notarization, jo�t� i�4 1�this 6 day of , DEL E H3 E R by on behalf of v e, t'�' -�' ' �� He/she is personally known to me or has produced i 1.W,%W identification, `V'�1111 21101 dir �y%1ftne'ftjj[ftj , T . ..... . . . ....... ZAILAMONAMID MYC0MM1M0N#GG212I86 5�.- EXPIRES: AP6129,2022 BondedThruNaWyPuK1cUPdenvMera NOTAR �Y PUBLIC ,, L f] JI) --- (Name of Notary Typed, Printed or Stamped) Mle or Rank Serial number, if any GC22-005R: A Restaurant Concessionaire for the Links Golf Course 39 Page 101 of 452 U Menu Sandwiches: • Cold sandwich - Ham or Turkey with lettuce and tomato • Chicken Salad - Classic chicken salad served on wheat bread • Cuban - Sliced pork, ham, swiss cheese, pickles, and Dijon mustard served hot in a Cuban roll • Prime Brisket Sandwich - Prime brisket, Texas bbq sauce served on a brioche bun • Grilled triple cheese - Cheddar, Swiss, and provolone cheese, melted between wheat bread • All Beef Hot Dog - Almost a % Ib all beef premium hot dog • Breakfast Sandwich - Sausage, egg, and cheese served on a bagel or English muffin • Chicken Salad Wrap - Classic chicken salad with shredded lettuce in a wrap • Turkey Wrap - Turkey with shredded lettuce and cheese in a wrap Snacks: • Fruit and yogurt parfait- mixed berries, yogurt, and granola • Soft Pretzel and cheese • Chips — Miss Vickie's assorted flavors, Doritos, Fritos, Regular, BBQ Sea Salt, Salt & Vinegar • Asst. Ice Cream • Trail mix • Muffins • Bagels with cream cheese • Peanut butter crackers • Cliff bars • Candy bars — Snickers, Twix, Milky Way, M&Ms, Reese's Peanut Butter Cups Non -Alcoholic Beverages: • Bottled water • Coke • Diet Coke • Coke Zero • Sprite • Perrier -- regular and flavors • Tea • Coffee • Powerade — assorted flavors • Fountain Coke product — Coke, Diet Coke, Coke Zero, Ginger ale, Root Beer, Powerade Page 102 of 452 + Monster—assorted flavors • Lemonade • Apple juice • Orange juice Alcoholic Beverages: • Bud • Bud Light •Miller Lite • Coors Light • Michelob Ultra • Corona • Yuengling • Jai Alai • Heineken • Blue Moon • Modelo • Stella • Chardonnay • Merlot • Cabernet Page 103 of 452 6.E. Consent Agenda 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proposed Resolution No. R22-045 - Authorize the City Manager to modify the current agreement with Motorola Solutions Company to provide a hybrid PremierOne cloud hosted/on-premise solution to the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD), Records Management System (RMS) and Mobile Reporting solutions as well as ancillary products and services, as described in the Change Order, for zero cost. Explanation of Request: The purpose of this Change Order is to allow the Police Department to modify the current agreement with Motorola to enhance the functionalities associated with the cloud hosted CAD/RMS/Mobile solution. The modification a)dends the completion date of the contract by 3 months. How will this affect city programs or services? This system is critical to safety of first responders and the public by tracking and providing critical information when it's needed most. In addition, the reliability and efficiency of public safety dispatch management is dependent on a properly functioning CAD/RMS and Mobile solution. Fiscal Impact: If approved, the fiscal impact is neutral. Alternatives: Do not approve the change order. Strategic Plan: High Performing Organization, Public Health and Safety Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? No Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 104 of 452 Type D IRE)SCA LA ti 0 II'l D ChallIgE) OrdE)r ChallIgE) OrdE)r Description IRE)SOkAboin appiroviing IMotorob Chia irlgE�l OrdE�Iir' Chia llIgE) OrdE)r ChallIgE) OrdE)r Exhibits Page 105 of 452 1 RESOLUTION NO. R22- 2 3 4 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, 5 APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO MODIFY 6 THE CURRENT AGREEMENT WITH MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS COMPANY 7 TO PROVIDE A HYBRID PREMIERONE CLOUD HOSTED/ON-PREMISE 8 SOLUTION TO THE COMPUTER AIDED DISPATCH (CAD), RECORDS 9 MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (RMS) AND MOBILE REPORTING SOLUTIONS 10 AS WELL AS ANCILLARY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES, AS DESCRIBED IN 11 THE CHANGE ORDER, FOR ZERO COST; AND PROVIDING AN 12 EFFECTIVE DATE. 13 14 15 WHEREAS, this Change Order will allow the Police Department to modify the current 16 agreement with Motorola to enhance the functionalities associated with the cloud hosted 17 CAD/RMS/Mobile solution and will extend the completion date of the contract by 3 months; 18 and 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 WHEREAS, this system is critical to the safety of first responders and the public by tracking and providing critical information when it's needed most which is dependent on a properly functioning CAD/RMS and Mobile solution; and WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, upon the recommendation of staff, deems it to be in the best interests of the City residents to authorize the City Manager to modify the current agreement with Motorola Solutions Company to provide a hybrid PremierOne cloud hosted/on-premise solution to the Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD), Records Management System (RMS) and Mobile Reporting solutions as well as ancillary products and services, as described in the Change Order, for zero cost. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF 29 BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, THAT: S:\CA\RESO\Agreements\Motorola Change Order (2022) - Reso.docx Page 106 of 452 30 Section 1. The foregoing "Whereas" clauses are hereby ratified and confirmed as 31 being true and correct and are hereby made a specific part of this Resolution upon adoption 32 hereof. 33 Section 2. The City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida hereby 34 approves and authorizes the City Manager to modify the current agreement with Motorola 35 Solutions Company to provide a hybrid PremierOne cloud hosted/on-premise solution to the 36 Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD), Records Management System (RMS) and Mobile Reporting 37 solutions as well as ancillary products and services, as described in the Change Order, for zero 38 cost, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A." 39 Section 3. This Resolution shall become effective immediately upon passage. 40 PASSED AND ADOPTED this 15th day of March, 2022. 41 CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 ATTEST: 55 56 57 58 Crystal Gibson, MMC 59 City Clerk 60 61 (Corporate Seal) Mayor — Ty Penserga Vice Mayor —Woodrow L. Hay Commissioner—Angela Cruz Commissioner—Christina L. Romelus Commissioner— District IV S:\CA\RESO\Agreements\Motorola Change Order (2022) - Reso.docx VOTE YES NO Page 107 of 452 MOTOROLA S'L U TIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] Change Order No. Date: Project Name: Customer Name: Customer Project Mgr: Purpose of this Change: ton Beach, FL Steven Christian The purpose of this Change Order is to modify the current agreement/contract to reflect the Hybridsolution per the following attached documents: • System Description (SD) • Scope of Work (SOW) • Interface Specification Documents (ISDs) In addition to these changes this Change Order exhibit also represents a `zero dollar' scope change for the Hybrid solution, as noted in the above referenced documents, to deliver the described Hybrid PremierOne solution and Cloud migration entitlement. • Hybrid functionality and new Cloud Capabilities will be included in the change order, at no cost to Boynton Beach. Current work effort in Cloud will be used. The Cloud Capabilities suite and products are described in this Change Order. • Complete cloud migration (entitlement to adopt Cloud functionality, which replaces contracted on -premise functionality as it becomes available and meets the needs of users) will also be included in the change order, at no cost to Boynton Beach. The Hybrid solution for Boynton Beach includes Cloud migration entitlement. Boynton Beach will be entitled bparticipate in Cloud product(s) demonstrations and trials to validate product(s) functionality and how Boynton Beach's workflows and desired outcomes may be accomplished through Cloud product(s). New Cloud product(s), which provide features and benefits over and above the Hybrid on -premise contracted system will be reviewed with Boynton Beach and may be offered at an additional cost via Change Order. Motorola will demonstrate Cloud functionality at a mutually agreeable cadence for correlated product(s) (i.e. CAD, RMS, Mobile) and work with Boynton Beach to show Progress reports of how product(s) and service(s) are moving to native Cloud environments and operations. Motorola will assign a Customer Success Advocate (CSA) who will communicate roadmap updates with regular frequency (i.e. quarterly) and help educate Boynton Beach representatives on how these featurescould provide benefit and improve adoption and usage of the Cloud platform. The CSA will also capture customer feedback as part of our ongoing roadmap development to best understand and meet the needs of the industry. The initial release of Motorola's Cloud suite, known as Command Central Suite, was June 30, 2021 and subsequent feature releases planned at least twice annually to provide desirable functionality andperformance. Page 1 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 108 of 452 MOTOROLA S'L U TIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] During the contract term, Boynton Beach and Motorola will work in good faith to mutually develop a migration schedule, training (train -the -trainer), and product(s) which suit the Boynton Beach's needs in the Cloud environment, including any agreed changes to maintenance, training, and other on -premises services set forth in the initial purchase no longer required as a result of the cloud migration. This agreement creates no obligation of Boynton Beach to pay additional amounts for above and beyond the costs agreed hereto, and in the event there are no acceptable, correlated Cloud product(s) available from Motorola, in whole or in part, Boynton Beach may remain in the on -premise "Hybrid" mode of operation. In the event that contracted products or functionality are discontinued and re -introduced in new product(s), Motorola will not charge an additional fee or cost for those new products, which are required to maintain correlated functionality. At its discretion, Motorola may continue to support discontinued products in this Agreement, in lieu of new or replacement offerings,but this does not negate Motorola's responsibility to provide a correlated native - cloud system. Any activities already completed in the project thus far and noted in the attached SOW, will be reviewed and Motorola and Boynton Beach will determine which need to be revisited given the hybrid solution and may choose to condense or confirm completion of these activities as appropriate. Additional Terms for On -Premise Software System as a Service. The terms set forth in Paragraph 10of the Software Products Addendum— Additional Terms for On -Premise Software System as a Service apply in the event Customer purchases an on premise Software System as a service under this SPA. Transition to Subscription License Model. If the Parties mutually agree that any on -premises Subscription Software purchased under this SPA as part of an on -premises Software System as a service will be replaced with or upgraded to Subscription Software hosted in a data center, then uponsuch time which the Parties execute the applicable Ordering Document, (a) the licenses granted to such on -premises Subscription Software under the applicable Ordering Document will automaticallyterminate, (b) Customer and its Authorized Users will cease use of the applicable on -premises copiesof Subscription Software, and (c) the replacement hosted Subscription Software provided hereunder will be governed by the terms of the SSA and this SPA. Transition Fee. Motorola will not charge additional Fees for Services related to the transition to hosted Subscription Software, as described in Section 2.10.1 — Transition to Subscription License Model. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subscription Fees for the applicable hosted Subscription Software are subject to the SSA and the applicable Ordering Document, and may be greater than Feespaid by Customer for on -premises Subscription Software. Software Decommissioning. Upon (a) transition of the on -premises Software System as a service to Subscription Software hosted in a data center or (b) any termination of the Subscription Software license for the on -premises Software System as a service, Motorola will have the right to enter Customer Sites and decommission the applicable on -premises Subscription Software that is installed at Customer's Site or on Customer -Provided Equipment. For clarity, Customer will retain the right touse Licensed Software that is firmware incorporated into Equipment purchased by Customer from Motorola and any Microsoft operating system Licensed Software. Page 2 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 109 of 452 MOTOROLA S'L U TIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] Contract # FLP219I267A Contract Date: 06/25/2020 In accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract identified above between Boynton Beach, FL and Motorola Solutions, Inc., the following changes are approved: Contract Price Adjustments Original Contract Value: $425,793.50 Previous Change Order amounts for Change Order numbers 001 through 006 $0 This Change Order: $0 Completion Date Adjustments New Contract Value: 1 $425,793.50 Original Completion Date: 1 05/07/2021 Current Completion Date prior to this Change Order: 1 08/02/2021 New Completion Date: TBD Changes in Equipment: (additions, deletions or modifications) i 0' nee&(J See the attached System Description for details in equipment to be provided. Changes in Services: (additions, deletions or modifications) inchale .auu,,�iments i 0' ne e&(J See the attached System Description, Statement of Work & Training Plan for Services to be delivered. Schedule Changes: (describe change or NIA) TBD Pricing Changes: (describe change or N/A) Total Change Order Costs $C Customer Responsibilities: (describe change or NIA) See the attached System Description, Statement of Work & Training plan for Customer Responsibilities. Page 3 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 110 of 452 MOTOROLA S'L U TIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] Payment Schedule for this Change Order: (describe new payment terms applicable to this change order) NA Unless amended above, all other terms and conditions of the Contract shall remain in full force. If there are any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Change Order and the provisions of the Contract, the provisions of this Change Order will prevail. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Change Order as of the last date signed below. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Customer By: By: Printed Name: Daniel Sanchez Printed Name: Title: Territory Vice President Title: Date: Date: Reviewed by: Steven J. Christian Date: 12/06/2021 Motorola Solutions Project Manager Page 4 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 111 of 452 Proposal City of Boynton Beach FL 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A December 9, 2021 The design, technical, and price information furnished with this proposal is proprietary information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. (Motorola). Such information is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used only for the evaluation of the proposal, and is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the proposal, without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions, Inc. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Page 112 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO-007 Change Order Exhibits 21-PS-124218 / FLP191267A Section 1 Introduction........................................................................................................................... 1-1 Section 2 SystemDescription .............................................................................................................. 2-1 2.1 System Overview..............................................................................................................2-1 2.1.1 Participating Agencies.......................................................................................................................... 2-2 2.1.2 Basis for System Sizing........................................................................................................................ 2-3 2.1.3 Application Software and System Components................................................................................... 2-3 2.1.4 System Application Client Software Licensing..................................................................................... 2-4 2.1.5 Microsoft, VMware, other Software Licensing Ancillary components ................................................... 2-4 2.1.6 System Interfaces and Integrations...................................................................................................... 2-7 2.2 System Architecture.........................................................................................................2-9 2.2.1 PremierOne High Availability Architecture........................................................................................... 2-9 2.2.2 Microsoft Active Directory Service (On-Premise)............................................................................... 2-10 2.2.3 Common Services.............................................................................................................................. 2-11 2.3 CJIS and Compliance.....................................................................................................2-13 2.4 System Platform and Components............................................................................... 2-13 2.4.1 System Storage and Backup.............................................................................................................. 2-14 2.4.2 Ancillary Components........................................................................................................................ 2-14 2.5 TCP/IP Network and Data Center Requirements............................................................ 2-17 2.5.1 Network Requirements....................................................................................................................... 2-17 2.5.2 Network Bandwidth Calculations........................................................................................................ 2-18 2.5.3 Data Center Requirements................................................................................................................. 2-19 2.5.4 System Workstation Specifications.................................................................................................... 2-20 2.6 Technical Considerations and Design Requirements.................................................. 2-22 2.6.1 Customer Responsibilities.................................................................................................................. 2-23 2.7 On-going Support of the Hybrid Infrastructure............................................................ 2-25 2.8 Application Descriptions................................................................................................2-27 2.8.1 PremierOne CAD................................................................................................................................ 2-27 2.8.2 RapidSOS Integration........................................................................................................................ 2-30 2.8.3 PremierOne Mobile with Mobile Mapping........................................................................................... 2-31 2.8.4 PremierOne Records.......................................................................................................................... 2-32 2.8.5 Motorola CommandCentral Platform Integration................................................................................ 2-34 2.9 Service Solutions........................................................................................................... 2-37 2.9.1 Intelligent Data Discovery Services (IDD) for CAD............................................................................ 2-37 2.9.2 Intelligent Data Discovery Services (IDD) for Records....................................................................... 2-38 2.10 Cloud Hybrid Subscription Model.................................................................................2-39 2.10.1 Transition to Subscription License Model........................................................................................... 2-39 Table of Contents ®' M07-OHOLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 1 Page 113 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 2.10.2 Transition Fee December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 2-39 Section 3 4-1 Statementof Work.............................................................................................................. 3-40 3.1 Environment Review and Site Preparations................................................................. 3-40 3.1.1 Site Survey and IP Network Analysis................................................................................................. 3-40 3.2 Business Process Review (BPR) and System Provisioning ........................................ 3-42 3.2.1 Business Process Review.................................................................................................................. 3-42 3.2.2 PremierOne Provisioning.................................................................................................................... 3-42 3.3 Hardware and Software.................................................................................................. 3-43 3.3.1 Hardware Procurement...................................................................................................................... 3-43 3.3.2 System Staging.................................................................................................................................. 3-43 3.3.3 On -Site Installation............................................................................................................................. 3-43 3.3.4 Cumulative Updates........................................................................................................................... 3-44 3.3.5 Client Software Installation................................................................................................................. 3-44 3.4 Interfaces and Integration.............................................................................................. 3-45 3.4.1 Interface Deployment......................................................................................................................... 3-45 3.4.2 Integration Activities........................................................................................................................... 3-46 3.4.3 Included Interfaces............................................................................................................................. 3-46 3.5 Reports and Dashboards............................................................................................... 3-48 3.5.1 Reports............................................................................................................................................... 3-48 3.5.2 Intelligent Data Discovery................................................................................................................... 3-49 3.6 System Training..............................................................................................................3-50 3.6.1 Learning eXperience Portal ("LXP" On-line Training)......................................................................... 3-50 3.6.2 Instructor -Led Training (On-site and/or Remote)............................................................................... 3-51 3.6.3 Advanced Configuration Tool............................................................................................................. 3-51 3.7 Product Validation.......................................................................................................... 3-52 3.7.1 Product Validation Plan...................................................................................................................... 3-52 3.7.2 Functional Validation.......................................................................................................................... 3-53 3.7.3 Interface Validation............................................................................................................................. 3-54 3.7.4 GO LIVE............................................................................................................................................. 3-55 3.7.5 Motorola Support Engagement.......................................................................................................... 3-55 3.7.6 Go Live Event..................................................................................................................................... 3-56 3.7.7 Documentation................................................................................................................................... 3-56 3.8 Project Closure — Transition to Support....................................................................... 3-57 Section 4 TrainingPlan......................................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1 Course Listing..................................................................................................................4-1 4.2 Training Overview............................................................................................................4-2 4.2.1 System Administrator........................................................................................................................... 4-2 4.2.2 Training Facilities and Schedules......................................................................................................... 4-3 4.2.3 Training Environment........................................................................................................................... 4-4 4.2.4 Session Attendance............................................................................................................................. 4-4 Table of Contents ®' M07-OHOLA SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2 Page 114 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 4.2.5 Learning eXperience Portal (LXP) Requirements................................................................................ 4-5 4.3 Course Descriptions.........................................................................................................4-5 Section 5 StandardReports................................................................................................................. 5-1 Section 6 Billof Materials..................................................................................................................... 6-1 Section 7 Interface Specification Documents..................................................................................... 7-1 Section 8 Change Order CO -007 Form................................................................................................ 8-1 Table of Contents ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 3 Page 115 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 1 December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A In addition to these changes this Change Order exhibit also represents a `zero dollar' scope change for the Hybrid solutionto deliver the described `Hybrid' PremierOne solution and Cloud migration entitlement. • Hybrid functionality and new Cloud Capabilities will be included in the change order, at no cost to Boynton Beach. Current work effort in Cloud will be used. The Cloud Capabilities suite and products are described in this Change Order. • Complete cloud migration (entitlement to adopt Cloud functionality, which replaces contracted on -premise functionality as it becomes available and meets the needs of Boynton Beach responders) will also be included in the change order, at no cost to Boynton Beach. The Hybrid solution for Boynton Beach includes Cloud migration entitlement. This service entitles Boynton Beach to equivalent Cloud licensing as received with the Hybrid software licensing. Boynton Beach will be entitled to participate in Cloud product(s) demonstrations and trials to validate product(s) functionality and how Boynton Beach's workflows and desired outcomes may be accomplished through Cloud product(s). New Cloud product(s) which provide features and benefits over and above the Hybrid on -premise contracted system will be reviewed with Boynton Beach and may be offered at an additional cost via Change Order. Motorola will demonstrate Cloud functionality at a mutually agreeable cadence for correlated product(s) (i.e. CAD, RMS, Mobile) and work with Boynton Beach to show Progress reports of how product(s) and service(s) are moving to native Cloud environments and operations. Motorola is developing a native Crash Reporting and Citations mobile client for Microsoft Windows. It is anticipated this product will not be available for testing or implementation in Boynton Beach until after the initial Hybrid go -live. Once the parties mutually agree the new Crash Reporting and Citation functionality or products are ready for use, these will be provided at no cost to Boynton Beach. In the interim, Motorola will provide the following as part of the Hybrid system deployment: TRaCS Crash Report client will be used to collect the Crash Report data, which will then be imported for storage/reporting in the P1 RMS database. This is accomplished via the'TRaCS Crash Reports (Inbound)' interface, which is included in this change order. Citations will be accomplished using the native P1 RMS Citations module available both on the desktop and on the laptop in the vehicle. P1 ACT tool will be used to build State -specific Citations capability. Also included in this change order is the necessary interface (TCATS) to push the Citation data to the State. Introduction ®' M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 1-1 Page 116 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 2 tetim Oveii4iew December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Motorola is pleased to present the following system for the City of Boynton Beach, FL (hereinafter referred to as the "Customer"). Our system is based on our interpretation of the requirements derived from our discussions with you. Motorola's offering consists of server hardware, server -networking hardware, system software, PremierOne application, CommandCentral Community and client software, interfaces and services (as stated inthe Statement of Work). The following represents a logical illustration of the system components. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-1 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 117 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 'resffraln VM Hbsts Rep,orb Server VM Hosts .... , q�,",w� �ar...... Figure 2-1: Representative System Diagram 1 1 11I::Iairtllcipatllng Agencies The designated agencies participating in the system are: • Boynton Beach Police Department System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-2 December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A ® M07-OIWOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 118 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Ilf;;liii1rii Sizing n The system is sized by tiers. Motorola uses Call for Service (CFS) and employee counts asthe parameters to establish the tiers of infrastructure sizing. Based on the counts provided by the Customer, this system has been sized as follows: • Up to 500,000 CAD Calls for Service per year • Up to 100 PremierOne CAD clients • Up to 500 PremierOne Mobile clients (Connected) • Five (5) years of PremierOne CAD data retention (2 years online, 1 years reporting). The following applications, system components, and services are included in this system: 2.1 .3 Application Saftwaire and stein Components This System is comprised of the following component and Subsystem elements: • PremierOne CAD version 4.5 (or later) with Automatic Resource Location (ARL) - PremierOne Mobile via cellular - PremierOne Handheld via cellular • PremierOne Records version 4.5 (or later) with FL IBR (SIBR) submission - PremierOne Mobile Records - PremierOne Property and Evidence • System Hardware Components • CommandCentral PremierOne Records Extensions Subscription • 1 nterfaces - NG -E911 ANI/ALI - Florida TRaCS Accidents - Florida TRaCS Citation - State Query (FCIC/NCIC) - FireWorks Fire Records CFS Feed - UCR/IBR - LEX FINDER (RDW data out) - LexisNexis (ATACRAIDS) - (RDW data out) - SPIDRTech/CAD - SPIDRTech/RMS System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-3 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 119 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A - PowerPhone - Rip N Run 1 4 SystemIli 1pllIiic lii n Client SaftwaireIII ,,,,,,IiiceinSlii n The following table summarizes the number of PremierOne client application software licenses for all agencies listed in Participating Agencies. Client application software licenses are noted here for system sizing purposes only. The Customer will have SaaS-based licenses consistent with the original proposed counts. Table 2-1: System Client Licensing PremierOne CAD Dispatch with Mapping (no site license offered) 7 n/a PremierOne CAD Limited Use (no site license offered) 2 n/a PremierOne Mobile with Mapping n/a 32 PremierOne Records n/a 51 PremierOne Records Mobile n/a 32 PremierOne Handheld n/a 17 2.1 .5 III I ciIroSaft, Viftaire, oth it Software III ,,,,,,Iiiceins ii in inn ii 111 111 it Codi pain iin' The following table lists the type and number of Microsoft, VMware, Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE) and other licenses and the party responsible for providing them. Table 2-2: Microsoft and VMware Licensing System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-4 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 120 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A The following table, lists the type, number and who is providing these ancillary items: Table 2-3: Ancillary Components Ilii III iii�ii IEIMI��I�ili� 11��I 9�� I I I I NI IIII IIIII F5 Load Balancers Virtual/Physical Network Load X 2 Balancing software integrated with system GIS Editing Software 10.6.1 of Esri ArcGIS Desktop and X Network Analyst extension software Client Access Licenses Microsoft Windows Server 2017 X 1 Per Client Refer to Microsoft Website for Guidance CommSys ConnectCIC Enables State Queries X 1 Extreme Networks Summit Provides server component isolation X 2 X620 -16t switch from other systems within the Customer's data center by means of a firewall router. Extreme Networks Summit X 1 X460-48 OOB switch PremierOne Fortigate FG- X 2 501 E Firewall Device System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-5 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 121 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 111111 �� IIN ro IIIIIN I ro ala ro a^'a ii PremierOne FortiGate AC X 2 Power Supply for FG - 300/301 E AND FG -500/501 E F5 BIG -IP LTM 1G Load X 1 Balancer HPe DL360c Gen 10 w/dual Host Server X 3 Xeon Gold 6146, 384 GB RAM, 2 NIC, 2 x 8GB microSD HPe DL360 Gen 10 w/ single Monitor Server X 1 XeonS 4114, 128 GB RAM, 5x1.2TB HDD Nimble Storage HF20 SAN X 1 21 TB HPe StoreOnce 3520 Location to store backups X 1 System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-6 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 122 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 111111 �� I IIN ro IIIII III IIII ��� IIII�II � IIII IIN II � IIIII � � � a ro ala ro a^'a HPE 42U Enterprise 800mm Rack mount keyboard and monitor X wide rack, with Console, Cabinet Dimensions KVM Switch, and monitored 78.9 in. x 39.7 in. x 24 in. PDUs Shipping in Dimensions (with packaging materials) 86.2 in. x 48 in. x 35.6 in. Shipping Weight 850 Ib. — Total Installed Weight 3851b.— Rack 366 Ib— Equipment 751— Total Maximum Load of Rack 3000 Ib. Rack Clearance Front: 48 inch Back: 30 inch Power Distribution Units HPE 4.9kVA 208V HPE StoreOnce3520 Location to store backups X 1 2.1.6System Interfaces and I[in ilr lii ns The table below lists the specific integrations or interfaces included in our system. Specification documents are included in Section 7 (Interface Specification Documents). The IFD (Interface Feature Description) or ISD (Interface Specifications Document) details the specific features and functionality of theinterface and describes the implementation process and responsibilities of the involved parties. Any requests for change to the Interface Feature Description or ISD following contract execution is subject to review and consideration through the change control mechanism of the contract. Table 2-4: System Interfaces and Integrations System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-7 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 123 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A NG -E911 ANI/ALI CAD CAD Server CallWorks 911 1 Interface Florida TRaCS Records Records Server TRaCS Crash and I Accidents Citation — FL (TEG) Florida TRaCS Records Records Server TRaCS Crash and I Citation Citation — FL (TEG) State Query CAD PremierOne COMMON — Suite B (FCIC/NCIC) Suite Services State Query FireWorks Fire CAD CAD Reporting COMMON—CAD O Records CFS Data Outbound FRMS Feed Warehouse UCR/IBR Records Records Server COMMON— O Submission Records State Submission LEX FINDER Records Records COMMON— O (RDW data out) Reporting Data Records Data View Warehouse LexisNexis Records Records COMMON— O (ATACRAIDS) Reporting Data Records Data View - (RDW data Warehouse Out) SPIDRTech CAD CAD Reporting COMMON—CAD O Data Data View Warehouse SPIDRTech RMS Records COMMON— O Reporting Data Records Data View Warehouse PowerPhone CAD CAD Client CAD Call Handling — O CACH (PowerPhone) Rip N Run CAD CAD Server COMMON — Tear & O Run System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-8 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 124 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A t 2 2 Syaa,-'tc,.;iiim Aiirdhlitectwire The system is designed on the principles of Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) allowing separation of servers and services to modular components. The system can be expanded through the allocation of additional physical or logical resources as needs grow. The systemis deployed with a single production environment incorporating the high availability components and interfaces presented in this system. The production environment incorporates the high availability components and reconfigured interfaces presented in this system. The system is architected around a virtualized server configuration and supports VMware vSphere 6.5 (or later) for the hypervisor. Server virtualization provides application isolation providing the ability to isolate specific services for ease of diagnostics and hardware resource management. 1 III°Iilr iir lii it ire III °°fli lh Availability Airch lltectt.i ire PremierOne is also architected to have no single point of failure. Its software design is redundant, as database replication occurs across multiple servers. The system is built onindustry standard components from Microsoft .NET architecture using Microsoft Windowsand Microsoft SQL Server and other vendors. The combined software, hardware and IT network architecture is designed to provide an integrated high -availability system at each site. Redundant software and hardware components are the basis of the high -availability system design. Redundant network pathsare used throughout the system configuration. Multiple application servers support the application service layer and utilize load balancing to manage the load across the servers. RAID storage configurations provide redundancy and recovery within the storage components, and dual power supplies and circuits are usedto ensure power redundancy. Application, database, and Application Delivery Controllers (ADC) failovers operate independent of one another within PremierOne. This means the failure of one component does not require the other components to fail over. PremierOne's active monitoring identifies problems and failures before they occur. For example, low disk space or high processor utilization will trigger an alert to be sent, to notifythe recipient of a possible problem or future failure before it affects the system. In the eventof a service or component failure, PremierOne will stop using the failed service or component instance and automatically shift over to the secondary service or component instance without impacting operations. The following depicts the fault tolerant components of the system: System Description Table 2-5: Fault Tolerant Software Components Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-9 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 125 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A • Multiple F5 ADCs to provide load balanced network traffic to the application servicesPremierOne monitors active services and restarts them as necessary. • In the case of a server failure, the node is disabled transferring the load to the remaining nodes in the cluster. • Replicated databases on different servers. Servers are replicated in a cluster set. • SQL Server AlwaysOn provides redundancy and automatic failover. • In case of a database server failure, there is no user intervention required. Secondary database becomes the active database without administrator intervention and continues processing transactions within the data center. • Fault tolerant networking components throughout the entire stack, the use of Link Aggregation Groups between network nodes and multipath configuration such that no single cable, port or device can interrupt system operation. • PremierOne System Manager monitoring: • CAD application • Records application • Application Delivery Controller cluster Database status • Disk space • Windows Performance Counters The backup service (backup library and backup software), the Report Data Warehouse (ad hoc reporting services), and the Test/Training environments are not designed to meet the same high availability requirements as the production application and database servers. Reporting services and test/training environment(s) are not considered critical and therefore are not redundant in the configuration. The system design also provides a single limited use environment that can be used as a test or training environment. The single limited environment does not include the interfaces configured for use in the production environment. Environment Summary • 1 Production Environment • 1 Limited Use for Test or Training IlIiciros 'f" Active 11,,,YllirectoiiT Seivice(Gini, i IIIS The system provides directory services to support the secure management and operations of the system through an isolated Microsoft Active Directory (AD) environment. The servers provided with the system contain computer accounts in this AD tree. Service and Administrator user accounts and groups will be set up in the isolated Active Directory with the appropriate group memberships set. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-10 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 126 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A In order to facilitate ease of user account management, the system can use the Customer's AD environment for authentication. Once the user account is built in the system provisioning, it can then use LDAP to query the Customer's environment for the account authentication. By using this configuration, the Customer can enforce password policy, retention, and complexity requirements across the enterprise with a user having a singular identity. Motorola will provide a one-way forest trust from the system local domain to the Customer's Active Directory environment. The trust provides users with Domain Administrator privileges on the Customer's AD instance to access and administer the system environment while preserving authentication and logon information. Motorola recommends that this trust be non -transitive in nature. Motorola does not recommend a two-way trust, as none of the system service accounts need authentication or resources on the Customer's network. The system's Active Directory schema is for servers and services. Active Directory user authentication (if desired) will be against the Customer's Active Directory schema. 2,2,2,1 Name Resolution bion The system provides host name resolution through an Active Directory Integrated Domain Name Service (DNS). In order for computers residing outside of the system's network to communicate with the system, the Customer must configure their DNS servers to forward their computer's name resolution requests to the system's DNS servers. This will allow devices on the Customer network to find systems within the system's environment. For tighter integration, the Customer, working with Motorola, must configure their DNS servers to allow name resolution requests from within their networks to be processed. Common Services provides system administrators the flexibility to manage internal servicesthroughout the platform from a single point. The system's Common Services include GIS, System Security, Reporting, and the system tools for provisioning. .2.3.1 Geograpl-dc Information System (GIS) Geo -spatial data is uploaded to the system through tools implemented within Esri ArcGIS. Address validation data is maintained in redundant Microsoft SQL Server geodatabases thatstore locations and boundaries both spatially and in optimized search tables. Esri ArcGIS Servers provide routing and ETA calculations using the Network Analyst extension. Client maps are displayed using Esri ArcGIS Engine. The system uses GIS for display, location validation, and unit recommendation. Thesystem's tools made available for ArcToolbox, provides the ability to load local datamanually or through an automated model. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-11 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 127 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A • The system's Response Boundary Data Import Tool imports and aggregates boundariesin multiple layers into a single spatial table within the geodatabase for support of multi- agency / multi -jurisdictional scenarios. GIS data is a required key component of a system deployment. GIS provides the mechanism for location validation and recommendation for response. • A system conformant and geographically accurate GIS data is required for the proper operation of the system. It is the Customer's responsibility to provide complete and accurate GIS data that conforms to the PremierOne GIS Data Requirements for use inPremierOne. Each agency being added to the system must have their geographic coverage included in the geodatabase imported into the system. • The use of remote and/or Esri Online services is not supported. Motorola is not responsible for map availability or any degradation of client performance caused by the use of third party hosted internet map services, as these services are outside the domainof the system infrastructure and are not managed by Motorola. The system is a mission critical application that must control the import/access of the GIS data. 2.,2.,3.,2 System Security The system is deployed within its own Microsoft Active Directory (AD) domain in its own local area network. Active Directory Domain Controllers authenticate and authorize users to perform actions within the domain making sure authorized users have appropriate access todata and services. The system user provisioning environment can be set up to query your AD environment (using LDAP) allowing for a single point of user and password managementacross all applications. The system network contains multiple virtual local area networks that are used to secure and segment traffic for purposes of user access as well as data storage and replication. System architecture resides behind dual redundant firewalls to protect the system network from unauthorized intrusion and security threats. These firewalls are provisioned in a high availability configuration so if either of the two fails, traffic and security will remain intact across the other. 2. ,2.,3.,3 Query Services PremierOne allows users to submit requests for information to external databases. These external queries can involve local agencies and also state and federal agencies. External databases all have their own data formats and respond to submitted queries with one or more responses. These queries can be made available to all PremierOne applications. PremierOne also allows the customer to build queries against a local database. If a query is configured for submission to both a state interface and a local database, state queries will continue to be passed to the existing CommSys interface, whilethe local database query will run through the custom XML (in a Motorola template) providedby the customer. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-12 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 128 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 2. ,2.,3.,4 Microsoft Reporting er ii e PremierOne uses Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) for reporting purposes. SQL Server Reporting Services is a server -based reporting platform that isused to create and manage tabular, matrix, graphical, dashboards, and free form reports that contain data from relational and multidimensional data sources. The reports can be viewed and managed via a browser reports that contain data from relational and multidimensional data sources. Motorola offers security functions and capabilities through its PremierOne offerings that,when activated, support the efforts of a Public Safety Agency or Hosted Multi -Agency environment to observe the Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS) Security Policybest practices and recommendations. System services are designed to use FIPS certified technologies to protect data at rest andin transit. PremierOne services utilize FIPS compliant Transport Layer Security (TLS) 1.2 protocol with AES 256 - bit message encryption to establish secure communication with PremierOne Records and Records Mobile Clients. System atfaiiriiim � iiri This section discusses the hardware, operating system, and system software of the system,which is on premise. y teiim Servers The system hardware is comprised of HPE servers as physical hosts. Host servers are HPEDL360c Gen 10 servers configured with: • Dual 12 -Core Intel® Xeon® Gold 6146 processor, running at 3.2 GHz, with a 25 MB L3Cache. • Each server also contains direct attached storage in the form of two 8 GB micro SD harddrives with Smart Array controllers in a RAID configuration. • Four (4) - 10 Gigabit network ports • Each server is configured with 384 GB RAM The Monitor server is HPE DL360c Gen 10 server configured with: • Single 10 -Core Intel® XeonS® 4114 processor, running at 2.2 GHz, with a 13.75 MB L3 Cache System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-13 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 129 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A • Each server also contains direct attached storage in the form of five 1.2 TB 10,000 RPM SAS hard drives with Smart Array controllers in a RAID configuration • Four (4) — 1 Gigabit network ports • Each server is configured with 128 GB RAM. • SolarWinds Network Performance Monitor and Traffic Analyzer Module. System Storage and IIf;; Ckt.q The system's Backup and Recovery subsystem includes online storage and a means to back up the system offline through Nimble Storage and HPE StoreOnce disk arrays. Our system design provides storage area arrays that are utilized by the host servers for storageand for online backups with near real-time data recovery. Nliiurnllllle Storage The Nimble Storage HF20 Adaptive Flash array delivers sub -millisecond response times, making the HF20 ideal for mixed or mainstream workloads requiring high performance. TheHF20 can scale from 13 TB to over 1.9 PB of effective capacity. The HF20 can be non- disruptively scaled -up all the way to over 2.3 PB of effective capacity. Performance can be scaled independently of capacity to flexibly match workload and capacity requirements. Adaptive Flash arrays automatically optimize for capacity and performance, while allowingyou to change the service level of any volume. The Nimble Storage HF Series SAN provides 42 TB of RAW storage. This storage is comprised of twenty-one 2 TB HDD along with three 1920 GB SSD (5.8 TB flash) iSCSlconnected drives. II°°III III° Ilf;;;; toire0inoe Ilf;; adkul The system includes an HPE StoreOnce Enterprise -class Backup and Recovery system. This system uses backup to disk and data deduplication techniques to enable high-speed backup of Big Data sets. The HPE StoreOnce is controlled by an application server runningHPE Data Protector software for the purposes of application and database server backup and recovery. In addition, this backup system provides mechanisms for data encryption for offsite storage as needed. Best Practices and Motorola recommendation are to locate this device in an alternative geo-diverse location from the system. AincillailiT Components FoirtliiGate INet oirlk IDevliioe Component isolation provides reliability, availability, and performance. The system is based on FortiGate devices to provide the perimeter network router, firewall and Virtual LAN (VLAN) configurations for the PremierOne system. The Customer needs to supply four (4) 1 GB LAN connections per FortiGate, with eight (8) 1 GB connections. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-14 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 130 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A IIf;;;; treirne INet oirIk IIf;;;; treirne iitolhiding The ExtremeXOS modular operating system supports intelligent Layer 2 switching, Layer 31Pv4/lPv6 routing, as well as role -based policy capabilities. The ExtremeSwitching X620 is a compact 10 GB Ethernet switch designed for 10GB edge applications. The family includes 10 -port and 16 -port 10 Gbe versions — all in a small 1 RU form factor — ideal for high-performance workgroups requiring 10GB connectivity to servers, storage, and clients. The ExtremeSwitching X460 is a compact 10/100/1000 MB Ethernet switch. This switch isincluded to provide network connectivity to non 10GB activities. IF5II1:..: Ig 111111°1 ,,, 1 1 Illiiioatiiion IDelllliiveiry Cointirol11111eir The system consists of a virtual Application Delivery Controllers (ADC) for the system. These are purpose built appliances that reside outside of the application servers that present a "virtual server" address to the outside world. Upon user connection, these appliances will forward the connection to the most appropriate real server using bi- directional network address translation (NAT). SdlairWinds Sys,teirinflMe'twor1k, IY anageirnent "' 'oolll The system consists of a dedicated physical server to host an instance of the SolarWinds management tools.. SolarWinds is set up to monitor and log traffic flow data through the FortiGate firewalls and load balancers through the server side network interface cards. Additionally, it monitors and logs CPU and memory utilization on the switches and firewallsas well as the hardware layer for the server hosts in the system. As part of the firewall, monitoring it also indirectly monitors the WAN link for replication. This data provides the Motorola support teams with the information necessary to support the system and provide historical measurements of system performance. Motorola will ensure the use of SolarWinds' latest products, which include security mechanisms to prevent and detect cyber security threats. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-15 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 131 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits TFT7600 KVIVI Cb sole Nimble HF 20 SAN with 21 TBojStoraReant� 3.6 TB Hash HIP DOW GIO Servers 2 x 12 CIPU with 386GB of RAPS Hp StoreOnce Disk Backup Boynton Beach System Rack Diagram December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Rack Front Rack Rear Figure 2-2: Hardware Rack Layout The Customer must provide access to the installation location for thedelivery of equipment and that a Customer resource is able to receive and secure the storage of equipment. Additionally, a temporary staging area for the unpacking and assembly of equipment must be provided. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-16 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 132 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A The Customer is responsible for any accommodation necessary to provide clearance and access through hallways, doorways, and elevators meeting or exceeding the specificationsof the shipping container/rack at all sites housing system components. 2 5°Network airata 'n' Ill iteIIIA IIIIIIIA IIIA Illi' ' 51 IlrlkIll q tfll iIr I�f�Mi slim S Motorola's system requires TCP/IP protocol for connectivity. All servers and workstations willconnect to the Customer's existing network. The Customer will provide access to facilities and a dedicated resource knowledgeable on the Customer's WAN/LAN. The Customer will supply IP addresses and a mechanism for maintaining IP persistence. Desktop, Mobile, and Handheld clients require a persistent IP address from the time the application is opened to the time the application is closed. The Customer will supply all manner of network connectivity between points of demarcation represented by individual ports on Motorola -provided LAN switches and Customer enterprise networking facilities. Examples of network connectivity include (not limited to): • Ensuring all networked printers associated with the Rip & Run feature are visible to Motorola's servers and have physical and logical connections transported by the Customer's enterprise LAN/WAN between each printer and point of demarcation located at the Motorola server; • Mobile device connectivity via wired and/or wireless media, including middleware for maintaining IP persistence in wireless environments. Connectivity includes WLAN infrastructure, commercial carrier wireless networks, and backhaul connections bridging WLAN and commercial carriers to the point of demarcation located at the Motorola server; • Desktop client workstation connectivity via Customer wired enterprise network for all workstations accessing the CAD and RMS environments and provisioning systems; • LAN/WAN facilities required to support the interfaces described in Section 7. This includes Customer -provided LAN switching, routers, and firewalls required to bridge the Motorola - provided networking elements to the Customer's enterprise network or Customer -supplied external systems. Sys,teiim CAD ID Clllliieint INet oirll, IRegL liiireijmeint The system is dependent on the Customer's LAN for client workstation performance. The estimated network requirement per CAD client with typical usage is 0.8 Mbps — 1.2 Mbps. The minimum built -to bandwidth is 2 Mbps per workstation. Peak load events (e.g. login) require higher bandwidth and higher bandwidth will generally be required for sites with higher quantities of users and greater data intensive System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-17 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 133 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A operations such as complex map annotation sets and map manipulation if the data resides on the server. The bandwidth recommendations account for the operation of the LAN client to "not exceed the values" withthe map data being stored locally on the client workstation. Additional bandwidth will be required for the transfer of large multimedia files, premise hazard data files and other large attachments. Network latency plays a key role in the responsiveness of CAD client operations. The system is designed for optimal use on a local network environment where latency is very low. It is important that efforts be made to provide the lowest latency possible between thesystem CAD servers and each CAD client. PremierOne requires latency of no greater than 20ms round-trip from the client to the servers and back. CAD ID IY oll liillle and Records IY oll liillle Clllliieint INet oirll, IRequ.fl reurnent Both CAD Mobile and Records Mobile's functionality is designed for 3G and 4G networks.3G network connectivity is required, but 4G connectivity is highly recommended. The Customer will need to provide 3G/4G wireless network infrastructure and connectivitywith routing between the Mobile clients and Server. Records Clllliieint INet oirll, IRegL liiireurneint Records is dependent on the Customer's LAN for client workstation performance. The estimated bandwidth requirements between server and a records client can vary based on the activity of the user. It is when documents are being requested or submitted and searches are being performed, is when network bandwidth is required. During data entry, network requirements are minimal. Peak load events (e.g. login) require higher bandwidth and higher bandwidth will generally be required for sites with higher quantities of users andhigher frequency data intensive operations including image display. Records IY oll liillle INet oirll, IRegUiiireiiment Records Mobile's is designed for 3G and 4G networks. 3G network connectivity is required and 4G connectivity is highly recommended. The Customer will need to provide 3G/4G wireless network infrastructure and connectivity with routing between the Mobile clients and both the primary and disaster recovery site. Mobile workstations require a persistent IP address from the time the application is opened to the time the application is closed. A persistent IP address can be accommodated in many ways including static IP, DHCP reservation, permanent DHCP lease, or with middleware such as RadiolP and NetMotion. The Customer will need to supply IP addresses for Mobile clients. Motorola encourages the Customer to test and evaluate the level of service being provided by their carriers on a regular basis to validate mobile applications be not affected by provider changes. 2.5.2Network Ilf;;1 andwidth Calctillations The following bandwidth specifications are required for system performance and have been calculated based on the system being provided for the Customer. Included are anticipated bandwidth System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-18 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 134 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A specifications after five (5) years of annually compounded growth of 3.5% resulting in up to 7 client workstations. As this is a recommendation, the values represented have been rounded up. If Customer usage exceeds the figures Motorola used in its considerations, Customer will need to provide additional hardware and or software to meet the increased need. Table 2-6 - Network Bandwidth Calculations The environmental data center requirements stated in the following sections must be satisfied in order to support the PremierOne installation. The requirements specify what theCustomer must perform, provide, or ensure in order to prepare for and aid with the system deployment. Included in the requirements are various considerations for the servers and supplementalequipment, power and network connectivity, access to various information and resources,and compliance with laws and specifications. 2.5.3.1 Power Requirements and Heat Output The following tables provide representative examples of the power utilization, heat output,and the temperature ranges for the various components of the system and the electrical circuits needed by the overall system. It is important to note that these numbers representan estimate only. This table will be updated once the hardware list has been finalized. Table 2-7: Power Requirements and Heat Output Cooling airflow through each server rack enclosure is front -to -back. Because of high heat densities and hot spots, the Customer must ensure that an accurate assessment of airflowinto and out of the server equipment has been performed. This is essential for reliable server operation. Airflow assessment is not within the scope of Motorola responsibility. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-19 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 135 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Table 2-8: Temperature and Humidity Ranges Ciiiirculiit Ill egLflireiments The system racks require a specific type of connector due to the type of equipment housedin each rack. The power circuit requirements for each system server rack are contained in the table below. The proposed racks shall be used exclusively for Motorola -provided equipment, and Customer will provide the quantities and types of power circuits indicated in the table below. Customer -provided equipment shall be placed in separate racks or cabinets, and any required power circuits to provide power to customer -provided equipment shall be provided by the Customer. Table 2-9: PremierOne Server Rack Circuit Requirements (Per Rack) 2.5.4System o r1ks' ' Bion Specifications The following specifications are provided for Customer's reference. Workstation specifications are representative of workstations used in the testing of the latestrelease of system software and do not take into account any other applications. Future releases of the system may dictate changes to the workstation specifications. Each agency should consider their own technology replacement lifecycles and policies for specificpurchase decisions. 2,5,4,1 Premiier rye CAD Recommended SI e i%ithen Table 2-10: PremierOne CAD Workstation Recommended Specifications System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-20 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 136 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Operating System N..• Windows 10 Professional 64-bit Network Interface Card 1 Gigabit or faster Ethernet network adapter Display Three (3) — 1024 x 768+ pixel, 16+ bit color displays Keyboard QWERTY Keyboard with 12 function keys Graphics Adaptor Graphics adapter with at least 512 MB RAM per monitor, 24 -bit capablegraphics accelerator, OpenGL v2.0 runtime or higher. Latest available drivers. Shadier Model 3.0 or higher is recommended Network Bandwidth 2 Mbps network bandwidth (to server) with 20 MS or less round-triplatency Additional Applications Adobe PDF reader (for help files) SQL Server Express 2017 The following are required .NET Framework versions that need to be installed in theworkstations: • Microsoft .NET Framework v4.8. 2,5,4,2 Premiier rye lobule CAD and Records lobule Workstation Re ommeiri e l e ii%ii 0;iieri Table 2-11: PremierOne Mobile CAD and Records Mobile Workstation Recommended Specifications System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-21 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 137 of 452 Processor Intel i3, i5, or i7 2.6 GHz dual core processor RAM Memory 16 GB memory Available Disk Space 20 GB available disk space Operating System Windows 10 Professional 64-bit Network Interface Card Radio / Wireless communications device, 3G or 4G network Display One (1) — 1024 x 768+ pixel, 16+ bit color display, 11.6" or largerdisplay. Usage on devices with alternative resolutions and smaller screens should be tested and screen settings optimized. Example: On a 10.1" WUXGA screen, use a resolution of 1280 x 800 and a font size of 125%. Keyboard Standard QWERTY keyboard and Touchpad / Point Stick (orequivalent mouse device) Touchscreen Optional Component Description System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-21 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 137 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A N .. Graphics Adaptor Video processor with at least 256 MB RAM, 24 -bit capable graphics accelerator, OpenGL v2.0 runtime or higher. Latest available drivers. Shader Model 3.0 or higher is recommended.Adobe PDF reader (for help files) Additional Applications I Adobe PDF reader (for help files) SQL Server Express 2017 The following are required .NET Framework versions that need to be installed in theworkstations: • Microsoft .NET Framework v4.8. , , ,3 Premiier rye Records erkstatiion Recommended SI e i%ithen Table 2-12: PremierOne Records Workstation Recommended Specifications The following are required .NET Framework versions that need to be installed in theworkstations: • Microsoft .NET Framework v4.8. iir iiii n iiii iiii iii iiii iiii airi)e iiii iir Network and Environment Requirements referred to in this section are those requirementsfound in TCP/IP Network and Data Center Requirements sections of this document. Motorola is not responsible for the level of service, bandwidth, and coverage a wirelessnetwork carrier provides. The server hardware will be set up and staged at a Motorola staging facility where thesystem will be configured using Motorola's IP schema using the firewalls for address translation to the Customer's network. The hardware and licensing identified in this system may be subject to change. As technology continues to advance, Motorola may take advantage of new and differentofferings for the betterment of the Customer. Any changes will be reviewed with the Customer. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-22 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 138 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 1 t.istoimeir 111ResIlpounslillblllIllIllllies • Supply hardware, operating system software, third party components and other elements of the system not specifically identified as being provided by Motorola. • Supply Windows Server Client Access Licenses (CALs) for all system client devices accessing CAD, CAD Mobile, and Records. • Supply Mobile Device Management (MDM) software for Handheld devices. • Supply Mobile Device Management (MDM) software for Mobile devices, as desired by the Customer. • Provide Microsoft Visual Studio for the creation of In -Module reports. • Provide a single geodatabase data including any preparation and/or editing, if necessary, to meets PremierOne GIS Build Requirements for the purpose of address validation. • Supply the Esri ArcGIS Desktop and Network Analyst extension software required for editing of GIS data. • Provide wireless connectivity and middleware to deliver mobile Virtual Private Network (mVPN) with routing and IP persistence to the system network. Optimal system application performance on mobile workstations requires 4G connectivity. • Provide wireless connectivity and middleware to deliver mobile Virtual Private Network (mVPN) with routing and IP persistence to the system network. Optimal system application performance on mobile workstations requires 4G connectivity. • Provide advanced authentication for Mobile/Handheld device connectivity if required. • Provide a site adhering to the Data Center Requirements for the installation, housing, operation, and maintenance of all equipment. The space provided must be able to contain the entire rack dimensions as specified in Data Center Requirements. • Provide power connectivity (power receptacles, and any other receptacles required within manufacturer recommended cable run lengths of the equipment and all supplemental components), power distribution units, and power to the system in the designated installation location. The anticipated quantity and type of connectivity as well as the power draw of the system have been identified in Data Center Requirements. The final system specifications will be provided during deployment as part of the hardware ordering process. • Provide active cooling and humidity control for the designated installation location. The cooling requirements and the operating temperature range of the system have been identified in Data Center Requirements. The final system specifications will be provided during deployment as part of the hardware ordering process. • Provide network connectivity to clients as specified in the Network Requirements. Motorola has included network hardware for the system server architecture. Networking hardware for the connectivity outside the system LAN must be provided by the Customer. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-23 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 139 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A • Provide a network diagram depicting all the devices, device types, and interfaces that the system will connect to and through, including, but not limited to all blocked ports, hubs, switches, routers, firewalls, and any other network equipment. • Provide IP addresses on the Customer's network for the system servers and third -party application servers. All server names and IP addresses behind Motorola Firewalls cannot be changed • Provide external interface connection demarcation points at locations agreed to by Motorola. These locations shall normally be adjacent to the PremierOne equipment rack. • Provide access, administrative or otherwise, to appropriate systems, locations, information, tools, and equipment to ensure proper connectivity, installation, operations, and maintenance of the system. • Provide 24-hour access to a secured two-way Internet connection to the system firewalls for the purposes of deployment, maintenance and monitoring. • Provide for outbound Internet connectivity initialized by system Servers. No public IPS are needed. • Motorola delivery model is reliant upon our ability to perform some tasks remotely, which requires secure, remote broadband access for remote deployment, monitoring and support of the system. Customer -provided high-speed internet access with minimum of 10 Mbps is required at the time of project kickoff and must remain available to Motorola throughout warranty and support periods to accommodate remote support of the system. In the event that dedicated links are required, a minimum of 7.5 Mbps upload and download access is required. It is the Customer's responsibility to ensure that the aforementioned capacity is available. In the event remote broadband access is not available to Motorola, preventing us from delivering the contracted service remotely, Motorola will provide service on-site at additional cost. The additional cost will be presented to the Customer via the change provision of the contract prior to the delivery of the on-site service. • Provide three (3) NTP timing sources available to the PremierOne Servers. • Provide, install maintain and service any software as required for anti-viral, anti-malware protection on the system. If the software requires connectivity to a central server for maintenance and updates, the connectivity including ports and access needs to be provided. • Provide clean printed copies of blank forms. The creation of printed forms and reports has been quoted assuming clean, printed copies of blank forms and reports are available. If forms and reports are not provided in a format that can be scanned to produce an acceptable printed copy, additional services may be required resulting in additional charges that are the responsibility of the Customer • If Customer is going to build their own local queries, the data must exist in databases that can be accessed via standard Microsoft SQL tools. The Customer must also understand the database schema so the table relations can be understood. As applicable, the Customer should System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-24 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 140 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A also conduct a comprehensive analysis of the data to identify duplicate data/records, lost data, orphaned records, or records that have not been linked properly. F4 q 11111plimWi 11, Motorola will provide the necessary support, as indicated in the matrix below, in partnership with Boynton Beach, to provide an overarching support infrastructure for all components of the Hybrid solution as defined in this System Description. Table 2-13: Hybrid Tasks/Services System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-25 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 141 of 452 Provide help desk and remote technical support x Execute Critical, High, Medium, Low responses; perform case x management; provide My View Portal Provide a properly trained technical resource who will be responsiblefor x maintenance and support of the Motorola provided on -premise equipment and software of the PremierOne Solution Monitor for notifications sent from System Center OperationsManager x (SCOM) application Troubleshoot: diagnose, triage, resolve issues x Assist with issue resolution x x Assess and assign issue priority levels x x Escalate issues x x On-site hardware maintenance the Motorola provided on-premiseequipment x and software of the PremierOne Solution Provide VPN connectivity x Perform physical and virtual server maintenance (OS patches, admin tools, x upgrade software that supports infrastructure applications). Perform periodic reboots, ongoing performance tuning,hardware upgrades. Maintain Motorola -provided server hardware x Perform CAD and mobile client workstation maintenance. OS patches, antivirus x updates, MS security patches, hardware upgrades, periodic reboots, maintain infrastructure apps (e.g. ESRI). Provide, install, and maintain third party client, server, and mobile client x connectivity apps System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-25 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 141 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Perform database failover testing x Perform data purging x Track and maintain storage capacity x Monitor and maintain temporary database file size x Build, modify, support custom reports x Install and test fixed (non-mobile) CAD client and server software releases (standard, on demand, cumulative) x Install and test mobile client software releases (standard, on demand, cumulative) x Perform GIS updates x Configure and maintain MS Windows user accounts x Perform and ensure successful completion of daily backup operations. Monitor health of backup related hardware. Perform backups before performing system or database updates x Provide provisioning information and perform provisioning. Note: While typically a customer responsibility MOTOROLA recognizes that theremay be some provisioning elements of the system that, in order forMOTOROLA to meet the service requirements herein, will potentially be thesole responsibility of MOTOROLA to manage. x x Use Records ACT to change existing modules. Perform testing in anon- production environment. Track changes using MOTOROLA provided spreadsheets x Gather issue logs (server and client). Supply logs for troubleshooting x Provide stable networking connections with sufficient bandwidth x Provide remote access to the system (VPN account access, remotehosting, etc.). x Provide backup power x Ensure end-users are trained x Perform change management on the PremierOne system and related hardware; abide by notification processes x Perform change management on external systems (e.g. 3rd party interfaces and associated hardware / software). Adhere to notification processes x Schedule remote support for the application of standard, on demandand cumulative software releases. x System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-26 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 142 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A a tiii Illi The following sections provide brief descriptions of PremierOne CAD, Mobile, Records, applications, and other system applications. The system is a Commercially Off the Shelf (COTS) product. As such, no softwaredevelopment to the application framework is provided. 2.8.1 III„Iilr im ii ilr ire CA11 Motorola has designed PremierOne CAD to be the central convergence point for communications from multiple sources and systems, mission -critical information andresource management. The user interface offers quick access to information via a location -based, Esri standard GISmap. Users perform commands and functions using a mouse, command lines, function keys, shortcuts, or user definable right click menus. The GPS -aided resource management tool displays the location and identity of GPS equipped vehicles or devices enabling a coordinated response while further supporting officer safety. In PremierOne CAD, ARL could be used in recommendations to track the location of emergency vehicles to determine their present location when requiring units to respond toan incident. By adding System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-27 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 143 of 452 Provide on-site installation services (as needed) to apply, standard, cumulative x and on demand software releases to fixed (non-mobile) CAD clients and servers Provide industry standard security measures to protect the Motorola provided on x premise equipment from intrusion, breach, corruption orsecurity risks Provide information for background checks of personnel who haveaccess to CJI, x complete CJIS training, etc. Establish and maintain CJIS compliance practices x Maintain and follow a security breach response plan x x Provide / perform hardware replacement (MOTOROLA -provided hardware) x Provide / perform hardware replacement (customer -provided hardware) x Provide NSOC and monitoring tools. Monitor alerts, generate support events, and x dispatch technical resources. Monitor these elements: P1 server software, CPU loading, disk space, resource utilization, network health, firewalls, DR connections (as applicable), SAN devices (as applicable), management host, netclock, power distribution units a tiii Illi The following sections provide brief descriptions of PremierOne CAD, Mobile, Records, applications, and other system applications. The system is a Commercially Off the Shelf (COTS) product. As such, no softwaredevelopment to the application framework is provided. 2.8.1 III„Iilr im ii ilr ire CA11 Motorola has designed PremierOne CAD to be the central convergence point for communications from multiple sources and systems, mission -critical information andresource management. The user interface offers quick access to information via a location -based, Esri standard GISmap. Users perform commands and functions using a mouse, command lines, function keys, shortcuts, or user definable right click menus. The GPS -aided resource management tool displays the location and identity of GPS equipped vehicles or devices enabling a coordinated response while further supporting officer safety. In PremierOne CAD, ARL could be used in recommendations to track the location of emergency vehicles to determine their present location when requiring units to respond toan incident. By adding System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-27 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 143 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A ARL recommendations to PremierOne CAD, PremierOne CAD canmake recommendations based on the actual location of units rather than recommending units solely based on jurisdictional assignment. Users can create incidents from public telephone calls, from information received from an officer or from another public safety agency, or through an alarm interface. Once the user enters basic details of the incident into the system, users may dispatch field personnel to handle the incident. Users may update incidents with additional details such as informationabout the handling of the incident. Once the user has completed the incident in an appropriate fashion, the user then can close the incident. Field personnel may use PremierOne CAD to retrieve details about incidents or to make incident updates. Additionally, supervisory personnel may use the PremierOne CAD to monitor the operations of the communications center, the handling of incidents and field unitstatistics. PremierOne CAD functions as a standalone product but also seamlessly integrates withMotorola's PremierOne Mobile and Records application. PremierOne CAD may also beintegrated with other Motorola and third party systems. .8.1,1 Premler ne CAD C n e1 t L) s e it III in IP LA Users may operate PremierOne CAD either with or without a mouse. While all commands and actions within the application can be accessed with the mouse, users also may drive PremierOne CAD almost exclusively from the keyboard. A few PremierOne CAD functions,such as selecting units from a map, must be performed with a mouse. Dirk and Status IYoinliitoir Users perform the majority of actions within PremierOne CAD's work monitor. Status monitors present summary information about incidents or units. A user may have one ormore status monitor windows available at the workstation. Status monitors are available on both CAD and mobile workstations. The CAD status monitors can be customized to a greater extent than the mobile status monitors. eoulidly and IRollle PremierOne CAD recognizes authorized users and provides access to individually authorized functions at the time of sign -on. To facilitate these responsibilities, access rights and permissions are associated with the various functions available within PremierOne CAD. A role is a set of specified privileges, which provide access to data, commands, forms,devices, and functions. Each user and device is assigned to one or more of the default of Customer created roles. L nliit g Illinoliideint g and IDlii l atolhuliiing A unit within PremierOne CAD represents the resources, which are dispatched or monitoredby the communications center personnel. All units in the system are identified with a unit ID that is typically the radio call sign for the unit. Users can initiate incidents from the commandline or from the incident System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-28 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 144 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A initiation form. The system provides a user with four methods to begin the incident dispatching process. These four methods include: • Dispatch incident function key • Incident dispatch command • Dispatch form • Drag and drop feature within status monitors and map. llinoliideint IMainagernent In addition to initiating and dispatching incidents, users can manage existing incidentsthrough the various incident management features of PremierOne CAD: • Updating existing incident information • Associating incidents • Disassociating incidents • Cloning incidents • Closing incidents • Reopening incidents • Displaying a summary list of incidents • Searching for incidents L nliit IMainagernent Users have the ability to monitor and maintain the current activities for each unit through thevarious unit management features: • View and update unit assignment data • Make unit status changes • Manipulate a unit's call stack • Transfer units • View a unit's history • Move units from one station or area to another station or area • View the current activities for a unit • Assign crews • Clear units from an incident • Manipulate units that are assigned to incidents • Move resources to cover depleted stations or areas • PremierOne CAD can alter a unit's capabilities based on the personnel assigned to thatunit System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-29 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 145 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Fede14ll, State, and Il,,,,,.ocalll OLjeide PremierOne allows users to submit requests for information to external databases. These external queries can involve local agencies and also state and federal agencies. External databases all have their own data formats and respond to submitted queries with one or more responses. fim PremierOne mapping utilizes products from Environmental Systems Research Institute (Esri) for geo- processing. The display of maps is an integrated component within PremierOne. The map may be configured to automatically display when the user signs on tothe workstation. A number of commands and functions allow the user to manipulate the mapand make updates in response to user actions. The map may be configured to display an icon at this location to assist the call taker in determining the location at which an emergency response is required. The system also attempts to find the nearest address/common place to the caller coordinates IYaiiilll & IYeagiiing SerVices The mail and messaging functionalities of PremierOne CAD allow users to exchange anddistribute electronic mail and messages within the dispatch center and to units equipped with MDTs IRapidSOS Il integer ' lii n PremierOne Integrates RapidSOS features into PremierOne CAD using the NG911 CallControl solution. This integration allows for immediate call location, responses to movingcallers and access to additional more detailed information about the caller. I1,,,,.ocate ('041ders Illurnurnedliiatellly Improve response time and call location accuracy by accessing a reliable caller device -based hybrid (DBH) location in as little as three seconds of taking a call from within PremierOne CAD. ReIoind to IYovliing CaIIIIlleir See a faster and more reliable location even if the caller is moving with integration between PremierOne CAD and RapidSOS. This robust technology provides accurate location to three seconds every time the call taker re -bids the caller location. Il�i'I II II'II i. Arm your call takers and responders with faster, more detailed caller information before questioning has even started. With this streamlined technology, caller data is provided bymultiple resources, aggregated by RapidSOS, which PremierOne CAD then queries and delivers to the call taker. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-30 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 146 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 3 III°Iilr im lii it it e III I lii IIIA with III I lii IIIc IlVapping December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A PremierOne Mobile provides public safety personnel the ability to assess and prepare for asituation while en route to the scene. Users access information via screen configurations that provide navigation throughout the PremierOne Mobile application. Table 2-14: PremierOne Mobile — Available Clients 10, 11, M1,111111 ii "111111i, i I 111 111 116111 il I I i1111 11161 Operating System Windows 8.1+ Silent Dispatch Incident & Unit Management Real -Time Status Monitors 7 Field Initiation for Traffic Stops & Other Incidents Database Querying BOLOs Responder and Unit Location Tracking Premise & Hazard Details with Images Geofencing with Entry & Exit Alerts 4G & LTE Network Capability CJIS Security Support with FIPS 140-2 Encryption & Auditing Barcode Scan Voice Entry for Comments Actionable URL in Comments Messaging Advanced Mapping, BOLOs, Premise & Hazards Advanced Configurations The integrated map provides the user the ability to display call location, drive directions, premise hazards and the location of other units. PremierOne Mobile leverages the same common map platform used in PremierOne CAD, which is managed and provisioned from acentralized location and deployed to all systems remotely. PremierOne Mobile obtains location information from a collocated GPS receiver. The PremierOne Mobile Windows Client It supports either the Trimble ASCII Interface Protocol(TAIP) or National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) standard. The PremierOne Mobile client application can send its System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-31 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 147 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A location to PremierOne CAD via a cellular data modem. The vehicle location information is used by PremierOne CAD to support location dependent features including Mapping, Track -It, Follow -It, and Recommendations. 11I::IireimieirGine II oir S PremierOne Records is Motorola's next generation law enforcement records management system. Based on over 30 years of industry RMS experience, PremierOne Records is a fourth generation product that was designed from the ground up with the current and future needs of public safety agencies in mind. Not only does the system leverage the experience gained from decades of public safety experience, it utilizes the latest graphical user interfacedesign and development techniques. PremierOne Records is built on true service oriented architecture, not simply a legacyproduct with services added as an afterthought. Another fundamental tool of PremierOne Records is to provide the greatest level of flexibility. Working with the Advanced Configuration Tool of PremierOne Records allowsagencies to add and hide fields, change field labels, make fields required, alter output format, and determine the information that is made available to users and roles. 2.8.4.1 PremlerGne Records Concept& Records C'lIH!ieints PremierOne Records provides the same functionality, fields, data, and security to both the officer in the field using a Records Mobile Client and the records bureau user accessing thesystem through a LAN - connected desktop computer. • Standard Client — Used for workstations which are connected to the network, such as those on a LAN or WLAN. This self -updating client can be launched from a web browserand can be run without a local installation, thus reducing installation and maintenance costs. • Records Mobile Client — Used in situations where network connectivity is not assured or nonexistent, such as with mobile units on a wireless network for field based reporting (FBR). Over the wire update and caching services assure that all clients are kept up to date with application updates, changes to forms, code tables, etc., reducing maintenance costs. PremierOne Records was designed with a physical law records department in mind. Users can find information in PremierOne Records in the same areas where you would expect to find them physically in your department. PremierOne Records provides easy and quick access throughout the application. Users can navigate using familiar point -and -click accessto modules, similar to a browser. As with a browser, forward and back keys are provided aswell as the ability to open additional tabs, allowing multiple modules to be open at a time. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-32 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 148 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Records Coumiimand II,,,,,Jiiine A command line window can be opened using a hotkey that allows authorized users to perform typical actions such as add, edit and navigation functions without using the mouse. The command line auto - fills both commands and parameters requiring just a few keystrokesto create a new record or access any record in the system. The Records command line window can be displayed even with the other PremierOne Records windows minimized giving the user a cleaner more efficient client. This is especially important for Records Bureau or other data entry users as they can create or edit records much faster, with fewer keystrokes and mouse clicks. This feature is also available in the Records Mobile client allowing patrol officers and other Mobile users to quickly create records without using a mouse. For paper-based agencies that print and use paper copies of records, the commandline can be combined with a low cost barcode scanner to greatly improve efficiencies. A barcode can be printed at the bottom of each document that when scanned immediately retrieves the record with no other user intervention. This feature is especially beneficial for document approval or other manual or automated workflow processing IYotorollla IDocUurnents Users perform the majority of data entry within Motorola Documents, a forms tool based onpatented technology. This technology leverages decades of experience with law enforcement records management systems and is designed to improve data entry efficiency, accuracy and reduce the learning curve for new users. Specially designed functionality such as tabs, search while you type, and `To do' items are all designed to reduce the effort required to fully document each event. • Tabs: To facilitate data entry, tabs combine like data types such as victim, offense, orproperty. Within each data type, a user may enter as many of that data type as necessary. • Required Fields: Within any document in PremierOne Records, some fields will be required to be filled in before the document can be saved to the database. Required information helps to preserve the integrity of the document as a whole to make it a validdocument. Fields may be required based on business rules established by an agency orbecause the agency requires data to be collected for reporting purposes. The system may also require certain data fields to be completed to assure accurate and complete IBR or UCR submissions. • Single Select Code Fields: Single select code tables allow users to enter only thosecodes that have been created for a given field. • Search While You Type: This functionality displays only the entries in a list that matchthe text that you type. Search -as -you -type considers all the words in a phrase, not justthe first word at the beginning of the phrase. • Multi -select Code Tables: As with single select code tables, multi -select code tables onlyallow for the acceptable range of data values to be entered. • Pull Forward: You can use Pull Forward to search for and find existing data, and thenpull that data into Motorola Document. • To Do List: Motorola Documents also check to ensure all required fields have been filledout and are valid. If you omit a required field or have incorrect information, an error message will System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-33 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 149 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A appear in the Help window of the document. These error messages, or the to-do list, are hyperlinks. They bring the cursor directly to the field that requires attention when the form you are currently working in. Documents that are not complete may be saved as a draft, but the data is not present in the database directly. • Only Display Necessary Fields: This feature of Motorola Documents only displays thosefields necessary to complete the document. When a user enters data that then requiresfurther information, fields for entering the additional data become available. Until those fields are needed, they remain hidden. • Photos — Drag and Drop: Motorola Document windows also support drag-and-dropfunctionality for images. • Autosave: PremierOne Records can be configured to automatically backup or save a document prior to document submission. The document is saved in draft form until it hasbeen submitted. • Document Locking: A locking message displays if another user tries to access a document that is open and locked. Document locks expire when the opened document isclosed or after a configured time (default is 12 hours) whichever comes first. Other usersattempting to open a locked document will get a read-only version of the document that displays the document lock message in the lower right corner. Users cannot make edits to the read-only document. • Searching — Free Text Searching: PremierOne Records provides default basic searchand field display functionality as well as advanced search functionality for custom search. Agencies can specify and configure which module data fields are available forsearching. Additionally, PremierOne Records has a free text and advanced free text search capability, which functions similarly to web text searches; Users can enter a word or phrase in the free text search field and search across the entire data store for recordsthat match the text or phrase. 5 IlVatoirola ComimaindCentiral 11I::Ilatfoirim Integration CommandCentral is an end-to-end platform of interconnected solutions that unify data and streamline public safety workflows from a citizen tip or call to case closure. Through single sign -on capabilities, your personnel can access all CommandCentral software applications with one agency username and password for a more streamlined workflow. The CommandCentral platform puts your agency's data to better use, improves safety for critical personnel, and helps keep your focus on the communities you serve. CommandCentral evolves over time, maximizing the value of existing investments whileadopting new capabilities that better meet your personnel's growing needs. With cloud- based services and an agile development methodology through constant user feedback, Motorola Solutions can deliver new features and functionality in a more manageable, non -intrusive way. CournurnaindCeinti4ll CalpalI Iiilllliitliies for III°IreimnIerOine Motorola Solutions' CommandCentral Capabilities are a set of cloud -based features that enhance on - premise records management and CAD systems. Leveraging the CommandCentral platform, these System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-34 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 150 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A capabilities provide a variety of enhancements to improvepublic safety workflows. These features streamline digital evidence management, provide insight to aid data -driven decision making, and expedite case review and resolution. Records and CAD users can work more efficiently within their RMS and CAD systems to best support your agency and your communities. The proposed CommandCentral Capabilities solution includes the following features and integrations. Cllloud Data IE.: adkUlp and (Restore Motorola Solutions' Cloud Data Backup and Restore syncs your agency's database with the cloud to create a secure and accessible backup. The cloud provides proven security, reliability, and availability. While this feature only stores the most recent backup in the cloud,there is no limit on the size or frequency of the backup. This provides flexibility for specific scheduling and information management needs. Administrators can schedule the cloud backup. ANUMMI CommandCentral capabilities for CAD augments existing on -premises CAD systems, allowing users to make better decisions from anywhere with secure view access to your agency's CAD information. Users can view this data on any internet-connected device and enable non-traditional users to work from locations that have not previously had access to jurisdictional CAD information. The CAD Viewer provides a view of pending/active incident information, unit information, and mapped location of incidents and responding units. Users can switch easily from light to dark mode and use pop -out screens to personalize their view. Records IY ainageiment CommandCentral capabilities include access to records management features. Users can quickly search video, audio, images, and other digital content. The system stores data fromvarious sources in a central cloud -based location, streamlining access and management across your organization to reduce the complexities of record management. As a result, thissolution helps save your personnel valuable time and allows them to focus on critical tasks. Records Management offers users the following features to benefit management workflows: CommandCentral Incident Record — View incident data, officer narrative, and digital evidence with one user interface, called the CommandCentral Incident Record. This cloud -based feature combines case -related information from different sources into a stream Iinedinterface. This unified view allows your agency to review critical evidence from a more robust and accurate operating picture. The CommandCentral Incident Record is built fromincident details in your records management solution and content from CommandCentral Evidence if CommandCentral Evidence is purchased separately. Task Creation and Assignment — View, create, and assign daily tasks or projects as part of the Insights Dashboard. The Insights Dashboard provides curated and actionable insightsinto your System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-35 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 151 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A agency's initiatives from across the CommandCentral suite. It gathers items that need attention, review, correction, or completion to help users stay organized and manage operations. This also helps build and close cases faster by tracking progress and assigning ownership to activities. The dashboard promotes collaboration by allowing users to share documents, projects, and success metrics across the agency. Unified Search – Locate information across all agency records and evidence using a smart,free- text search engine. To access content from a specific incident, users can access Unified Search or go through your Motorola Solutions RMS. Users can search incidents by time -frame or specific case number and then view all digital evidence associated with that specific case. This single source offers a user-friendly experience that is easy to navigate and understand and includes the ability to add narratives. The solution also makes review easier by tagging persons and vehicles listed in the narrative. Vehicles listed in the incident report include links to automatic license plate readers in the Vigilant LEARN database (additional subscription required). Product updates are seamless with new capabilities delivered regularly. The cloud also provides proven security, reliability, and availability that keeps personnel prepared for their operations. For PremierOne Records deployments, Pin Mapping visualizes geographic crime data andcase reports on a map. This map view provides context to crime in a specific area, allowing users to quickly compare incidents and make more informed crime fighting decisions. Dliigliitalll Ilf;;;;vliideince IY ainagernent CommandCentral capabilities digital evidence management tools streamline collecting, securing, and managing multimedia evidence. These tools simplify how a secure digital evidence library is built by incorporating data from multiple sources into a unified evidence storage framework. Users can upload digital evidence from a variety of sources to quickly build cases. Evidence stored within the tool is easy to search, correlate, and review alongside other case -related information from your CAD or RMS database. Relevant contentcan be marked and sorted to locate critical information from a central touch point. This unified storage framework allows personnel to make informed decisions with an organized and complete case evidence view. In addition, with the access control system, the application allows authorized personnel to view sensitive information. Judicial Sharing With the Judicial Sharing feature, your agency can use the CommandCentral Incident Record to share a complete evidence package with partners and prosecutors. This keepsyour personnel and partners up-to-date on each case and allows them to work from the same information. Judicial Sharing integrates with the CommandCentral Incident Record, allowing aggregatedcase-related information to be shared via email. This helps to keep prosecutors up-to-date with a dedicated, streamlined page designed for their needs. It allows judicial partners to access all of the case content shared with them — even from multiple agencies — from one,secure location. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-36 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 152 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A From your agency's view, users can confirm that they received the case package and continue to update the shared package as the case develops. From the case manager, the prosecutor can see when a shared package has been updated. They can search and filter the case packages to locate information and then share the case package with the defense. If your agency has case sharing systems in place with partners, you can leverage your agency's existing investments by downloading content and audit logs to review and share. Con7n7a1,)dCe1,)tra1 Capture CC Capture allows officers to capture images, video, and audio from the field with a simple smartphone application on iOS or Android. This tool provides easy media management andadvanced camera controls to help users control what is captured. The application adds metadata and tags, and then gets uploaded to CommandCentral Evidence for immediate use. The application isolates all data from personal data. This ensures other apps cannot access evidence, while providing an uncompromised chain of custody from the moment of capture. This application is a capture source for field personnel, command staff, and supervisors. Officers can dictate narratives directly from their mobile device. The audio files are transcribed and uploaded to the CommandCentral Incident Record as the primary incident narrative. SeiirVice Sdlutioiiris The following sections provide brief descriptions of service solutions delivered as part of thePremierOne offering. 1 I[intelligent 11 I11 YllscoveiiT SelivicesIIIIIC;; I11 f ilr CA11 IDD Services include instruction in the use of advanced SQL Server Reporting Services(SSRS) features, which will allow for the connection, extraction, and display of data fromCAD in the tailored standard IDD and customized dashboards. IDD's use of Microsoft's SSRS employs the data to generate and securely share onlinedashboards and reports, initiate searches and mine data. The IDD services include thefollowing dashboards: • Three (3) Tailored Standard Dashboards - Roll Call Briefing Dashboard - Intelligent Resource Deployment Dashboard - COMPSTAT Dashboard • View Only CAD IDD bundle - Unit Status - Unit History System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-37 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 153 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A - Map - Incident Search - Drill -through to Incident Details and Officer Activity Reports • Two (2) Customer Defined Dashboards (built during IDD Training and limited to dataexisting in the system CAD dataset) • Two (2) days of consultative services pertaining to reports and dashboards for the CAD • Two (2) days of PremierOne Intelligent Data Discovery (IDD) Training, after completionof training requirements. A single copy of each of the Standard IDD dashboards will be tailored per the provisioning ofthe CAD system, and delivered to the customer. IDD is limited to data existing in the system CAD dataset. Microsoft's SSRS is a reporting and report distribution application. A map viewof the data, such as location of Incidents, may be produced as part of the report output, but with no interactive mapping ability. Total system capacity for IDD is dependent upon the total number of concurrent reports being requested from the RDW server. Final system capacity is dependent upon final design and report types being generated on a concurrent basis. I[intelligent 11 I11 YllscoveiiT SelivicesIIIIIC;; I11 f ilr lRecoirds r Records IDD Services include instruction in the use of advanced SQL Server Reporting Services (SSRS) features, which will allow for the connection, extraction, and display of datafrom Records in tailored and customized dashboards. IDD's use of Microsoft's SSRS employs the data to generate and securely share onlinedashboards and reports, initiate searches and mine data. The IDD services for Recordsinclude the following dashboards: • Three (3) Tailored Standard Dashboards - Master Index Search Dashboard - Records CompStat Dashboard - Records major Crimes Dashboard • Two (2) Customer Defined Dashboards (built during IDD Training and limited to dataexisting in the system Records dataset) • Two (2) days of consultative services pertaining to reports and dashboards for Records • Three (3) days of Records Intelligent Data Discovery (IDD) Training (*Additional dashboards are built during the training class) A single copy of each of the Standard IDD dashboards will be tailored per the provisioning ofthe Records system, and delivered to the customer. Records IDD is limited to data existing in the system records dataset. Microsoft's SSRS is a reporting and report distribution application. A map view of the data, such as location of Incidents, may be produced as part of the report output, but with no interactive System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-38 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 154 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A mapping ability. Total system capacity for IDD is dependent upon the total number of concurrent reports being requested from the Records reporting data warehouse server. Final system capacity is dependent upon final design and report types being generated on a concurrent basis. e 1 "'rilr un lii lii n t.flbsciriptllain III 11ceinse Model If the Parties mutually agree that any on -premises Subscription Software purchased under this SPA as part of an on -premises Software System as a service will be replaced with or upgraded to Subscription Software hosted in a data center, then upon such time which the Parties execute the applicable Ordering Document, (a) the licenses granted to such on -premises Subscription Software under the applicable Ordering Document will automatically terminate, (b) Customer and its Authorized Users will cease use of the applicable on -premises copies of Subscription Software, and (c) the replacement hosted Subscription Software provided hereunder will be governed by the terms of the SSA and this SPA. 2.10.2 rilr ain lii lii in 11I:::::'ee Motorola will not charge additional Fees for Services related to the transition to hosted Subscription Software, as described in 2.10.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subscription Fees for the applicable hosted Subscription Software are subject to the SSA and the applicable Ordering Document, andmay be greater than Fees paid by Customer for on -premises Subscription Software. System Description Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 2-39 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 155 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 3 3 °° ! °° � iri Site ����������� Illi' IIII IIIA" Illi' IIIA � Illi'�'� °�� IIII � 3 1 1 Sitet.n n I1111I::) Network Analysis December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Motorola will review the existing infrastructure(s) and installation location(s) to validate that the installation environment(s) and local and wide area networks will provide optimal supportof the Motorola solution. A single site Survey/IP Network Analysis will be conducted at the primary installation location, The purpose of the site survey is to confirm the Customer's installation environment conforms to the site requirements presented in the System Description and hardware manufacturer specification verifying that the physical installation environment is accessible, without special accommodation, to support the movement of equipment in Customer's facility from receiving dock to the equipment room. Examples of areas of concern include door/hallway widths and heights, stairs, elevator weight Iimitations,ventilation including cooling, power receptacle locations and power types. Motorola makes no provision for cabling, special accommodations, power consumption orcapital improvements to the installation environment that may be required to support the Motorola system. IYotoirollla Ileloinliillliilllliitliie Review the site requirements section of the System Description with the Customer. 2. Facilitate a meeting to review the physical installation environment and equipment travelpath from receiving dock through equipment room. 3. Analyze IP network data. 4. Prepare a report with recommendations for any site and or network preparation requiredto provide an optimal environment for installation of the system equipment and identify any deficiencies related to power, power supplies, cabling, IP network connectivity, and communications equipment. Cutourneir Ileloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Provide escorted access to the installation location where Motorola system equipmentwill be installed. 2. Provide documentation on the current infrastructure, i.e. existing hardware and operatingsystem software components and terminal networks, as well as projected utilization statistics and other information as is reasonably required to validate final hardware requirements. 3. Provide information on current network architecture and configuration as well as physicalsite information such as building plans and schema's, as available. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A $QLUTIONS Page 3-40 Page 156 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 4. Make knowledgeable staff available to explain the current architecture, infrastructure, environment and physical environment conditions (e.g. building engineers/electrician) as needed. 5. Provide a site for the installation, operation, and maintenance of all computer server(s), workstation(s), and related peripheral in accordance with Motorola requirements and allnetwork infrastructures described in the System Description. 6. Ensure the computer processor(s), operating system software, third -party software, all associated workstations, printers, communications, and related components conform with the specifications in the System Description. 7. Provide a programmer work area for Motorola on-site staff in the primary facility, locatednear, but outside of the computer machine room. The room will be equipped with a workstation, AC power to support workspace for a minimum of two (2) people, and Internet access. Wireless access is recommended. This work area will be available during the course of the project. 8. In compliance with CJIS requirements in paragraph 16.3, provide 24-hour access to a secured two-way Internet connection to the Motorolasystem firewalls for the purposes of deployment, maintenance, and monitoring throughout the course of the project and maintenance and warranty phases. 9. Review and approve the final hardware and operating system software configurationwith the Motorola project team. 10. Provide any cabling or capital improvements required for the installation environmentand/or power consumption considerations. As noted in Section 2.5, Customer will supply all manner of network connectivity between points of demarcation represented by individual ports on Motorola -provided LAN switches and Customer enterprise networking facilities. Examples of network connectivity include (not limited to): • Ensuring all networked printers associated with the Rip & Run feature are visible to Motorola's servers and have physical and logical connections transported by the Customer's enterprise LAN/WAN between each printer and point of demarcation located at the Motorola server; • Mobile device connectivity via wired and/or wireless media, including middleware for maintaining IP persistence in wireless environments. Connectivity includes WLAN infrastructure, commercial carrier wireless networks, and backhaul connections bridging WLAN and commercial carriers to the point of demarcation located at the Motorola server; • Desktop client workstation connectivity via Customer wired enterprise network for all workstations accessing the CAD and RMS environments and provisioning systems; • LAN/WAN facilities required to support the interfaces described in Section 7. This includes Customer -provided LAN switching, routers, and firewalls required to bridge the Motorola - provided networking elements to the Customer's enterprise network or Customer -supplied external systems. IYotoirollla IDellliiiveirallllle Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-41 Page 157 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Site Survey and Network Analysis Results December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A IIIIIIIi IIIA ��� e��� IIIIe���� ��� ��� airid System °� IIIA" IIII IIII Illi IIII Illi 31 Ilf;; t.is iin 11I::Iirocess Review Motorola and Customer will conduct a BPR to analyze the differences between the processes and workflows of the existing PremierOne cloud -based solution and new on -premise solution. A Motorola led Business Process Review (BPR) provides Motorola and the Customer the opportunity to review current operational processes and workflows and determine the provisioning parameters that will provide the most optimal use of the new PremierOne system. The information collected in the BPR will provide Motorola and Customer the framework for how the product(s) will be provisioned and configured to account for any changes introduced by the on -premise system. 3.2.2III°Iilr im ii ilr in III°Iilr ov ii lii iin lii in Existing P1 Cloud provisioning information will be preserved by backing up the databases, configuration settings, and operational data of the PremierOne Cloud solution and restoring to the new on -premise solution. Additional provisioning activities may be required as determined by the outcome of the Business Process Review. Provisioning activities include instruction of the mechanics and methodologies required tocomplete system provisioning and provides the Customer with the required knowledge to complete and maintain system provisioning as required to support Customer's operational needs. Should additional provisioning be required, customer -specific provisioning parameters will be collected using Provisioning Export Worksheets. Motorola will review the Provisioning Export Worksheets with the Customer to identify the information that is required for the Customer -specific provisioning data tables. The Customer is responsible for determining the number and type of provisioning profiles (e.g. Law profile, Fire profile...) required to support their operation. The Customer will be responsible for completing the Provisioning Export Worksheets in the proper format and with agency specific information. The information collected in the worksheets will be imported into the system exactly as it is provided by the Customer. Upon completion of provisioning by the Customer, Motorola will conduct a working session with the Customer's Administrators and desired SME's demonstrating system operation in accordance with Customer determined provisioning parameters (BPR Workbook and Provisioning Worksheets). The purpose of the session is to enable the Customer to fine tune provisioning parameters as needed to better align with operational use needs. In this working session, Motorola provides the Customer with guidance on provisioning options thatmay better support the Customer's operational objectives. The Customer completes any provisioning parameter updates with Motorola guidance as desired. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-42 Page 158 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits lairdwaire airid Saftwaire 3 3 1 111 lairdwaire III°' Il oct.i ire lmen Motorola will procure the system equipment in accordance with the bill of materials. 3.3.2 System Staging December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A System staging provides for the installation of the software components on the hardware procured by Motorola at our staging facility. The system will be tested and verified to be operational in a staged environment. Once validated, the system will be packaged and shipped to the Customer's location for installation. IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Receive the contracted hardware, software, and related components at the Motorolastaging facility. 2. Rack and install hardware components. 3. Install and configure system software. 4. Ship staged system to the Customer's installation site. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Receive the staged system and securely store it until Motorola installation. 2. Provide acknowledgement of receipt of delivered equipment. IYotoirollla Illellliiiveirallllle 3.3.3 Gin, Site [installatilain The objective of this activity is to install the system at the Customer's site. This activity addresses physical installation activities and system connectivity verification. IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Install the staged system in the Customer's environment. 2. Conduct a Power On test to validate the installed hardware and software are ready for configuration. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-43 Page 159 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 3. Load preliminary provisioning data. 4. Verify contracted software is available and accessible on the installed system. 5. Physically install contracted workstation computers and monitors in Customerdesignated locations. Cutourneir Illeloirmliillliilllliitliie 1. Validate server room availability and meets the requirements stated in the System Description. 2. Provide power and network connectivity at designated workstation installation locations. IYotoirollla IDellliiieirallllle Power On/Installation Verification 3.3.4t.i lnfl' liiUpdates A Cumulative Update (CU) may be required and will need to be installed following the initial system software installation. If CU's are installed by Motorola, a remote demonstration of the newly introduced or modified features/functions will be provided to the Customer. CU delivery is determined at Motorola's discretion. If a CU that introducesnew functionality is delivered following the conclusion of Motorola training, the Customermay purchase additional training as desired in accordance with the Change Order provisions in the Agreement. IYotoirollla Illeloirmliillliilllliitliie 1. Provide release notes. 2. Remotely install CU. 3. Remotely demonstrate any new delivered features as needed. Cutourneir Illeloirmliillliilllliitliie 1. Witness the demonstration of newly installed features, as required. 2. Provision the additional functionality as desired, based on the release notes. 3. Educate users on new features. 3.3.5 Client SoftwareInstallation Client software will be installed on the CAD/Records workstations/mobile devices to facilitate provisioning training and provide instruction to Customer personnel who will complete software installation on the remaining workstations/devices. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-44 Page 160 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Verify system readiness. 2. Request client software. December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 3. Deliver the Pre -Installation Preparation Checklist. 4. Provide instruction on client software installation and install client software on up to two (2) Client workstations and or Mobile devices per agency. 5. Provide instruction on client software deployment utility. 6. Create Records client installation executable(s). 7. Verify Records Mobile client software functionality in offline mode. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Provide and install workstation/mobile device hardware in accordance with specifications. 2. Assign personnel to observe software installation training. 3. Complete installation of client software on remaining workstations and mobile devices. 4. Unless contracted to be provided by Motorola; procure, install, authorize and configureArcGIS Desktop/ArcGIS Pro and extensions. FII NIIII MII 3 a c �^ IIIA 'IIII Illi' ��� Illi'i'�eIIIru �e u Illi' The installation, configuration, and demonstration of interfaces may be an iterative series of activities depending upon access to third -party systems. Interfaces will be installed and configured in accordance with the System Description and Project Schedule. Integrated functionality between Motorola developed products will be completed through the software installation and provisioning activities described herein. Integration activities that have specific requirements will be completed as outlined in this SOW. 3.4.1 Interface 11)e 111 imein' Connectivity will be established between the Motorola system and the external and/or thirdparty systems to which the contracted software will interface. Motorola will configure the system to support each contracted interface. The Customer is responsible for engaging third -party vendors if and as required to facilitate connectivity and testing of the interfaces. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-45 Page 161 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 1. Establish connectivity to external and third -party systems. 2. Configure interfaces to support the functionality described in the System Description andor ISD as reviewed during the Interface Planning Session. 3. Validate each interface can transmit and/or receive data in accordance with the System Description. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Act as liaison between Motorola and third -party vendors or systems as required toestablish interface connectivity with the Motorola system. 2. Provide personnel proficient with and authorized to make changes to the network andthird-party systems to support Motorola's interface installation efforts. 3. Provide network connectivity between PremierOne and the third -party systems. IYotoirollla IDellliiiveirallllle Contracted interfaces and integration 3.4.2Il integilr ' lii urActivities Proprietary processes enable the transfer and receipt of data between Motorola systems asdescribed in the System Description. IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Establish and validate connectivity between the Motorola systems. 2. Validate each system can transmit and/or receive data. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Provide personnel proficient with and authorized to make changes to the network andthird-party systems to support Motorola's integration efforts. 2. Provide network connectivity between the Motorola systems. 3.43 [incit.ided Interfaces Motorola will deliver the following interfaces. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-46 Page 162 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Secti on 7 (Inte rface Spec ificati on Doc ume nts) provi des detai Is of indivi dual interf aces 1 inclu ding: December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A �� q� a . � � 4 NG -E911 ANI/AL1 CAD CAD Server CallWorks 911 Interface I Florida TRaCS Records Records Server TRaCS Crash and I Accidents Citation — FL (TEG) Florida TRaCS Records Records Server TRaCS Crash and I Citation Citation — FL (TEG) State Query CAD PremierOne COMMON — Suite State B (FCIC/NCIC) Suite Services Query FireWorks Fire CAD CAD Reporting COMMON—CAD O Records CFS Data Outbound FRMS Feed Warehouse UCR/IBR Records Records Server COMMON — Records O Submission State Submission LEX FINDER Records Records COMMON — Records O (RDW data out) Reporting Data Data View Warehouse LexisNexis Records Records COMMON — Records O (ATACRAIDS) Reporting Data Data View - (RDW data Warehouse Out) SPIDRTech CAD CAD Reporting COMMON — CAD Data O Data View Warehouse SPIDRTech RMS Records COMMON — Records O Reporting Data Data View Warehouse PowerPhone CAD CAD Client CAD Call Handling — O CACH (PowerPhone) Rip N Run CAD CAD Server COMMON — Tear & Run O diagrams, • Data flows, • Use cases, • Operational Considerations, • Statements of Work citing Motorola and Customer responsibilities. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-47 Page 163 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 3 epaiirts aira a iiia December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Motorola will provide SSRS training as described in the training section that allows the Customer to develop the following custom reports against the PremierOne Reporting DataWarehouse (RDW) using Microsoft's SQL Server Reporting Service (SSRS) software. Table 3-1: Custom Reports Using Microsoft's SQL Server Reporting Service Software LEO Assault Form Juvenile Referrals Baker Act Marchman Act Missing Person Affidavit Booking Form Notice to Appear Prisoner Information Sheet Stolen Vehicle Affidavit Victim's Rights / Marsy's Law Waiver of Prosecution Alcohol Influence Report Animal Citation Death Investigation Field Report Evidence Submittal Witness Statement Witness Statements Solicitor Application Arrest Affidavit Florida IBR Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 3-48 Q, M07-OIWOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 164 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits IY otoirollla Il e l oin liilbllilllliitliie December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 1. Review existing reports and identify the corresponding data elements in the PremierOneRDW. 2. Provide SSRS Report Builder Training as described in the Training Plan. Cu tourneir Il e l oin liilbllilllliitliie 1. Draft and develop final reports. FII NIIII MII SSRS Report Builder Training 3.5.2I[intelligent 11 IIC;;Y111scovelT The objective of this task is to introduce the functionality available via the Intelligent Data Discovery (IDD) tool. IDD Training will be conducted in accordance with the Training Plan. For CAD: Motorola will review the three (3) standard CAD dashboards and the View Only CAD IDD Bundle for a single agency as described in the System Description, and developtwo (2) customer - defined dashboards as described in the System Description. For Records: Motorola will review the three (3) standard dashboards for a single agency anddevelop two (2) customer -defined dashboards as described in the System Description. This effort will utilize the Customer's existing Microsoft SQL Server licenses and Businesslntelligence tools to configure dashboards and data views using data available from the PremierOne environment. IY otoirollla Il e l oin liilbllilllliitliie 1. Conduct a two (2) day overview/consultation to review standard dashboards and reports. 2. Define and document requirements for the customer -defined dashboards. 3. Create customer -defined dashboards based on a list of 50 graphical elements (maps,charts, gauges, etc.) 4. Install the standard and customer -defined dashboards. (This task will occur during thelDD training course.) Cu tourneir Il e l oin liilbllilllliitliie 1. Perform data entry (incident creation, dispatch, disposition, etc.) to confirm sufficientdata exists for reporting. 2. Define requirements for the customer -defined dashboards within thirty (30) days of the overview/consultation. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-49 Page 165 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 3. Assign resource(s) that have received the CAD SSRS (Ad hoc) Reporting training toparticipate in the review of the dashboards. 4. Assign resource(s) that have received the Records Ad hoc Reporting training to participate in the initial dashboard consultation and review delivery of the dashboards. IYotoirollla IDellliiiveirallllle Dashboards (standard and customer -defined) 3 6 System I r ra iii Iiri iiii Illi' The objective of this task is to prepare for and deliver the contracted training. Motorola training consists of both computer-based (on-line) and instructor -led (on-site or remote).Training delivery methods vary dependent on course content. Training is delivered in accordance with the Training Plan. 3.6.1 Ill,,,,,,earining eXpeirienceIII°I Ilr 111 "III,,,,,,X III::'" In 1 11 11 un e r it lii n Iii IIS Training is made available to Customer, in part, via Motorola's LXP. This subscription service provides customers with continual access to Motorola's library of on-line learning content and allows your users the benefit of learning at times convenient to them. Content isadded and updated on a regular basis to keep information current. Courses delivered or supplemented by LXP content are described in the Training Plan. IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Initial set up and addition of administrators. 2. Provide instruction to Customer LXP Administrators on: A. Adding and maintaining users B. Adding and maintaining Groups C. Assign courses and Learning Paths D. Running reports Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Provide Motorola with names (first and last) and emails of Customer LXP administrators. 2. Provide access to learn ingservices.motorolasolutions.com. 3. Complete LXP Administrator training. 4. Advise users of the availability of the LXP. 5. Add/modify users, run reports, and add/modify groups. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A $QLUTIONS Page 3-50 Page 166 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A ,3 6 2 IIIIniStuff.idoir° III,,,,,,ed rir liiniiun In site aur lour lu 11 IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Deliver User Guides and training materials in electronic format. 2. Perform training in accordance with the Training Plan. 3. Provide Customer with training Attendance Rosters and summarize any pertinentobservations that may impact end user training. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Supply classrooms with a workstation for the instructor and at least one (1) workstationfor every two (2) students based on the requirements listed in the Training Plan. 2. Designate training representatives who will work with the Motorola trainers in thedevelopment and delivery of training. 3. Facilitate training of all Customer end users in accordance with Customers trainingdelivery plan. FII NIIII MII The Advanced Configuration Tool (ACT) is an application development tool designed to provide skilled PremierOne Records resources the ability to modify and develop records functionality. Using ACT, trained resources can design the navigation flow for modules anddevelop application components, such as search fields, data grids, default views, and in- module reports. ACT is also used to modify and develop modules in order to provide functionality to support Customer -specific business processes. Unlike configuration or provisioning, development done in ACT creates additional database structures and application code. The skilled resource will be familiar with relational database logic, data types, and understand data theory. The skilled resource must understand the agency's end-to-end business operation, anticipate specific reporting needs, and envision the required inputs tosupport the desired reporting outputs. The Customer representative(s) will attend ACT training. IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Make ACT training available to the Customer. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-51 Page 167 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Cu tourneir Ill e l oin liilbllilllliitliie 1. Attend the ACT training. December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A IYotoirollla IDellliiiveirallllle 3 "°° °Iiroduct Ulldatioiiri The system is exercised throughout the delivery of the project by both Motorola and theCustomer via provisioning and training activities. To solidify Customer confidence in thesystem and prepare for live use operation, Motorola will perform prescribed system validations in accordance with a Product Validation Plan. 3.7.1 11I::Iirodtxt Validation III°Allain The objective of this series of tasks is to finalize the activities to be conducted in accordancewith the final Project Validation Plan. The Project Validation Plan will be finalized following system provisioning activities. The Project Validation Plan describes the scope and objectives of each type of demonstration executed by Motorola as well as the techniques used during each type of demonstration and the completion criteria. The Customer may execute their own tests outside the scope of Motorola's demonstration responsibility as desired. The Product Validation Plan covers the following types of demonstrations: • Functional Validation • Interface Validation IY otoirollla Ill e l oin liilbllilllliitliie 1. Finalize the Project Validation Plan based on information gathered throughout theproject kickoff and provisioning phase of the project. 2. Distribute a copy of the plan to the Customer's Project Manager. 3. Review the schedule of demonstration activities. 4. Execute the Product Validation Plan in accordance with the project schedule. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A $QLUTIONS Page 3-52 Page 168 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Cutourneir Illeloirmliillliilllliitliie 1. Receive the Project Validation Plan. 2. Review the Project Validation Plan activities. 3. Notify the Motorola Project Manager of any items that require discussion. 4. Initiate any desired user testing. IYotoirollla IDellliiiveirallllle Product Validation Plan 3.7.2III°°° t.uin ctii un 111 Validation December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A The objective of Functional Validation is to demonstrate the features and functions of the system in the Customers provisioned environment. The functional demonstration may not exercise all functions of the system, if identified as not being applicable to the Customer's operations or for which the system has not been provisioned. The functional demonstration is estimated to span three (3) consecutive business days, on-site, during Customer's regularbusiness hours. The functional demonstration is a critical activity that must occur following the completion of provisioning and no later than the completion of training. IYotoirollla Illeloirmliillliilllliitliie 1. Conduct functional validation according to the Functional Validation Plan. 2. Develop a Remediation Plan for features and functions that do not perform preventing 3. Manage the Remediation Plan and coordinate Motorola remediation actions. Cutourneir Illeloirmliillliilllliitliie 1. Ensure any and all pertinent resources are present for their specific area ofresponsibility. 2. Witness the functional demonstration and acknowledge its completion. 3. Participate in developing the Remediation Plan. 4. Coordinate and manage Customer remediation actions. IYotoirollla IDellliiiveirallllle Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A $QLUTIONS Page 3-53 Page 169 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A '17.3" IIInterf C Illlii lii n The objective of Interface Validation is to verify that the installed interfaces perform inaccordance with the ISDs as reviewed during the Interface Planning Session. Motorola is not responsible for issues arising from lack of engagement of third -party and/or Customer resources to perform work required to enable/provision and/or configure an interface to a third -party system, or troubleshooting any issues on the Customer's third-partysystems. Interfaces that cannot be tested due to connectivity issues to external systems or the unavailability of Customer's third -party system will be demonstrated to show that Motorola's portion of an interface is enabled to send and/or receive data that supports the ISDs. In suchcases, Motorola demonstrating the elements within Motorola's control will constitute a successful demonstration and completion of the demonstration task. IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Conduct Interface Validation demonstration. 2. Develop a Remediation Plan for anomalies that do not align with the functional itypresented in the ISD. 3. Manage the Remediation Plan and take Motorola remediation actions. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Ensure required resources are present for their specific area of responsibility. 2. Provide access to a resource with access to the interfacing system to validatefunctionality. 3. Witness the execution of the demonstration and acknowledge successful completion. 4. Participate in the documentation of anomalies and work with Motorola to developremediation action(s). 5. Coordinate and manage Customer remediation actions. IYotoirollla IDellliiiveirallllle Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 3-54 Q, M07-OIWOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 170 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 3.7.4III ,,,,,,III III,,,,,, 3.7.4.1 Go Il.....live Planning December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Motorola will provide support of Customer's efforts with commencing live operation use ofthe system. Motorola resources are supplemental to Customer resources and provide support to Customer trainers and subject matter experts. Customer trainers and subject matter experts are the first line of support to end users in the transition of live operations from the Customer's legacy system to the Motorola system. Motorola will work with the Customer to develop a detailed Cutover Plan. This plan includes the following information: • Motorola and Customer resources and staffing • Pre -cutover tasks/activities to be performed leading up to go live • Readiness review meetings • Contingency/roll-back plans • Go live tasks and responsibilities during and after the live cut • Post live cut support resources and schedules • Issue reporting process • Escalation process • Go Live sign off/approval of each module and interface • Conduct system stress/load testing IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Facilitate meetings with Customer staff to develop and document the Cutover Plan. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Coordinate the participation of Customer technical and operational staff in cutoverplanning and development and documentation of the Cutover Plan. IYotoirollla Illellliiiveirallllle Cutover Plan 3.7.5 Motoirola St.qppoirtIII.....° ugage ime un As part of go live planning, the Motorola Project Manager will complete a System Configuration workbook consisting of Customer contact information and information requiredfor remote access to the system. Motorola will schedule a Support Engagement meeting between the Project Manager, Customer Support Manager ("CSM"), Focal Support Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A $QLUTIONS Page 3-55 Page 171 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Technician and Customer's project team representatives. The CSM will review the CustomerSupport Plan with the Customer, including the process for obtaining support and contact information. 3.7 III ,,,,,,Iii In accordance with the Cutover Plan, Motorola and the Customer will begin transitioning the Customer from their legacy system to live operation use of the Motorola system. Motorola will provide on-site support at one (1) communications center in accordance with the Cutover Plan. If resources are desired at multiple communications centers or locations, it willbe addressed via the Change Order provision of the Agreement. The go live event transitions the Customer from an implementation project to a support project under the governance of the Motorola Support organization. IYotoirollla Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Work with Customer to schedule the date and time for the go live event. 2. Facilitate the Support Engagement Meeting between the Customer and the MotorolaSupport organization. 3. Execute the Cutover Plan. 4. Provide on-site resources as specified in the Go Live Plan to support Customer's 5. Trainers and SMEs as they provide first level support to end users. Cutourneir Illeloinliillliilllliitliie 1. Coordinate the participation of Customer technical and operational staff in cutoverplanning and development and documentation of the Cutover Plan. 2. Identify Trainers and SME's who will serve as first line support to end users during GoLive activities. 3. Manage Go Live activities. 4. Perform and support the cutover activities defined in the Cutover Plan. 5. Inform Customer staff about the Customer Support Plan and the process to contactCustomer Support. 6. Engage Motorola IYotoirollla Illellliiiveirallllle Completion of Go Live Activities 3.7.7 11 )oct.iimeintatllon As part of project completion, Motorola will validate Customer receipt of electronic copies ofthe following documentation: • User Guides Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-56 Page 172 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A • CAD BPR Workbook • Records Operational Review Document • System Administration Guide • System Configuration Workbook • As -Built System Design Documentation As -built system documentation is also archived with the System Support Center along with customer information and access procedures to facilitate efficient response and resolution ofany reported system issues. iiia j e ct nI o s u re � ............. Suppairt Following the Go -Live Event, the service delivery is complete. Motorola and Customer certifythe Software System Completion milestone and the implementation project is formally closed. As part of the transition, Motorola and the Customer compile a mutually agreed upon punchlist. The system is transitioned to the support phase of the contract per the terms and conditionsof the Maintenance and Support Agreement. Statement of Work Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 3-57 Page 173 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 4 Training Plan III IIII' IIII Ca IIII nIYW' IIIIIIIII istiiirig r December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A The following matrix delineates the classes that have been proposed for the Prem ierOneproduct line. The matrix includes the number of classes per course type, the maximum number of participants per class and the location of each of the classes. Additional class modules may be obtained by the Customer for an additional fee. Motorola Solutions offers in-person on-site, virtual, and Learning eXperience Portal ("LXP")training. Computer-based LXP training is available on demand during the deployment process and for 30 days after live cut. Continued availability of the training module is based on the LXP training package included in the proposal. Hours include Onsite and LXP training. • LXP-P — students must complete LXP prerequisites before attending in-person training. • LXP-C — these training classes are entirely conducted via LXP on demand with no in-person training component. • LXP-R — this training offers refresher components that can be taken on demand after thein - person training is completed. • On-site — in-person training from an on-site instructor conducted at the Custom er'facilities. • Virtual — virtual instructor -led training (class will be recorded and made available forfuture Customer use). Table 4-1: Training Course Listing Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 4-1 Q, M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 174 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A 4 2°rii4iiirflhirig Oveii4iew Motorola considers training to be an extremely important aspect of the system installation and requires working closely with the Customer. Motorola's instructors are certified throughthe Learning and Performance Institute's Trainer Performance Monitoring & Assessment (TPMA) program as well as their Online Learning Facilitators program. Motorola utilizes a Learning eXperience Portal (LXP) for both online and on-site training. The Learning eXperience Portal (LXP) will be demonstrated during the project kick-off. Shortly after kick off the Customer will designate a Customer Training Representative. Thisindividual will be the contact for the Learning eXperience Portal and Motorola trainers. Access to the Learning eXperience Portal will be provided to each Customer PremierOne User. The Customer Training Representative will provide Motorola user names and email addresses so access to the LXP can be completed. The Customer Training Representativeshould be familiar with the Customer's daily operations and must attend (or designate a replacement) each Motorola educational course. Motorola trainers will rely on this representative to be the one point of contact for Motorola staff when policy and procedural questions arise, act as course facilitator, and act as the Customer's educational monitor. The Customer will also identify the personnel who will serve as trainers. These individuals must participate in all the Train -the -Trainer courses. In addition to the skills described below, the Customer's trainers must have prior experience as a classroom instructor and a thorough understanding of the Customer's operations. Other courses will require participants from different areas of the Customer's operations as shown in the individual course descriptions, detailed in Motorola training course descriptions. Motorola will schedule all training at least 60 days prior to the proposed training date. System Administrator The Customer will appoint a key individual to act as the System Administrator. This individual will be responsible for reporting/verifying problems, completing and maintaining application configuration, and Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-2 Page 175 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A performing system administrative duties such as system back-ups, archives, etc. The designated individual should be proficient in Windows and possess database administration and PC and System knowledge. Motorola strongly recommends that the system administrator(s) be proficient in the prerequisites defined in the document. The Customer is responsible for ensuring that its system administrators are proficient in theprerequisite technologies. These technologies are embedded in the Motorola applications; however, training in these technologies will not be provided by Motorola. IWcrosoft "' 'eclhurmolllogliies • Windows Administration • SQL Server 2017 • SQL Server Reporting Services • System Center 2016 (SCOM) "'rir lii n Iii ung 11I:::::acilitlles and ch t III The Customer shall provide facilities for training courses, which are alcohol and smoke-free. Both the classroom and workshop classes will require a projector that can be connected to aPremierOne System workstation, white -board for instructor's use and shall accommodate student note taking. The workshop format also requires multi -monitor student workstations. Students and instructors will dedicate class time to training and will not be subject to interruptions. At least two days prior to each on-site training course, the instructor shall haveaccess to the training facility and all workstations for setup and workstation configuration. Alltraining will be held at the Customer's site or online utilizing the Learning eXperience Portal;at least two weeks prior to on-site training courses, the customer must supply Motorola with a roster of course attendees and they will be provided access to Pre -Requisite training that must be completed prior to the on-site training course start date. Motorola and the Customershall mutually agree to training schedules to accommodate the Customer's shift operations and other site- specific requirements. Evening courses will end by 11:00 p.m. Weekends andHolidays will not be used as training days. 4,2,2,1 rraining Methods nProcedures Motorola offers on-site training and online training both coordinated with the Software Enterprise Learning eXperience Portal. Types of training courses include: • End User Training: Instructor -led classroom training that provides users with instructionon subject matter relevant to their respective role in using and or supporting the PremierOne System. In addition to facilitated discussion, End User training consist workshop elements where needed, to provide hands on demonstration of the material being presented. • Instructor -Led virtual online training using the Learning eXperience Portal. • Online "Anytime" training using the Learning eXperience Portal. Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-3 Page 176 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Students have should a typing proficiency of 25 wpm, knowledge of PCs and Microsoft Windows, and have completed course prerequisites as listed in the course descriptions priorto the classroom training. Designated Motorola Instructors will provide application instruction using several techniquesand materials. • Training Course Agenda: The student handout that outlines the course sequence ofevents including duration, and course modules. • Worksheets, Job -Aids, Quizzes, retention instructional activities. • Evaluations: On the final day of a training class, the students will be asked to completean Instructor Evaluation form. They are optional forms and anonymity is acceptable. • Certificates of Attendance: Students completing the on-site and online classes willreceive Certificates of Attendance. • Attendance Rosters: Customers will provide to the Motorola instructor a roster listing thenames of training participants ten (10) days prior to the start of the course. Instructors will complete Attendance Rosters of actual participants for each day of training • Prerequisite training for on-site courses using the Learning eXperience Portal to providebase knowledge for all students prior to the start of on the on-site class. • Motorola PremierOne User Documentation: An electronic copy of the applicable Motorola Reference Manuals and documentation will be provided prior to training. The Customer is responsible for duplicating and delivering manuals to participating studentsprior to class commencement. 3 rilr a ii n Iii n III..... a lii ilr iir ii u PremierOne has a fully functional second environment that can be used for training. This training environment will enable the Customer's trainers to provide on-going training. This training environment also allows training to continue without interruption of the real timeoperations. Use of the training environment is covered in the Train -the -Trainer classes. Session Attendance Motorola is committed to providing a quality training experience and desires that the Customer receives the maximum benefit from each on-site training session. Each training session has been sized to provide the optimal training environment that meets the needs ofthe students in relation to the complexity of the material being presented. Given the nature of the material being presented and the intensity of the training, it is imperative that maximum course numbers not be exceeded. In the event the number of students in attendance exceeds the published maximum number of students and the list of participantsidentified on the training roster, Motorola will take corrective action, ensuring the integrity ofthe session is maintained and the student's ability to learn is protected. Motorola corrective action may include: • Delaying the start of training until the number of students in attendance is in line with the maximum number of students allowed for the session. Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-4 Page 177 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A • Splitting the class into multiple sessions. In such a case, the Customer will be charged for multiple occurrences of the class plus additional expenses, including travel related expenses, incurred by Motorola Solutions. • Delaying the classroom training until the Prerequisite training has been completed in theLXP by each learner. 4112II5 III,,,,,,earining eXpeirienceIII°IOilr 111 III,,,,,, III::' IRegt liiir imein s The LXP is accessed via internet browser. Motorola will set up an individual instance of theLearning eXperience Portal, known as an organization. This provides autonomy to the agency utilizing LXP. Accounts to access the LXP are created for each learner using their Email address. All learners accessing LXP content must have their own account in the LXP. A learner will needto have access to the internet via workstation, laptop, tablet, or smartphone to access learning. Customer LXP Administrators will be given the ability to build Groups, a more granular segmentation of the LXP that is generally utilized to separate learners of functions (i.e. dispatchers, call takers, patrol, firefighter). One learner can be assigned to multiple groups ifnecessary. Learners can be assigned a Learning Path, a collection of courses that include likeminded courses. In most cases audio accompanies visual display; speakers or headsets are recommended to utilize full functionality of the LXP. Course assessment evaluations are also accessed viathe LXP. Access to these evaluations in the classroom is suggested. 4,2,5,1 II.....XP I1.....earner Subscription Package Learner -level subscriptions have been included for 250 personnel who are expected to be users of one or more products. Customer resources will have access to the LXP training materials during deployment and as long as the post -live subscription is maintained during the warranty/maintenance period. Learner level subscriptions allow access to all materials available for the applications included in this Training Plan. A Learner level subscription thatallows the Customer to create their own content is available at an additional cost. III IIII SII (`,,','owirseIIIA IIII �' IIII Illi' The following tables provide detailed descriptions of training courses that will be provided aspart of the system at the location indicated. Table 4-2: PremierOne CAD/Mobile/Records System Administrator Training (103-0) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 4-5 Q, M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 178 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A a a 1 a N 711,1111111,1111, Duration: Up to 24 hours over three consecutive business days Participants: System Administrators - personnel responsible for the day-to-day management of the system. Class Size: Maximum of four (4) students Prerequisite: ❑ LXP pre -class testing to determine if the student has the appropriateskill levels ❑ LXP prerequisite training courses ❑ Knowledge of customer site network, IT policies, and operations. ❑ Microsoft proficiency as defined in the Prerequisites Section. Environment ❑ Each workstation or device used for LXP prerequisites must havean internet Setup: connection ❑ Instructor's workstation(s) with network connection to the PremierOne servers ❑ Projector ❑ White board (if possible) Table 4-3: SSRS Report Builder Training in PremlierOne CAD/Mobile (205-0) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-6 Page 179 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Prerequisite: Class participants must have some knowledge/experience of creating "ondemand" reports. Class participants should have experience working with relational database structures as well as writing and understanding transact SQLcode. Environment Student Workstations: Setup: ❑ One (1) workstation for each attendee with a connection to the PremierOne system environment. ❑ The following is the current list of Operating Systems andBrowsers supported for the web portal. Windows 7, 8. 1, 10; Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012, 2012R2 Microsoft Edge (+) Preferred Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 or11 Google Chrome (+) Mozilla Firefox (+) ❑ Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services installed, configured, andworking. ❑ Microsoft Report Builderinstalled. Optional: ❑ SQL Server Management Studio on each Student Workstation ❑ One (1) CAD Client for the class is preferred in the case data entry needsto take place in order to report against. System Requirements: ❑ Data pre-exists in the Reporting Data Warehouse (data istypically propagated during the training courses.) Instructional Requirements: ❑ Instructor's workstation(s) with network connection ❑ Projector ❑ White board (if possible) Table 4-4: Intelligent Data Discovery in PremierOne CAD (206-V) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-7 Page 180 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-8 Page 181 of 452 IIIIII I I � I IIII a °arra a � Participants: Personnel who will be responsible for building Business Intelligence Dashboards and reports used for statistical analysis. Class Size: Maximum of six (6) students Prerequisite: ❑ Successful completion of (205-0) - SSRS Reporting Trainingfor PremierOne CAD. ❑ Experience in creating Reports using Microsoft SQL ServerReporting Services. ❑ Familiarity with T -SQL statements for querying data within a SQLServer database ❑ Completion the PremierOne- CAD Reporting - Introduction to IntelligentData Discovery course available on the LXP. Environment Student Workstations: Setup: ❑ One (1) workstation for each attendee with a connection to the PremierOne system environment. ❑ The following is the current list of Operating Systems andBrowsers supported for the web portal. o Windows 7, 8. 1, 10; Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012, 2012 R2 o Microsoft Edge (+) Preferred o Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 or 11 o Google Chrome (+) o Mozilla Firefox (+) ❑ Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services installed, configured, andworking. ❑ Microsoft Report Builder Installed. ❑ All Training workstations installed with SQL Server Management Studio. System Requirements: ❑ Existing data in the DHStoreAnalysis (data is typically propagated duringthe TTT course) Instructional Requirements: ❑ Instructor's workstation(s) with network connection ❑ Projector ❑ White board (if possible) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-8 Page 181 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Table 4-5: PremlierOne Records Advanced Configuration Tool (ACT) Training (303-0) Table 4-6: SSRS Report Builder Training in PremlierOne Records (305-0) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-9 Page 182 of 452 II I� ,III " ' II � ➢9U� I I �' ��IV I I � I u I Illll I h. � I Course I ql ❑ PremierOne Records Advanced Configuration Guide Materials: ❑ Course Outline Location: Customer's facility Duration: 40 hours Participants: Personnel responsible for system configuration Class Size: Maximum of four (4) students Prerequisite: Knowledge of current Records application and customer operations. Participants should have a working knowledge of computer systems. Database knowledge is preferable. Environment ❑ A workstation for each participant with network connection Setup: ❑ Instructor's workstation(s) with network connection ❑ Projector ❑ White board (if possible) NOTE: This training will include hands on work with the on-site trainer to help configure the application. Not all configuration may be accomplished duringclass, so please allow additional time after the end of training in order to configure the application further. This class is not an extension of the PremierOne Records Provisioning class, and requires an advanced level ofexpertise. Table 4-6: SSRS Report Builder Training in PremlierOne Records (305-0) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-9 Page 182 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Prerequisite: ❑ Class participants must have some knowledge/experience of creating"on demand" reports ❑ Class participants should have experience working with relational database structures as well as writing and understanding transact SQLcode. Environment Student Workstations: Setup: ❑ One (1) workstation for each attendee with a connection to the PremierOne system environment. ❑ The following is the current list of Operating Systems andBrowsers supported for the web portal. o Windows 7, 8. 1, 10; Windows Server 2008 R2, 2012, 2012 R2 o Microsoft Edge (+) Preferred o Microsoft Internet Explorer 10 or 11 o Google Chrome (+) o Mozilla Firefox (+) ❑ Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services installed, configured, andworking. ❑ Microsoft Report Builderinstalled. Optional: ❑ SQL Server Management Studio on each Student Workstation System Requirements: ❑ Data pre-exists in the DHStoreAnalysis (data is typically propagatedduring the training courses.) Instructional Requirements: ❑ Instructor's workstation(s) with network connection ❑ Projector ❑ White board (if possible) Table 4-7: Intelligent Data Discovery (IDD) Training in PremierOne Records (306-V) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 4-10 Q, M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 183 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Prerequisite: ❑ Successful completion of (305-0) - SSRS Reporting Trainingfor PremierOne Records. ❑ Experience in creating Reports using Microsoft SQL ServerReporting Services. ❑ Familiarity with T -SQL statements for querying data within a SQLServer database Environment Student Workstations: Setup: ❑ One (1) workstation for each attendee with a connection to the PremierOne system environment. ❑ The following is the current list of Operating Systems and Browsers supported for the web portal. 0 ❑ Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services installed, configured,and working. ❑ Microsoft Report Builder Installed. ❑ All Training workstations installed with SQL Server Management Studio. System Requirements: • Existing data in the DHStoreAnalysis (data is typicallypropagated during the TTT course) Instructional Requirements: ❑ Instructor's workstation(s) with network connection ❑ Projector ❑ White board (if possible) Training Plan Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions' s4TOROL/A SOLUTIONS Page 4-11 Page 184 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 5 S �rida�rd �I 0000lhnl� ta,#� i ilii off, December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A This table contains a list of some of the standard reports that are provided with PremierOne CAD. Standard Reports ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 5-1 Page 185 of 452 Abandoned CallSummary Date Range, Provides the time the abandoned call record was Disposition, User ID, created, the trunk/line on which the call was Phone Number received,the phone number of the caller, Disposition, elapsed time of the call, the call taker's User ID andWorkstation ID. Average Response Times Date Range, Agency Provides Average Response times (At Scene - by Incident Type Incident Create Time) by Incident Type. BOLO Messages Date Range, Sender Provides a record of BOLO Messages sent: Sender Agency ID, Device ID, ID, Device ID, Sent On, Recipient(s), Size, Status, Sender ID, Group By Attachments. Ability to view content (Details). (Agency-, Device-, SenderlD) Drill down for the following: BOLO Message N/A Provides a list of BOLO Message attachments: Attachments Sender ID, Sent On, Recipients, Attachment Name, and Size BOLO Message Detail N/A Lists all fields of BOLO messages, organized by Report Summary, Subject and Vehicle information Calls For Service Date Range (Year) Lists the E911 Call Count, by month for year(s). Drill down for the following: Calls For Service Daily N/A Lists the E911 call count, daily for month. Calls For Service Hourly N/A Lists the E911 call count, hourly by day of week. Calls For Service Weekly N/A Lists the E911 call count, by week for each month. ChangeAccountPassword N/A Provides a list of account password change Report incidentsand whether they were a success or a failure. Standard Reports ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 5-1 Page 185 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Path Name /CALEA/CFS Bias Based Profiling CFS Bias Based Profiling /CALEA/CFS Bias Based Profiling Detail CFS Bias Based Profiling Detail /CALEA/Citations Bias Based Profiling Citations Bias Based Profiling /CALEA/Citations Bias Based Profiling Detail Citations Bias Based Profiling Detail /CALEA/CR Force Level CR Force Level /CALEA/CR Force Level Details CR Force Level Details /CALEA/Field Interview Bias Based Profiling Field Interview Bias Based Profiling /CALEA/Field Interview Bias Based Profiling Detail /Case Management/Case Workload by Agency Field Interview Bias Based Profiling DetailCase Workload by Agency /Case Management/Case Workload by Group Case Workload by Group /Case Management/Case Workload by Personnel /Case Management/Case Workload by Personnel Details Case Workload by Personnel Case Workload by Personnel Details /CFS/CFS by Area CFS by Area /CFS/CFS by Area Details CFS by Area Details /CFS/CFS by Period /CFS/CFS by Period Details CFS by Period CFS by Period Details /CFS/CFS by Personnel CFS by Personnel /CFS/CFS by Personnel Details /Citations/Citations by Area CFS by Personnel DetailsCitations by Area /Citations/Citations by Area Details Citations by Area Details /Citations/Citations by Period /Citations/Citations by Period Details Citations by Period Citations by Period Details /Citations/Citations by Personnel Citations by Personnel /Citations/Citations by Personnel Details /CR/CR by Area Citations by Personnel DetailsCR by Area /CR/CR by Area Details CR by Area Details /CR/CR by Period CR by Period /CR/CR by Period Details CR by Period Details /CR/CR by Personnel CR by Personnel /CR/CR by Personnel Details CR by Personnel Details /Field Interview/FI by Period FI by Period /Field Interview/FI by Period Details FI by Period Details /Field Interview/FI by Personnel FI by Personnel /Field Interview/FI by Personnel Details FI by Personnel Details /JMS/Arrestees Being Processed /JMS/Inmate Process Req Arrestees Being Processedlnmate Process Req Standard Reports ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 5-2 Page 186 Of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL December 9, 2021 Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Standard Reports Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 5-3 ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Page 187 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 6 € w m ilii 0000i�ll wi iu�u December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Network Hardware Extreme Networks Summit X620 -16t switch 2 Extreme Networks Summit X460-48 OOB switch 1 PremierOne Fortigate FG -501E Firewall Device 2 PremierOne FortiGate A C Power Supply for FG -300/301 E AND FG- 5001501E 2 Other Hardware and Software PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) STP 2.44M CA T6a BLUE 2 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 2.44M CAT6a AQUA 8 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 2.44M CAT6a BLACK 4 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 2.13M CAT6a BLUE 2 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 2.13M CAT6a AQUA 2 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 2.13M CAT6a BLACK 2 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 2.13M CA T6a ORANGE 10 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 30.5cm CAT6a BLUE 2 PremierOne Cable RJ -45(M) to RJ45(M) UTP 15.2cm CA T6 RED 1 PREMIERONE 10GBASE50CM TWINAXIAL CABLE 6 Lantronix UDS1100 (one required for each 911 interface) 2 Microsoft SQL Server Enterprise 2017 4 Core ENT Base Lic 3 Microsoft SQL Server Standard 2017 4 Core STN Base Lic 5 Microsoft®SysCtrDatacenter 2016 2 Core Base and Add Lic 36 Microsoft®SysCtrDatacenter 2016 2 Core Add Lic Maintenance 36 Server Hardware and Software PremierOne HPE 42U Enterprise 800mm wide rack, with Console, KVM Switch, and monitored PDUs 1 Panduit cable strain relief bar for PremierOne 4 PremierOne HPE DL360 Gen10 Host Server 3 PremierOne HPE DL360 Gen 10 Monitor Server 1 VMWare vSphere 6 Ent+ CPU 7 VMWare vCenter 6 Std 1 VM, Monitoring and ADC SW SolarWinds Network Performance Monitor SL250 License 1 Bill of Materials ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 6-1 Page 188 of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Bill of Materials ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 6-2 Page 189 Of 452 VM, Monitoring and ADC SW Solawrlds NetFlow Traffic Analyzer SL250 License 1 F5 BIG -IP LTM 1 G Load Balancer 2 Storage Hardware and Software Storage Nimble Storage HF20 SAN 21 TB RAW 21x1 TB HDD+ (3.6TB flash) iSCSI BUNDLE 1 Storage HP StoreOnce 3520 1 PremierOne CAD Software PremierOne CAD Server License (Primary) 1 PremierOne CAD Dispatch (CAD Client and Mapping) 7 PremierOne CAD Low Use Client License mapping (Per Concurrent User) 2 PremierOne AVL Vehicle Tracking Module License 1 PremierOne Mobile Software PremierOne Mobile Server License (Primary) 1 PremierOne Mobile Windows Client Per Device License (1-50 units) 32 PremierOne Records Software PremierOne Records Tier 2 Server License (51 to 500 users) 1 PremierOne Records Client License 51 PremierOne Mobile Records Client License 32 Property & Evidence 1 Advanced Configuration Tool 1 PremierOne Software PremierOne Query Service Server License 1 PremierOne GIS Editing Client Plug -In License 1 PremierOne CAD&Mobile Reporting Service Server License 1 PremierOne Records Reporting Service Server License 1 PremierOne Mapping Server License 2 Bill of Materials ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 6-2 Page 189 Of 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 7 Interface documents follow this page. December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Interface Specification Documents ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 7-1 Page 190 of 452 o- NG -E911 ANI/ALICAD CAD Server CallWorks 911 Interface I Florida TRaCS Records Records Server TRaCS Crash and I Accidents Citation — FL (TEG) Florida TRaCS Records Records Server TRaCS Crash and I Citation Citation — FL (TEG) State Query CAD PremierOne COMMON — Suite State B (FCIC/NCIC) Suite Services Query FireWorks Fire CAD CAD Reporting COMMON—CAD O Records CFS Data Outbound FRMS Feed Warehouse UCR/IBR Records Records Server COMMON — Records O Submission State Submission LEX FINDER Records Records COMMON — Records O (RDW data out) Reporting Data Data View Warehouse LexisNexis Records Records COMMON — Records O (ATACRAIDS) Reporting Data Data View - (RDW data Warehouse Out) SPIDRTech CAD CAD Reporting COMMON — CAD Data O Data View Warehouse SPIDRTech RMS Records COMMON — Records O Reporting Data Data View Warehouse PowerPhone CAD CAD Client CAD Call Handling — O CACH (PowerPhone) Rip N Run CAD CAD Server COMMON — Tear & Run O Interface Specification Documents ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 7-1 Page 190 of 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Veirsibn The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 191 of 452 ,rA ....AAR....A _ llW..' WWI ' Section 1 InterfaceDescription.......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Interface Overview........................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Data Exchange..................................................................................................................................1-2 1.4 Business Process............................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.5 User Experience................................................................................................................................ 1-3 1.6 Use Cases.......................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Section 2 OperationalConsiderations................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Connectivity......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Security.............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Performance......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery......................................................................................... 2-1 2.6 System Administration..................................................................................................................... 2-1 Section 3 Statementof Work............................................................................................................................................. 3-1 3.1 Overview........................................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.2 Responsibilities.................................................................................................................................3-1 3.3 Implementation Plan......................................................................................................................... 3-2 Interface Specification Document PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Tand6@ I,YL bf 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 1 C I ........ . FA F". 6 ..Mi 10 .- N 1.1 INTRODUCTION This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne CAD CallWorks 911 Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. 1.2 INTERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows Automatic Number Identification (ANI) and Automatic Location Identification (ALI) information to be passed from the CallWorks 911 system to PremierOne CAD, so call takers have the essential data to initiate a call. When the CallWorks 911 system receives the ANFALI data feed from the provider, it passes it to PremierOne CAD. When the call is picked up by a call taker, the call handling system determines the call taker position and routes the parsed data to the associated PremierOne CAD Workstation, where the data is displayed in the Incident Initiation form. The Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) interface allows TDD information to be passed from the CallWorks 911 system to PremierOne CAD, so call takers can save the conversation transcript with its associated incident. When the call taker receives a call from a TDD Adaptor, the call handling system sends the message to the associated PremierOne CAD Workstation. Each time the caller or call taker transmits data via the TDD interface, the TDD system sends the message containing that portion of the conversation to PremierOne CAD. At the conclusion of the call, the TDD system is required to send a disconnect message to PremierOne CAD. This triggers PremierOne CAD to prompt the call taker to specify the incident to associate with the conversation. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF99@6tT9J-'of 452 Interface Specification Document Prernr erOrrrr CAD Mirkstation Figure 1-1. CallWorks 911 Interface Diagram Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. 1.3 II.. it' ... .E ' 111 it .... N llir E The CallWorks 911 system communicates with PremierOne via TCP/IP over the customer network. The Interface in PremierOne CAD is configured to accept, parse and store the ANUALI data from the CallWorks 911 system. Phone, n t1 V Database, CallWorks orks 911, P'rair flim ne, CAD P'rrb mi rOne CA s y sttim Servtr Chant II 1 II 1' I II 1 II 1' AN 11- -AIL11 I II I APlrs'AtI II I II q �sr �d'ur holi I II I—Uitbetaor— l� II II 1 II L II II I II L I II 1 L I II 1 L Figure 1-2. CallWorks 911 Data Flow Diagram PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface 1-2 InlerfaceDescription Motorola Solutions ConfidenlzaM666le{r'9 f 452 Interface Specification Document dCall ar 5'1.1 Piremier0nw a J"k1� i�remier me AD I ron w rmdaarr System server TDD i1 � llo�rtuorm 111emt Q p I IN II Q p A IN II p Ip c.r�nu' versa Ron G;flpS'au^agt, -414 11 II p p PTG'P,4P",@ 1�^^^^^ *'^^' M,N II p p ! ri."�'tlw l"Bfiairn Ir„ti+'� '1 p p M.PVr^',sase^^ *4 I t^^^^^^t,MIvelfsa UD" IHli a'ta':'rn^y^^^^ Yui p p Ds, --n7 Ck Mullesrage N p p �^^^^^C(<I!scIf'bt"wic.'d p p I N Figure 1-3. CallWorks TDD Data Flow Diagram 1.4 BUSINESS PROCE S -'S-' None. 1.5 USER EXTERIENCE 911 Call User Experience When a 911 call is answered, the ANFALI information is passed to the PremierOne CAD client. The system will automatically populate the Incident Initiation form or the user can request a manual refresh using shortcut keys (i.e. Shift + F11). TDD User Experience Upon completion of a TDD call, the PremierOne CAD user can associate the conversation transcript to an incident, by selecting the TDD item in the Utilities menu and specifying an incident number. The PremierOne CAD user can then view the conversation in the Comments field or in the History tab of the incident. Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF99@61'9> -bf 452 Interface Specification Document Table 1-1. Use Cases haw IVi o n UC -01 PremierOne system can populate Incident Initiation form with ANFALI data. UC -02 PremierOne system can display services for correctly formatted messages for all classes of service that are provided by the customer phone vendor. UC -03 PremierOne user can populate Incident Initiation form with ANUALI data using shortcut keys. UC -04 PremierOne system can place ALI data in CAD Incident Queue, when user is working on an active incident. UC -05 PremierOne system can process re -bid request for wireless call. UC -06 PremierOne user can associate a TDD conversation to an incident. UC -07 PremierOne user can view the TDD conversation of an incident. PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface 1-4 InlerfaceDescription Motorola Solutions ConfidenlzaM666le 9 f 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 01111P1..F' ,,, CO.1 'N"' .. �A,..] ............ 1".-. 'N S''D 11� d�6 .T. ' 0 N S 2.1 CONN ECTIVITY Connectivity needs to be established between PremierOne CAD and CallWorks 911 over the Customer Enterprise Network, using TCP. 2.2 E .C .E P.lel' .IN HNlel .I,I N sir Nlel .L., sir sir I N sir PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. If ALI data is not available for a call, the system will display one of the following messages in the ALI data field • No communication with database • No information available • ALI receive error, press RTX • Conversion NPA -NPD error 2.3 SECURITY There are no additional security requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. 2.4 PERFORMANCE There are no explicit performance requirements for the Interface. 2.5 HI pir There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. 2.6 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in CallWorks 911 or Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational Copd%01'9�-'of 452 Interface Specification Document Customer is responsible for keeping the reference data synchronized between PremierOne and CallWorks 911 system. Customer is responsible for regularly purging data and files from the servers and maintaining optimal system performance. New 911 and TDD positions and PremierOne CAD Workstations will need to be provisioned in PremierOne CAD. PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface 2-2 Operational Considerations Motorola Solutions Confidentzal%gdbte f 9 f 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 3 N"T 0 F W'O 3.1 OVERVIEW This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain details regarding CallWorks 911 system IPs, the network routing of CallWorks data to PremierOne CAD through the customer network and mapping of the ANI/ALI data to PremierOne fields. b) Implement the Interface. c) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. d) Conduct a functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. b) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. c) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. d) Procure all customer third -party licenses and API documentation, as required. e) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third -party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. fl Coordinate Customer third -party involvement with the implementation and testing of the Interface, as required. g) Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. h) Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. I Provide secure connections between PremierOne and CallWorks 911. PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted State"Pr6691"gd-'of 452 Interface Specification Document j) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. k) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.3 IMPI....,EMENTATION P1 AN Table 3-1. Implementation Plan as Establish network connectivity between the CallWorks 911 system and Customer PremierOne CAD for the Interface. Establish network connectivity between CallWorks 911 Workstations and Customer PremierOne CAD Workstations for TDD interface. Provision PremierOne CAD Workstations and 911 positions in Customer / Motorola Solutions PremierOne CAD to match the existing 911 call taking positions. Provision CallWorks 911 Workstations and PremierOne CAD Customer / Motorola Solutions Workstations for TDD interface. Configure the Interface in PremierOne CAD. Motorola Solutions Configure TDD interface in PremierOne CAD. Motorola Solutions Enable the TDD functionality on PremierOne CAD Workstations. Motorola Solutions PremierOneTM CAD - CallWorks 911 Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Cogfiidenna�'9d' gtt0 f 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS l �ffff ffff Veirsibn The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 201 of 452 ,rA ....AAR....A _ llW..' WWI ' Section 1 InterfaceDescription.......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Interface Overview........................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Data Exchange..................................................................................................................................1-2 1.4 Business Process............................................................................................................................. 1-14 1.5 User Experience.............................................................................................................................. 1-14 1.6 Use Cases........................................................................................................................................ 1-14 Section 2 OperationalConsiderations ................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Connectivity......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Security.............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Performance......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery......................................................................................... 2-1 2.6 System Administration..................................................................................................................... 2-1 Section 3 Statementof Work............................................................................................................................................. 3-1 3.1 Overview........................................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.2 Responsibilities.................................................................................................................................3-1 3.3 Implementation Plan......................................................................................................................... 3-2 Interface Specification Document PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted TaPe,.p6Com 62 6f 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> SECTION 1 C I ........ . F" I" FA,... I .......... ..I .......... did I.- N 1.1 INTRODUCTION Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. 1.2 INTERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows PremierOne Records to receive crash and citation data from the TraCS application. PremierOne uses this information to create accident and citation document in Records system, and make the data available for querying and reporting from within the PremierOne Records client. The TraCS application provide the crash and citation data in the agreed upon format on the TraCS File Server. The PremierOne Common Services Interface (CSI) will use this data to create the Accident and Citation Document, and place it in the Records pipeline. The PremierOne Records system will handle the processing of the document in the Records system. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. server Figure 1-1. TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Diagram Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF99@ t 2 VJ-'of 452 Interface Specification Document 1.3 DATA EiC... NX11E <CUSTOMER NAME> Accident and Citation data will be made available to the PremierOne Records environment through a data push by TraCS to a File Server containing one directory for accident documents and another directory for citation documents. (Each directory will have a failed and success sub directory). Prior to the push, TraCS will perform the transformation of TRACS accident and crash report data to a properly formatted PremierOne.xsd schema. The Motorola Common Services Interface will be used to poll the accident and citation directories on the File Server for the existence of new files. The file will then be imported into PremierOne Records. Upon successful importing of the accident and citation documents, a copy of each respective document file will be placed in the success sub directory of each respective report. If an import failure should occur, a copy of each respective document file will be placed in the failed sub directory of each respective report. If a failure occurs in the importation process, no document will be created within the PremierOne Records environment. In addition, a SQL log will be written to the DHStore.dbo.QueueErrorLog table and an error log will be written to the Windows Server Application Logs. Data Elements TRACS element PremierOne Data Type Length Format Notes Attribute FormType String 1 L', 'S', 'U' Needs to be added to XSD CrashDateTime Acc.Doc.CrashD datetime datetime ate + Acc. Doc.CrashTi me ReportDate date Needs to be added to XSD AgencyCaseNum Acc.Doc.StateCa String 20 Need to verify ber seldentifier HSMVReportNu Integer 1 Need to verify if mber this report number is the same as CAD Incident Number CountyCity Integer Needs to be added. This is actually 3 TRACS elements: County Code, City Code, County, City or Place PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface 1-2 Interface Description Motorola Solutions ConfidenlzOM666t'0 f 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document WithinCityLimits Integer `1' = yes '2'= no TimeReported Acc.Doc.PoliceN datetime there is a otifiedDate simple t TimeDispatched datetime Needs to be added to XSD TimeOnScene datetime Needs to be added to XSD TimeClearedScen datetime Needs to be e added to XSD InvestigationCom `1' = yes '2'= no Needs to be plete added to XSD Reason Investigati String 60 Needs to be onComplete added to XSD Notified By Integer 1 = Motorist 2 = Law Enforcement StreetName Acc.Doc.OnStre String 50 etName StreetNumber Needs to be added to XSD Latitude Acc.Doc.Latitud Decimal e Longitude Acc.Doc.Longitu Decimal de OffsetFeet Acc.Doc.FtFroml Decimal ntersection OffsetMiles Decimal Needs to be added to XSD. Not able to determine simpleType OffsetDirection Acc.Doc.0nits. It Need to ask em.DirectionOfT definition to ravel confirm IntersectingStree Acc.Doc.Intersec String 50 tName tingStreetl PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF99id t 0�-bf 452 Interface Specification Document <CUSTOMER NAME> RoaclSystemldent Acc.Doc.0nits. It Integer 1 1 = Interstate ifier em.TrafficwayD 2 = U.S. escription 3 = State 4 = County 5 = Local 6= Turnpike/Toll 7 = Forest Road 8 = Private Roadway 9 = Parking Lot 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative TypeofShoulder Acc.Doc.Surface Integer 1 1 = Paved Type 2 = Unpaved 3 = Curb TypeOflntersecti Acc.Doc.Intersec Integer 2 1 = Not at on tionType Intersection 2 = Four -Way Intersection 3 = T - Intersection 4=Y - Intersection 5 =Traffic Circle 6= Roundabout 7 = Five -Point or More 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative GeocodedLocatio Needs to be n added to XSD. This includes 9 elements from ctGeoCodedloc ation.xsd PicturesTaken Integer 1 1 = yes 2 = no Needs to be added to XSD 1-4 Interface Description PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions ConfidentiOM666tO f 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document LightCondition Acc.Doc.LightCo nditions Integer 2 1 = Daylight 2 = Dusk 3 = Dawn 4 = Dark - Lighted 5 = Dark - Not Lighted 6 = Dark - Unknown Lighting 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown WeatherCodition Acc.Doc.Weathe Integer 2 1 = Clear rConditions 2 = Cloudy 3 = Rain 4 = Fog, Smog, Smoke 5= Sleet/Hail/Freez ing Rain 6 = Blowing Sand, Soil, Dirt 7 = Severe Crosswinds 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative RoadwaySurface Acc.Doc.Roadwa Integer 2 1 = Dry Condition ySurfaceConditi 2 = Wet on 4 = Ice/Frost 5=Oil 6 = Mud, Dirt, Gravel 7 =Sand 8 = Water (standing/movi ng) 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF99@6t2'0t bf 452 Interface Specification Document <CUSTOMER NAME> SchoolBusRelate Acc.Doc.SchoolB Integer 1 1 = No d usRelated 2 = Yes, School Bus Directly Involved 3 = Yes, School Bus Indirectly Involved MannerOfCollisio Acc.Doc.Manner 2 1 = Front to n OfCrash Rear 2 = Front to Front 3 = Angle 4 = Sideswipe, Same Direction 5 = Sideswipe, Opposite Direction 6 = Rear to Side 7= Rear to Rear 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown FirstHarmful Even Acc.Doc.FirstHar 2 1 = On Roadway t mfulEvent 2 = Off Roadway 3 = Shoulder 4 = Median 6 = Gore 7 = Separator 8= In Parking, Lane or Zone 9 = Outside Right-of-way 10 = Roadside 88 = Unknown FirstHarmful Even 2 1 = On Roadway Need to add tLocation 2 = Off XSD Roadway 3 = Shoulder 4 = Median 6 = Gore 7 = Separator 8= In Parking, Lane or Zone 9 = Outside Right-of-way 1-6 Interface Description PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions ConfidentiOM666tO f 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InteifaceF99@ t 2'00 -of 452 10 = Roadside 88 = Unknown FirstHarmful Even Integer 2 1 = No Need to add tWithinlnterchan 2 = Yes XSD ge 88 = Unknown FirstHarmful Even Acc.Doc.Locatio Integer 2 1 = Non- tRelationToJuncti nOfFheRelativeT Junction on oTrafficway 2 = Intersection 3= Intersection - Related 4= Driveway/Alley Access Related 5 = Railway Grade Crossing 14= Entrance/Exit Ramp 15 = Crossover - Related 16 = Shared - Use Path Or Trail 17= Acceleration/De celeration Lane 18 = Through Roadway 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InteifaceF99@ t 2'00 -of 452 Interface Specification Document <CUSTOMER NAME> ContributingCircu Acc.Doc.0nits. It Integer mstancesRoad em.MVContribu tingCircumstanc e1 ContributingCircu Acc.Doc.Environ Integer 2 1 = None mstancesEnviron mentCircumstan 2 = Weather ment cesl Conditions 3 = Physical Obstruction(s) 4 = Glare 5 = Animal(s) in Roadway 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown WorkZoneRelate Acc.Doc.WorkZo Integer 2 1 = No d neRelated 2 = Yes 88 = Unknown CrashlnWorkZon Acc.Doc.Locatio Integer 1 1 = Before the e nOfCrash First Work Zone Warning Sign 2= Advance Warning Area 3 = Transition Area 4 = Activity Area 5 = Termination Area TypeOfWorkZone Acc.Doc.TypeOf Integer 2 1 = Lane WorkZone Closure 2=Lane Shift/Crossover 3 = Work on Shoulder or Median 4 = Intermittent or Moving Work 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative WorkerslnWorkZ Acc.Doc.Worker Integer 2 1 = No one sPresent 2 = Yes 88 = Unknown 1-8 Interface Description PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions ConfidentiOM666t'l f 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document LawEnforcementl Acc.Doc.LawEnf Integer 1 1 = No nWorkZone orcementPresen 2 = Officer t Present 3=Law Enforcement Vehicle Only Present Witnesses Need to ask question. Not able to find ctWitnesses complextype (There is a ctWitness complextype) PropertiesDamag Need to ask ed question. Not able to find ctPropertiesDa maged complextype (There is a ctPropertyDam aged complex type) Vehicles Need to ask question. Not able to find ctVehiclescompl extype (There is a ctVehicle complextype) NonMotorists ctNonMotorist NonMotorists/Ph Acc.Doc.People. String 20 ctNonMotorist/ one Item.Phone ctPerson NonMotorists/Da Acc.Doc.People. date ctNonMotorist/ teOfBirth Item.DOB ctPerson NonMotorists/Ge Acc.Doc.People. Integer 2 1 = Male nder Item.Sex 2 = Female 88 = Unknown NonMotorists/Dr Acc.Doc.People. String 20 ctNonMotorist/ iverLicense Item. DriversLice ctPerson/ctDriv nseNo erLicense PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF99@611 f -of 452 Interface Specification Document <CUSTOMER NAME> NonMotorists/Inj urySeverity Acc.Doc.People. Item. I nju ryStatu s Integer 1 1 = None 2 = Possible 3 = Non - Incapacitating 4= Incapacitating 5 = Fatal (within 30 days) 6 = Non -Traffic Fatality ctNonMotorist/ ctPerson NonMotorists/Lo Acc.Doc.People. Integer 2 1 = Intersection ctNonMotorist/ cationATimeOfCr Item.NonMotori - Marked ctPerson ash stLocationTime Crosswalk OfCrash 2 = Intersection - Unmarked Crosswalk 3 = Intersection - Other 4 = Midblock - Marked Crosswalk 5 = Travel Lane - Other Location 6 = Bicycle Lane 7= Shoulder/Roads ide 8 = Sidewalk 9= Median/Crossin g Island 10 = Driveway Access 11 = Shared Use Path Or Trail 12 = Non- Trafficway Area 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown NonMotorists/Sa Acc.Doc.People. Not able to find fetyEquipment Item.NonMotori ctSafetyEquipm ctSafetyEquipm ent. Am able to entl find ctSafetyEquipm entltem 1-10 Interface Description PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidentia dbtt l Af 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document NonMotorists/Ac Acc.Doc.People. Integer 2 1 = Crossing tionPriorToCrash Item.NonMotori Roadway stActionCircums 2 = Waiting to tancePriorToCra Cross Roadway sh 3 = Walking/Cycling Along Roadway With Traffic (in or adjacent to travel lane) 4= Walking/Cycling Along Roadway Against Traffic (in or adjacent to travel lane) 5= Walking/Cycling on Sidewalk 6 = In Roadway - Other (working, playing, etc.) 7 = Adjacent to Roadway (e.g. shoulder, median) 8=Going to or from School (K- 12) 9 = Working in Trafficway (incident response) 10 = None 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Interface ft '42 T�& 452 Interface Specification Document <CUSTOMER NAME> NonMotorists/N Acc.Doc.People. Integer 2 1 =No on Moto ristsActio Item.NonMotori Improper ns stActionsCircum Action stancesTimeOfC 2 = Dart/Dash rashl 3 = Failure to Yield Right -of - Way 4 = Failure to Obey Traffic Signs, Signals, or Officer 5 = In Roadway Improperly (standing, lying, working, playing) 6 = Disabled Vehicle Related (working on, pushing, leaving/approac hing) 7= Entering/Exiting Parked/Standin g Vehicle 8 = Inattentive (talking, eating, etc.) 9 = Not Visible (dark clothing, no lighting, etc.) 10 = Improper Turn/Merge 11 = Improper Passing 12 = Wrong Way Riding or Walking 77 = Other, Explain in Narrative 88 = Unknown NonMotorists/AI ctAlcDrugEMS cDrugEMS NonMotorists/Vi Acc.Doc.People. ctViolation olations Item.Violationl 1-12 Interface Description PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidentia dbtt l Qkf 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document NonMotorists/Pr not able to find opertiesDamage ctPropertiesDa d maged. Am able to find ctPropertyDam aged Narrative Acc.Doc.Narrati String 32768 ve Repo rti ngOfficer Acc.Doc.Officer String 10 Need to BadgeNumber No determine if OfficerNO is same as badgenumber Repo rti ngOfficer String 20 Needto add to Rank XSD Repo rti ngOfficer Acc.Doc. Office rF String 60 Name irstName + Acc.Doc. Office rL astName ReportingAgency Acc.Doc.Agency Integer 1 1 = Florida Name Highway Patrol (FHP) 2 = Police Department (PD) 3 = Sheriff's Office (SO) 4 = Other Diagram Acc.Doc.CrashDi jpg agramlmage The data flow diagram captures the events, triggers and message exchange between the systems. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Interface ftripllo21151 bf 452 Interface Specification Document <CUSTOMER NAME> Tra CS,ig,p p1licationj FHeS'Wkare CGmmonjServkes PremierOne PrelmiercOne Server Ilniterface Reca,r+ds5erwe,r RecGr'dsClient F-5a,+efile .to File Sher u C51 Pwq-oriroarsthe file ` d �Sharefor nevufiles and Pck*r� Fra-merGneReazrds d I them UP'. 11 trnsuntesfile and d I F_ adds the dak,ato C'ik aki and Crash data 11 11 the Cass Folder ... Available in Records — Client . I q Figure 1-2. TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Data Flow Diagram The file name of the file sent to the File Server is required to contain the Case Number. This format will be discussed in the discovery phase and it will be the customer's responsibility to communicate this format to the TraCS vendor. The accident and citation document created by the Interface is viewable as a read-only document in PremierOne Records. Accident and Citation data written to the Master Indices can be pulled forward into other PremierOne Records documents. Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. Table 1-1. Use Cases haw UC -01 IVI o n PremierOne system can create citation document. UC -02 PremierOne system can create accident document. UC -03 PremierOne user can view the citation document. UC -04 PremierOne user can view the accident document. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface 1-14 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confidentia dbttl af 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 01111P1..F' ...................... .1 'N"' ..O . C.....'N S I-A'd.11A, T.' ON S 'I r P-41 .......... d . k 2.1 CONN ECTIVITY Connectivity needs to be established between PremierOne Records and the Interface over the Customer Enterprise Network using FTP or SFTP. 2.2 E .C .E P.lel' .IN HNlel .I,I N sir Nlel .L., sir sir I N sir PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. PremierOne can be configured to log incoming data from the TraCS application. It will log invalid records, which were not successfully imported into PremierOne, in the failed import folder on the TraCS File Server. Citation and crash will have their own failure folder. . .E C'— , . [']' A Windows Service Account with read/write access to the TraCS File Server will be created for PremierOne Records and the Citation application. The crash and citation documents contain personally identifiable information (PII). Customer is responsible to ensure this data is secured. 2.4 PERFORMANCE There are no explicit performance requirements for the Interface. 2.5 HI pir There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne Records. 2.6 SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in the TraCS application, File Server, or Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. Customer is responsible for keeping the reference data synchronized between PremierOne and the TraCS system. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational Copd�6-21 �-'of 452 Interface Specification Document Error! Unknown document property name. <CUSTOMER NAME> Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when the TraCS application changes the data elements or format of the data file. Customer is responsible for archiving and purging files on the TraCS File Server. System Administrator is responsible for monitoring the failed import folder on the TraCS File Server, and for fixing the issues in the TraCS application and resend the data file to PremierOne. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface 2-2 Operational Considerations Motorola Solutions Confidentiaftuttl f 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> SECTION 3 N"T 0 F W'O 3.1 OVERVIEW Interface Specification Document This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain details regarding the data exchange and handling of the accident and citation document in PremierOne Records. b) Implement the Interface. — Scan hard -copy forms into PremierOne Records and develop Crash Reporting functionality. — Integrate the Crash Report and PremierOne Records. — Submit the developed forms to gain State acceptance. — Collaborate with the Customer to understand any provisioning parameters that may impact report submission acceptance, in the event of an initial failed submission. — Modify the crash report to account for compliance with state specific reporting requirements, as required by the State, and upon receipt of an official state communication. c) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. d) Conduct a functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. — Provide hard copies of forms. — Initiate a submission of the Crash Reports to the State. — Resolve any provisioning issues that affect State submission acceptance. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted State"R669': tl g -'of 452 Interface Specification Document <CUSTOMER NAME> — Serve as the intermediary between Motorola and the State in clarifying reporting requirements between state requirements, Customer requirements, and PremierOne Records Crash Report submission functionality. — Obtain an official state communication clearly articulating the State's requirement. b) Forward a copy of the official state communication to Motorola. c) PremierOne does not perform selective load. It will create accident and citation documents for all the records received in the file. Customer is responsible to ensure the TraCS application only sends data that they want loaded in their PremierOne Records system. d) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. e) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. f) Procure all customer third -parry licenses and API documentation, as required. g) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third -party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. h) Coordinate Customer third -parry involvement with the implementation and testing of the Interface, as required. I Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. J ) Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. k) Provide secure connections between PremierOne and the TraCS system. 1) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. m) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.3 IMPI....,EMENTATION P1 AN Table 3-1. Implementation Plan 1 11 as 1 Provide PremierOne Records Accident and Citation Module schema. Motorola Solutions Provide TraCS File Server. Customer Provide PremierOne Service Account read/write privilege to the TraCS Customer File Server. Provide Windows Service Accounts with read/write privilege to the TraCS Customer File Server for the TraCS Application. Establish network connectivity between PremierOne Records and the Customer TraCS File Server. Establish network connectivity between PremierOne Records and the Customer TraCS File Server. Install and configure CSI component for the Interface on PremierOne Motorola Solutions Records Servers. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions ConfidentiaP'ffd gtt2 f 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> Interface Specification Document a4 Install and configure CSI component for the Interface on PremierOne Motorola Solutions Records Servers. Configure the Interface in PremierOne Records. Motorola Solutions Configure TraCS Application to provide data file on the TraCS File Customer Server. PremierOneTM Records TraCS Citation and Crash Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted State"Pr669'22 f-bf 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Cir'O�ine 1 �vINN 1��)J v Q , 91P I inter""face » 1 I, D Vasion 1 1 2 The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 222 of 452 TABIX OF CONTENTS Section 1 InterfaceDescription.......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Interface Overview........................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Data Exchange.................................................................................................................................. 1-2 1.4 Business Process............................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.5 User Experience................................................................................................................................ 1-3 1.6 Use Cases.......................................................................................................................................... 1-6 Section 2 OperationalConsiderations................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Connectivity......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Security.............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Performance......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery......................................................................................... 2-1 2.6 System Administration..................................................................................................................... 2-2 Section 3 Interface Specification Document PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted TaOg66-2228 bf 452 SECTION 1 Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne Suite State Query Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. L2 IN"I"ERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows PremierOne users to submit transactions to State and Federal systems, via the State Message Switch. These transactions are most typically ones that perform inquiries, although transactions that enter, modify, locate, and clear information are also possible. The State Message Switch provides links to State systems like Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) and national law enforcement systems like National Crime Information Center (NCIC). Query requests made on PremierOne CAD, Records or Mobile clients are routed to one of the PremierOne application servers. The PremierOne Query Service processes the request and determines which data source(s) can fulfill the request. This information is then passed to the PremierOne Common Services Interface (CSI) component, which translates the request to XML messages and passes it on to the CommSys ConnectCIC. ConnectCIC handles the State connection and translates the messages to the query strings required by the State. The State Message Switch forwards the request to the appropriate system. When a response is received, ConnectCIC parses and returns the response to CSI as an XML message. CSI parses the response and forwards it to PremierOne Messaging Service, which handles the routing of the query response to the requestor. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF6'dd4t!24-6f 452 Interface Specification Document PrernierOne Client Pr'ertrieaflne LAIC? Client PYemie rOn Records Ctieti t PremierOne Mobile, Oliergt PremierOne CAD Sewer PremierOne Service Figure 1-1. State Query Interface Diagram Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this State Query Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. .... ........E .. W....,,.. PremierOne services and CommSys ConnectCIC manage the data transformation and exchange process. The State Message Switch may direct a single query request to multiple systems, and each system will provide its own response. The data flow diagram captures the events, triggers and message exchange between the systems. PremierOne LMessaging Common Services CommSys County / State Client Service Query Service Interface ConnectCIC Message Switch I I I I I I I I I I I I Query Request I I I I I I Request I I I I I I I I I I I Req uest� I I I I I I Request I I I I I I I I I I Query Responses I I I 14Responses� I I I I I I I I I I�Responses� I I I I�Responses� I I I I I I I I I �Responses� I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Figure 1-2. State Query Data Flow Diagram PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface 1-2 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confrdentia4661 t f 452 Interface Specification Document IA BUSINESS PROCESS None. 1.5 USER. EXPERIENCE PremierOne user can select a query type, enter the required query parameters and submit the query using a Query Request form similar to the sample in Figure 1-3. The same query forms are available throughout the PremierOne Suite; CAD, Records and Mobile client. User access to the query forms is managed by the user roles provisioned in PremierOne. Cuhsule.: Edit 'MtorkAres Utilities. Help Wednesday, July' 19 2ID117 1.1.....1 Jr Associate To Inc or Unit Other .I .... Send To Driver Status 4 Licensehdumber N0000099 .....I ',, 'r. State IVA ... Image' IT Name .... '.. Into Panel D4}9. C ld tnnk Available I'JI Po,Iode Online Race H Co T, 1. SVRV201.... ad (Pger IdRggers Sex. Lh" Role: CCAd mi... Emir: Production .. .. .. a•CrI IlrtLl J Save As Uratt ) 1 Clear Form v 1 ",0 Finished generating the querytype *^ Figure 1-3. Query Request Sample "��r ,"ea7k Ci+m4xs� Cuery TYPes Article Driver HiStar Driver Status Gun (Name Vehicle Databases C) 'Virginia P.eset Databases PremierOne administrator may also create a command line version of a query form, similar to Figure 1- 4 command line query sample. This allows users to quickly submit frequently used queries. The administrator may also configure the system so queries can be submitted using person and vehicle information entered in an incident. Figure 1-4. Command Line Query Sample PrenierOne— Suite - State Query Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF6'dd-4t!2d-6f 452 Interface Specification Document Query Request forms are built upon the underlying data supplied by the External System. A form could use one or more underlying data sources. Thus, query responses from a particular form could be from multiple data sources. Query responses are displayed in the Query Responses tab of the query window similar to the sample in Figure 1-5. They may also be displayed in a dedicated window outside of the main CAD client window. 4 Llrreat Fla Query Sumniary. RespTyps Recervea1 �" ]! 0 9700000099 VA,,, PWMI.00SX5. NCIC REPLY VAD75113MI NO NCICWM NCICA Q Tn,f)nnnngq vA , P,r mi nARYA #* Nn v nw RF7rr)Rn Fni NNS n PnR iNn V "IN -_Nij 7 1,; 'NR Query Heider .. _. ..... .. _. .. _. ..... .. _. .. _. ..... .. _. .. _. ..... .. _. ._... Summery: PWM1.008 5. VIRGINIAN DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLES DMV REPLY QD VA � ..Mare Unit: Printed By" MRogers. prirt-. W, PdteCI1.008X5. VIRGINIA DEPAR""'MENT OF MOTOR VEIHIuC:. F5 DMV REP%Y FP..I�TT'SIc7NF, FRED, JOHN PR;E7VIOUS DWI: 00 123 SLATE RrJN DR FEDRo ,,;A, 220000001 SEX/M. DC�S/1'200101101. HGT/51/19. WGT,115Y/3. HA.r/BR. EYE/BR. Sac/ 100000099 SSN: 000000002 DRIVER: EXP/ 2019/01/01 DR.IVE,R LICENSE STATUS - LICENSED CLVSS: M, RES°yR: C~CNE VEH CLASS: 14 - MOTORCYCLE DRIVER POINT BALANCE: -+500 ORGAN DONOR.: Y VETERAN: N �r Ram IFGr frail U N'Wi Ifl de t I ( A,itaO .0 F"Grit � I �,Pritil � _U � Pelefe ;V Figure 1-5. Query Response Sample In most States, the query response sent back from the State Message Switch is a block of text. This text will be displayed to the user. Certain responses may be parsed, by ConnectCIC, which involves examining the response and determining where certain key data such as names, addresses, and license status are placed. This structured response is available as discrete values to PremierOne. This can be used to provide a visually formatted response that emphasizes key information. Figure 1-6 provides a representative sample of a formatted query response. PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface 1-4 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confrdenti661 ag12 f 452 Interface Specification Document Query Responses can be formatted for Workstations and Mobile clients. Query formatting is done using Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations (XSLT) and the result is displayed using Hypertext Markup Language (HTML). The HTML transformation provides an enhanced level of formatting beyond the raw text that is returned in the query responses. The enhanced formatting can be helpful to call out specific data elements, or display images if they are included in the response from the External System. -G Unreac 141 Query Summary Resp-typ Received +: E 0 9T11111111„ SVA PW2.1.0498WB,.VC1N REPILY VA07503.21 RT'YP'EJHIT MKI VCW,_Wa 737:36 p,' C 9T11111111"VA FW,21 0018wE.'—NOvC1 R, ECORD FOUND FOR INCAVC[N-Nd 7,137:36 x��T���.,�,� � ,.,x ��wnn,n. rn�,,�✓r � ���"m.��., �,�����,���,,��,�.�� ,�,M� ter,.-..��.,��, Qtuery RCeaciem Summary P"'a°�M1.R7 &8�" G. DMV REPLY 0,D VA075d31e�t.SOCtT1141'11 Rt.PURCC.CCEl1291 VAS DMV TRANS � .��1�re REVOKED DIJI-REAL-A-FED DLT1,111,1111 DOB 1,948/09/1 EXP TR1NGBEA ,,LER0V TE'STFkECVSP" 2300 W BROAD 'ST RM 509 PREVIOUS CMV VIOL RICHMOND VA 232690999 Prat-;1.0i9SWG. DlrtV =LY QD.VA075C3M.1.SOC/I11111111.PRJR/C.0 CS/1291 VJ, DPT' TRANSCRIPT WILL BE PRO(7S'SFD AND MAILED STDILTGBSAN,,1,ERC3, T;DSTREC-I'SP PRE771OUS Dim: 02 2006/09/30 2300 W BROAD ST :Fii .509 FRE`a:ICIUS fav VIOL RICHMOND,VA 232693999 SEDC' /M. DOF/1945/09i26. H T/609. WGT/165. EFT/FR. EYE,°"EIi. SCC/ I11C111C111 DRITrE.R.: EXP/ DRIVER LTCF-NSE 'STATUS - TiE OKE,D DU1-RF7-7=,D C01124EP.CIAL DRIVER STATUS - DISQUILLIFmE:D MEDICAL CERT: SELF CERT: DRIVE"P., PC1T19'T E.ZZ-7INCE: 0 FETA" DONOR: FC�ItI tD p � q FprWard New bnWent, 0 � Attach � � .Fantk 0 Print 1 � �d�el�R _ ..... PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF6dd-4t!2�-6f 452 Interface Specification Document Figure 1-6. Formatted Query Response Sample A structured response may also be used to populate the person or vehicle information in an incident, without requiring the retyping of the information from a response. The user may run a query on a driver using their operator license number, and then use this feature to populate the person form with the person's details from the query response. Cascading and drill -down queries can be provisioned by using details from the structured query response as input to subsequent queries. Cascading queries run automatically using these results and a drill -down query is run when the user clicks on the hyperlink on the response form. The HTML transformation and structured response services are not in scope of the Interface implementation. If these additional features are desired by the Customer, Motorola Services will review the requirements and provide a separate quote for the enhanced response formatting during the interface discovery phase. 1.6 USE CASES Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. Table 1-1. Use Cases PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface 1-6 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Con17denti'P%_61 g12 f 452 w w a UC -01 PremierOne user can submit a transaction from a form and view the responses. UC -02 PremierOne user can submit a transaction from a command line and view the responses. UC -03 PremierOne user can submit a transaction using the data in an incident and view the responses. UC -04 I PremierOne user can incorporate details from a response into an incident. PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface 1-6 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Con17denti'P%_61 g12 f 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 0,11PE'R % "ll„ ���ll,� 1 rl,,111,1rl , mN' ,,�'[ mN' "R,, umN'S'I])E, �1 1 (,of0i .1. "....I' 171" 2.2 Connectivity needs to be established between PremierOne Suite and the State Message Switch, over the Customer Enterprise Network, using TCP protocol. The connection needs to meet the State's security requirements PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. CommSys ConnectCIC logs query errors and parsing issues to the ConnectCIC log file on the PremierOne application server. m R- .71" User access to the query forms are managed by user roles in PremierOne. Users need to be certified according to the State requirements and have a valid user account to access the State system. Devices used to submit queries must also meet the State security requirements. 2.4 PERFORMANCE There are no explicit performance requirements for the Interface. The query response is dependent on the State connection and response time of the data sources. Query response is displayed as it is received from the external data source. 2.5 RECOVERY There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne Suite. Availability of queries on the Disaster Recovery (DR) server is dependent on the connectivity to the State, additional connection and equipment might be required to establish this connection. PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational CoP446 1cmd 6f 452 Interface Specification Document 2.6 . .. ...l.. .l.. r.[".. .....r.[".].. .. Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in the Interface or Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when State changes the parameters or the response formats of the queries. Customer is responsible for maintaining user credentials, ORIS and Mnemonics as required by the State. PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface 2-2 Operational Considerations Motorola Solutions Con17dentiaPW66te 3 " f 452 SECTION 3 Sr,,,,,rll„ 0',"F W0,11K 1. OVERVIEW Interface Specification Document This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain details regarding transaction types, query criteria, and response transformation. b) Implement the Interface for six forms with basic response formatting and two response types per request. c) Provide the transactions identified during the ISD review session. d) Provide the response parsing identified during the ISD review session. e) Provide eight hours of training and support for the Customer to provision additional queries. f) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. g) Conduct a functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. b) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. c) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. d) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third -party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. e) Coordinate Customer third -party involvement with the implementation and testing of the Interface, as required. f) Provide Users, Originating Agency Identifiers (ORIS) and Device Identifier (Mnemonics) for each device as required by the State. PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statetrnt d4v,i-6f 452 Interface Specification Document g) Assist with provisioning Query Forms, Hot Hits, Pick Lists and Response Formats. h) Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. i) Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. j) Provide secure connections between PremierOne and the Interface. k) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. i) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.3 1.... .. I....E.. ... N .["....".["..'. .. ......A. Table 3-1. Implementation Plan Establish network connectivity between PremierOne and the State Message Switch Customer Provide PremierOne to State Query documentation Motorola Solutions Procure ConnectCIC Transactions and Licenses from CommSys Motorola Solutions Install and configure ConnectCIC on PremierOne servers Motorola Solutions Configure CSI component for the Interface on PremierOne servers Motorola Solutions Load Query Metadata in PremierOne Motorola Solutions Configure Query Interface in PremierOne Motorola Solutions Provision Query Request Form in PremierOne Motorola Solutions / Customer Configure Query Response in PremierOne for Workstation and Mobile Motorola Solutions / Customer Provision user roles to access query in PremierOne Customer Provision ORI, Mnemonic, State User Id in PremierOne Customer Test State connection Customer PremierOne— Suite - State Query Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential 6`t3 f 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS CA INN Out ointer""face The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 234 of 452 TABIX OF CONTENTS Section 1 InterfaceDescription.......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Interface Overview........................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Data Exchange.................................................................................................................................. 1-3 1.4 Business Process............................................................................................................................... 1-4 1.5 User Experience................................................................................................................................ 1-4 1.6 Use Case........................................................................................................................................... 1-5 Section 2 OperationalConsiderations................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Connectivity......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Security.............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Performance......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery......................................................................................... 2-1 2.6 System Administration..................................................................................................................... 2-1 Section 3 Interface Specification Document PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Ta0g66-nt bf 452 SECTION 1 Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne - CAD Outbound FRMS Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. L2 IN"I"ERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows PremierOne CAD to provide incident data related to the fire -incidents to the third - party FRMS system. The PremierOne CAD system is set up to post transactional updates to the RDW database within 30 seconds. The PremierOne Common Services Interface (CSI) will be scheduled to extract the required data from PremierOne CAD RDW. The CSI service can provide the data in a file format, update the external system database directly or call an Application Programming Interface (API) published by the third -party FRMS system. The CSI service has built-in connectors for Open Database Connectivity (ODBC), File Transfer Protocol (FTP) , Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) , REST Web Service and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. In the file extract option, the CSI service will upload the data file to the FRMS File Server. The third - party FRMS system would monitor the FRMS File Server and import the PremierOne data. The CSI service can provide the data as fixed or delimited records or as XML messages. PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF6'dd-4t!3d -6f 452 Interface Specification Document Figure 1-1. File Extract Interface Diagram y Thjrd-NrtyT y5t6,171 F MS 'HO 9,Npr In the database update option, the CSI service can be configured to call a stored procedure provided by the third -party FRMS system, to insert PremierOne data into the third -party FRMS system database. Figure 1-2. Database Update Interface Diagram PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface 1-2 Interface Description Motorola Solutions ConfrdentiaP'461! g f 452 Preet ierQae CAD Prl '"miorQina CAL Premier0ne CAD Server Figure 1-3. API Call Interface Diagram Interface Specification Document l Tdiird-Flay P ` m API The Interface provides data from PremierOne CAD Views (MV_* Views) and is based on the new, update or closed incident triggering criteria. PremierOne can also be configured to trigger the data extract based on specific agency, incident type, response type, priority or alarm level. The Interface only provides the current snapshot of the incident. Any additional data elements, data transformation or formatting requirements or triggering criteria beyond this will be gathered during the ISD review and provided to the Customer as a change order for Customer consideration. .... ........E .. W....,,.. The PremierOne CSI service will manage the data extraction and transfer process. The data flow diagram captures the events, triggers and message exchange between the systems. Pre iierOn7e PreniiierOne Coninion IPren�rlerCin�e IFIRMS IFIIe Third -Party CAD Client CAD CAD IRDw Services Server IFIRIMS System (4JlOiedCAD) (ReponhicgDw) Initerface I I I I I I R R R R R R F- ata I I I I Data� R R R Extract Data Upload Data File R Irnport Data Figure 1-4. File Extract Data Flow Diagram PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF6'dd-4ti3�-6f 452 Interface Specification Document PireriiieiiOnie Preniiei'Onie PiremierOE'ie Comm oii Third-Pairty CAD Cliam CAD CAD IF DW Serviioes FRMS System (UiffiedCAD) (RepoaikigDW) kitefface, Database, T_ F_ Data --------------- j""i 1I 1I I Data F -Extract Data ------- 0�I Call Sl:oi'edPtocedLji'e I I II II Figure 1-5. Database Update Data Flow Diagram Pirernieii'O�ie Preniiei'Onie PiremierOE'ie Comm Third-Pairty CAD Client CAD CAD IRDW serviices FRMS System (UOiedCAD) (RepoiitiirigDW) Imefface, F_ Data ----------- Data 00 Extract Dat20�� Call API I I II II Figure 1-6. API Call Data Flow Diagram L4 BUSINESS PROCESS None. L5 USER EXPERIENCE The data transfer occurs in the background and is transparent to PremierOne CAD user. Third -party FRMS system users may view the information in their application. PrernierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface 1-4 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confidentj'P'4661!g366 452 L6 USE CASES. Interface Specification Document Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. UC -01 PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Table 1-1. Use Cases PremierOne system can export incident data. InterfaceF6'dd-4t!4d -6f 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 0"'PE'R % "ll„ ���ll,� 1 mN' ,,�'[ ("1 ��� mN'S'I])E, "R,,i ^�l ���mN'la,of I � d I " foul .1. "....I' I"...." Connectivity needs to be established between PremierOne CAD and either the third -party FRMS system or the FRMS File Server, over the Customer Enterprise Network. Connectors supported by PremierOne are ODBC, FTP, SFTP, REST Web Service and TCP. 2.2 E . E "'.["..'... . - .... i .:1......'. i ,,. .. . PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. For the file extract solution, a Windows Service Account with read/write access to the FRMS File Server will be created for PremierOne CAD and the third -party FRMS system. Access needs to be provided to the third -party FRMS system API or Stored Procedure. For the database update solution, a SQL account will be created for PremierOne CAD with access to the Stored Procedure in the third -party FRMS system database. 2.4 E.... .... ....NCE There are no explicit performance requirements for the Interface. PremierOne CAD is setup to post transactional updates to the RDW database within 30 seconds. 2.5 RECOVERY There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. There is only one PremierOne CAD RDW server and hence it is not setup for high availability. If available, the PremierOne recovery servers will be setup to access the FRMS File Server or the third - party FRMS system for the Interface. PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational CoP4Vc24 6f 452 Interface Specification Document 2.6 . .. ...l.. .l.. r.[".. .....r.[".].. .. Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in the third -party FRMS system or Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. Customer is responsible for keeping the reference data synchronized between PremierOne and the third - party FRMS system. Customer is responsible for regularly purging data and files from the servers and maintaining optimal system performance. PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface 2-2 Operational Considerations Motorola Solutions Con17dentiaPW66teg4 f 452 SECTION 3 Sr,,,,,rll„ 0',"F W0,11K 1. OVERVIEW Interface Specification Document This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain details regarding the connector type, connection details, data elements and triggering criteria. b) Provide Customer with the PremierOne CAD - FRMS Integration Workbook template to capture the system mapping. c) Implement the Interface. d) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. e) Conduct a functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. b) Provide updated PremierOne CAD - FRMS Integration Workbook and filter criteria list (agency, incident type, status) document for the data extract. c) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. d) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. e) Provide the external database driver to enable ODBC connection, if required. 0 Procure all customer third -party licenses and API documentation, as required. g) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third -party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. h) Coordinate Customer third -party involvement with the implementation and testing of the Interface, as required. PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statetr6d4v&-6f 452 Interface Specification Document i) Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. j) Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. k) Provide secure connections between PremierOne and the third -party FRMS system. 1) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. m) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.3 1.... .. I....E.. ... N .["....".["..'. .. ......A. Table 3-1. Implementation Plan PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Con17dentiaP'46teg4 f 452 Provide FRMS File Server. Customer Provide PremierOne Service Account read/write privilege to the FRMS Customer File Server. Provide Windows Service Accounts with read/write privilege to the FRMS Customer File Server for the third -party FRMS system. Establish network connectivity between PremierOne CAD and the FRMS Customer File Server. Establish network connectivity between third -party FRMS system and the Customer FRMS File Server. Develop and install CSI component to extract and transfer PremierOne Motorola Solutions CAD data. Configure the Interface in PremierOne. Motorola Solutions Configure third -party FRMS system to consume PremierOne CAD data. Customer PremierOne— CAD - Outbound FRMS Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Con17dentiaP'46teg4 f 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS M IN ��Reco�rtds °�'���,1 111 SLI �f 1 �nlllte,���r$llface�' �� �� Veirslbn 111III0I 11111 0I 1 The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 245 of 452 ,rA ....AAR....A _ llW..' WWI ' Section 1 InterfaceDescription.......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Interface Overview........................................................................................................................... 1-1 Interface Specification Document PremierOneTM Records - State Submission Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Tand6�-6 bf 452 <CUSTOMER NAME> SECTION 1 C I ........ . F" I" FA,... I .......... ..I .......... did I.- N 1.1 INTRODUCTION Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne Records - State Submission Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. 1.2 INTERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows PremierOne users to submit transactions to State and Federal systems, via the State Message Switch'. Furthermore, the Interface will only support submissions (enter, modify, clear). The State Message Switch provides links to state systems like Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) and national law enforcement systems like National Crime Information Center (NCIC). The Interface only allows submissions to the state. The submissions are processed and sent to the state using CommSys. CommSys will send the submission to the state and process the return. The return will indicate either a verification or a fail. The information from the response will be returned to the query screen in Records and added to the NLETS document that was used to capture the initial submission. This information will be tracked as part of the 'history' of the submission. Any modifications and/or clears that need to be made will be made by opening the original NLETS document in Records, changing the transaction type, modifying the information, saving and closing the document, then going up to the query window and, using the control number, pulling up the data and clicking the submission link. Figure I -I shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. 1 In some cases, PremierOne may connect to a County Message Switch, rather than connect directly to the State Message Switch. The specific connection will be identified in the Statement of Work. PremierOneTM Records - State Submission Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Interfacer9Q,@6li2V Uf 452 Interface Specification Document 1.3 Pleillialchle Client �°N"karnt�5a'C}�ic Recvrris Client Premier0ne Sewices Hub Figure 1-1. State Submission Interface Diagram CornrnSys annecl= <CUSTOMER NAME> C1%uwy / Stratus McYssesle S hch State tax Natonal Systasas Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. Motorola Responsibilities I . Deliver the FL IBR reporting capability or develop the state layer reporting capability. 2. Collaborate with the Customer to understand any provisioning parameters that may be or are impacting FL IBR submission acceptance in the event of an initial failed submission. 3. Modify the state layer to account for any requirements necessary to be compliant withstate specific reporting requirements, as required by the State, and upon receipt of anofficial state communication. Customer Responsibilities 1. Serve as the intermediary between Motorola and the State in clarifying reportingrequirements between state requirements and PremierOne Records state layer submission functionality. 2. Facilitate any required meetings between Motorola and the State. 3. Initiate an IBR submission to the State. 4. Resolve any provisioning issues affecting State submission acceptance. 5. In the event of a failed submission: A. Communicate the discrepancy in reporting requirement to the State. B. Obtain an official state communication clearly articulating the State's requirement. C. Forward a copy of the official state communication to Motorola. PremierOneTM Records - State Submission Interface 1-2 Interface Description Motorola Solutions ConfidenlzOM666t 9'4 f 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS IN ��'�-Iireirni eirlo�ine R�'�� IIII v ew inteir"face Vasion 1 1 1 The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 249 of 452 TABIX OF CONTENTS Section 1 Section 2 OperationalConsiderations................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Connectivity......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Security.............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Performance......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery......................................................................................... 2-1 2.6 System Administration..................................................................................................................... 2-2 Section 3 Interface Specification Document PremierOne— Records - Data View Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Ta0g6 @o� V bf 452 SECTION 1 Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne Records Data View Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. L2 IN"I"ERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows third -party systems to retrieve information from PremierOne Records RDW. PremierOne is setup to post transactional updates from Records to the RDW database within 30 seconds. Standard SQL Views are available in PremierOne Records RDW; a SQL account with read-only access to these Views will be created for the third -party system. The third -party system can retrieve PremierOne data using a SQL connection. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. PrernierOne Records client 3 PremierOne Records Server ?cards Third -Pa rty Syste m lysis) Figure 1-1. Data View Interface Diagram The Interface will not transform or format the PremierOne data. Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. PremierOne— Records - Data View Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF6'dd-4ti5 f -6f 452 Interface Specification Document . � � . .. r......... ...��, .. ... N G The Third -Party System will have access to data via SQL Views in PremierOne Records RDW database (DHStoreAnalysis) . The data flow diagram captures the events, triggers and message exchange between the systems. PremierOne PremierOnePremiertlne Recordls Recordls RDW System Records Client (DHStore) (DHStorweAnalysiis) Ystem I I I I I I I I �Data��1 I I Data No I I Data I F (SQLView) l I I I I I I I I I I I I Figure 1-2. Data View Data Flow Diagram IA BUSINESS PROCESS None. L5 USER. EXPERIENCE The data transfer occurs in the background and is transparent to PremierOne Records user. Third -party system users may view the information in their application. Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. Table 1-1. Use Cases UC -01 I Third -Party System can query PremierOne Records RDW. PremierOne— Records - Data View Interface 1-2 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confrdentia4661 t f 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 0"'PE'R % "ll„ ���ll,� 1 mN' ,,�'[ ("1 ��� mN'S'I])E, "R,,i ^�l ���mN'la,of I � d I " foul .1. "....I' I"...." Connectivity needs to be established between SQL instance of PremierOne Records RDW and the Data View Interface over the Customer Enterprise Network. 2.2 E .. . P .["..'. .. . W .... .. 1......'. ,,. .. . PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. Access and SQL errors will be logged in the SQL Server Error Log in PremierOne Records RDW; no other errors are expected in PremierOne Records. A SQL account with read-only access to the required Views in PremierOne Records RDW will be created for the third -party system. 2.4 E.... .... ....NCE There are no explicit performance requirements for the Interface. The transfer of data from PremierOne production database to the PremierOne RDW is scheduled to run every 30 seconds. The transfer process only takes a couple of seconds under normal load condition. Analysis of prior PremierOne deployments shows that data arrives at the RDW in less than 60 seconds from the event occurring in Records. 2.5 RECOVERY There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne Records. The PremierOne RDW is not setup for high availability, and will likely be down during maintenance and upgrades, however, these are planned events. There is also a slight risk of a database failure, which will impact all interfaces that rely on RDW data. The connection string in the third -party system should point to the recovery servers, if PremierOne is switched to the recovery servers. PremierOne— Records - Data View Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational CoP446 1o25S-6f 452 Interface Specification Document 2.6 . .. ...l.. .l.. r.[".. .....r.[".].. .. Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in the Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. PremierOne— Records - Data View Interface 2-2 Operational Considerations Motorola Solutions Con17dentiaPW66te 5 f 452 SECTION 3 Sr,,,,,rll„ 0',"F W0,11K 1. OVERVIEW Interface Specification Document This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain details regarding Data View Interface. b) Implement the Interface. c) Review third -party system queries to PremierOne Records RDW, prior to implementation. d) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. e) Conduct a functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. b) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. c) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. d) Procure all customer third -party licenses and API documentation, as required. e) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third -party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. f) Coordinate Customer third -party involvement with the implementation and testing of the Interface, as required. g) Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. h) Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. i) Provide secure connections between PremierOne and Data View Interface. PremierOne— Records - Data View Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statetv6d4v2t53-6f 452 Interface Specification Document j) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. k) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.3 .'... .. I....E.. ... N .["....".["..'. .. ......A. Table 3-1. Implementation Plan �r Provide PremierOne Records RDW Data Dictionary documentation. Motorola Solutions Provide PremierOne Records RDW connection information. Motorola Solutions Establish network connectivity between PremierOne Records RDW and Customer the third -party system. Provide filter criteria for PremierOne Records RDW View - Agency, Customer Module. Apply filter criteria on the standard views in PremierOne Records RDW. Motorola Solutions Configure the third -party system to query and consume PremierOne Customer / third -party system Records RDW data. vendor PremierOne— Records - Data View Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential -66`t5 f 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS Cir'O�ine CA )at;.,i Vi I ew inteir"face Vasion 1 1 1 The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 257 of 452 TABIX OF CONTENTS Section 1 Section 2 OperationalConsiderations................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Connectivity......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Security.............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Performance......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery......................................................................................... 2-1 2.6 System Administration..................................................................................................................... 2-1 Section 3 Interface Specification Document PremierOne— CAD Data View Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Ta0g6 @o' 8 bf 452 Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne CAD Data View Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. L2 IN"I"ERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows third -party systems to retrieve information from PremierOne CAD RDW. PremierOne is setup to post transactional updates from CAD to the RDW database within 30 seconds. Standard SQL Views are available in PremierOne CAD RDW. A SQL account with read-only access to these views will be created for the third -party system. The third -party system can retrieve PremierOne data using a SQL connection. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. ijeK leo; Figure 1-1. Data View Interface Diagram Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. PremierOne— CAD Data View Interface Motorola Solations Confidential Restricted InterfaceP [9tin9-6f 452 Interface Specification Document . � � . .. r......... ...��, .. ... N G The third -party system will have access to data via SQL Views (MV_*) in PremierOne CAD RDW database (ReportingDW). The PremierOne CAD RDW Data Dictionary will provide details about the standard views. The data flow diagram captures the events, triggers and message exchange between the systems. AD CAD R DW CAD Client w y M N w M w Figure 1-2. Data View Data Flow Diagram L4 BUSINESS PROCESS None. L5 USER EXPERIENCE The data transfer occurs in the background and is transparent to PremierOne CAD user. Third -party system users may view the information in their application. Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. Table 1-1. Use Cases UC -01 I Third -party system can query PremierOne CAD RDW. PremierOne— CAD Data View Interface 1-2 Interface Description Motorola Solations Confi'dentl 15'666 6 f 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 0"'PE'R % "ll„ ���ll,� 1 mN' ,,�'[ ("1 ��� mN'S'I])E, "R,,i ^�l ���mN'la,of I � d I " foul .1. "....I' I"...." Connectivity needs to be established between SQL instance of PremierOne CAD RDW and the third -party system, over the Customer Enterprise Network. 2.2 E .. . P .["..'... . W .... .. 1......'. ,,. .. . PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. A SQL account with read-only access to the required Views in PremierOne CAD RDW will be created for the third -party system. Customer is responsible for ensuring the data is encrypted and protected during transfer, and the Customer Enterprise Network is protected against unauthorized access. 2.4 E.... .... ....NCE None. 2.5 RECOVERY There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. 2.6 . .. ....'. ..'. ""[".......".["..'. .. Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in the PremierOne CAD Data View or Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. PremierOne— CAD Data View Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational CoP9g9 c26 f -6f 452 SECTION 3 Sr,,,,,rll„ 0',"F W0,11K 1. OVERVIEW Interface Specification Document This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain details regarding the connection details, data element and filter criteria list (agency, incident type, status). b) Implement the Interface. c) Review third -party system queries to PremierOne CAD RDW, prior to implementation. d) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. e) Conduct functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. b) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. c) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. d) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third -party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. e) Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. 0 Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. g) Provide secure connections between PremierOne and Data View Interface. h) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. PremierOne— CAD Data View Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statetrnt d4v2b,i-6f 452 Interface Specification Document i) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.3 .'... .. I....E.. ... N .["....".["..'. .. ......A. Table 3-1. Implementation Plan �r Provide PremierOne CAD RDW Data Dictionary documentation. Motorola Solutions Provide PremierOne CAD RDW connection information. Motorola Solutions Establish network connectivity between PremierOne CAD RDW and the Customer third -party system. Provide filter criteria for PremierOne CAD RDW View - Agency, Customer Incident Type, Status. Apply filter criteria on the standard Views in PremierOne CAD RDW. Motorola Solutions Configure the third -party system to query and consume PremierOne Customer / third -party system CAD RDW data. Vendor PremierOne— CAD Data View Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Con17dentiaPW66te 6 f 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS CA INN �'-Ioweirl ioine ,� l� ,11I ���11 11 The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 264 of 452 .,W...W I...n.,W..4e OF CONTENT'S Section 1 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Interface Overview 1.3 Data Exchange 1.4 Business Process 1.5 User Experience 1.5.1 Start Call Record 1.5.2 Update Information 1.5.3 Dispatch Recommendation 1.5.4 Release Call 1.5.5 Open Released Call 1.5.6 Close Call 1.6 Use Cases Section 2 2.1 Connectivity 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging 2.3 Security 2.4 Performance 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery 2.6 System Administration Section 3 3.1 General 3.2 Overview 3.3 Responsibilities 3.4 Implementation Plan Interface Specification Document PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Table of Contents I Page 265 of 452 SECTION 1 Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne CAD PowerPhone CACH Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. L2 IN"I"ERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface integrates the PowerPhone CACH system with the PremierOne CAD Client enabling the exchange of information between the two systems. The CACH User Interface (UI) guides the Call Taker through the call taking process with questions based upon the agency's Standard Operating Procedure (SOP). Data collected in the CACH UI can be sent to the PremierOne CAD Client. Data collected in the PremierOne CAD Client can be sent to CACH. The PremierOne Client and CACH run concurrently on the client workstation. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. Prem AerOne, CAD WorkstaUon 7 CACH CAttdient t Figure 1-1. PowerPhone CACH Interface Diagram Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. .... ........E .. W....,,.. Incident information is exchanged between the PremierOne CAD Client and the PowerPhone CACH application. The data flow diagram captures the events, triggers and message exchange between the systems. PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Interface Description I Page 266 of 452 Interface Specification Document PowerPhone Pre �erOne CAD CACH Ue nt I I � I� d .... ncident Data, -J L p L h A h it I B ddi'tionaY f Lipdated u incident Data � I I L 1 I I �I Figure 1-2. PowerPhone CACH Data Flow Diagram L4 BUSINESS PROCESS The customer will need to determine how its SOP is applied to PowerPhone CACH and how a Call Taker uses CACH. The CAD Client only supports CACH from the Incident Initiate form (II command) and the Incident Management form (IU command) . Incidents will be initiated in the CAD Client first. Information will then be sent to CACH. During the incident, information can be exchanged between the CAD Client and CACH in either direction, depending on the specific fields PowerPhone CACH must be running in the Windows background on the PremierOne CAD Client workstation in order to interface successfully. The user experience in the PowerPhone CACH UI is out of the scope of this document. Evoking CACH from the CAD Client is accomplished via any of the control key sequences CNTRL ALT -L, CNTRL-ALT-F or CNTRL-ALT-M or via the Police, Fire or Medical Utility Menu options All control key sequences and Utility Menu options have the same result since CACH has one entry point. The supported call taking scenarios are described in the following subsections. 1.5.1 Start Call Record After the Call Taker has answered a 911 call and initiated the incident on PremierOne CAD, the Call Taker evokes CACH. The location information, caller information, incident type and modifying PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface 2 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted a Page 267 of 452 Interface Specification Document circumstances (if provided by the Call Taker) are passed to CACH. Note: the PremierOne incident type and modifying circumstances are mapped to the CACH incident type. If the incident type and modifying circumstances are not provided, the Call Taker will select a CACH protocol. If the incident type and modifying circumstances were provided, the appropriate CACH protocol will automatically be selected for the Call Taker. 1.5.2 Update Information The Call Taker can update information in PremierOne CAD or in CACH. In either case, information is passed from one application to the other, per the information. The CACH Call Script is added to the incident comments and the CACH Call Log will be added to the Q&A tab in PremierOne CAD. 1.5.3 Dispatch Recommendation When the Call Taker follows the CACH call handling protocol, a dispatch recommendation will be made by CACH. The Call Taker can either accept or reject the dispatch recommendation in CACH. If the Call Taker accepts the dispatch recommendation, the dispatch information will be sent to PremierOne CAD and processed as follows by PremierOne CAD: • The CACH Incident Type with the highest risk/priority will be mapped to the PremierOne Incident Type and Modifying Circumstances fields. All remaining CACH Incident Types and their associated risk/priority values will be placed in the incident's Q&A tab. • The recommended responder skills and their associated risk/priority values will be placed in the Q&A tab. • The CACH Call Script will be added to the incident comments. • The CACH Call Log will be added to the Q&A tab. If the Call Taker refuses the dispatch recommendation, the dispatch information will be sent to PremierOne CAD and processed as follows by PremierOne CAD: • All CACH Incident Types and their associated risk/priority values will be placed in the Q&A tab. • The recommended responder skills and their associated risk/priority values will be placed in the Q&A tab. • The CACH Call Script will be added to the incident comments. • The CACH Call Log will be added to the Q&A tab. 1.5.4 Release Call CACH notifies PremierOne CAD when the call has been released. The CACH Call Script will be added to the incident comments and the CACH Call Log will be added to the Q&A tab in PremierOne CAD. PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Interface Description 3 Page 268 of 452 Interface Specification Document 1.5.5 1.5.6 Open Released Call The Call Taker may start the process of opening a released call from either CACH or the CAD Client. To open a released call from CACH, the Call Taker selects a call record from the CACH list. CACH passes the Record ID to PremierOne CAD. PremierOne CAD will open the corresponding CAD incident in an IU form in the active Work Area. If the active Work Area has something displayed, the IU form will be displayed in the next clear Work Area and that Work Area will be made active. If no Work Area is clear, a dialog box will display which will require the user to clear a Work Area and the press OK to proceed. If the user fails to clear a Work Area, the dialog box will continue to display until there is an available Work Area. To open a released call from PremierOne CAD, the Call Taker displays a CAD incident in PremierOne CAD. The Call Taker evokes CACH. PremierOne CAD will pass the Record ID to CACH and CACH will open the corresponding call. Close Call CACH notifies PremierOne CAD when the Call Taker closes the CACH call within CACH. CACH will send updates to the CACH Call Script and CACH Call Log to PremierOne CAD. PremierOne CAD adds the Call Script updates to the incident comments and the Call Log updates are added to the Q&A tab. CASESUSE . Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. Table 1-1. Use Cases UC -01 PremierOne user can evoke CACH via the Utilities menu. UC -02 PremierOne user can evoke CACH via shortcut keys. UC -03 PremierOne System can send data to CACH. UC -04 PremierOne System can receive data from CACH. UC -05 PremierOne user can view the information received from CACH in the incident comments and Q&A tab. PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface 4 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted a Page 269 of 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 O A ."i ("IONSI,'.],",)"ERA,,,,I'],'ONS 2.1. CONNEC"I"I'VI IN Connectivity needs to be established between PremierOne CAD and the Interface, over the Customer Enterprise Network. The PowerPhone CACH application will be installed on the same workstation as the PremierOne CAD Client. 2.2 E . E "'.["..'... . - .... i .:1......'. i ,,. .. . PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. There are no additional security requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. 2.4 E.... .... ....NCE There are no explicit performance requirements for the Interface. 2.5 RECOVERY There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. 2.6 . .. ....'. ..'. ""[".......".["..'. .. Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in PowerPhone CACH Interface or Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. Customer is responsible for keeping the reference data synchronized between PremierOne and PowerPhone CACH Interface system. PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational Considerations I Page 270 of 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 3 3.1. .. . NE.. ....I... The following Statement of Work (SOW) defines the scope of work involved in delivering an interface between {THIRD PARTY SYSTEM NAME} and the {Customer}'s ("Customer") PremierOne {CAD/Mobile/Records} System. This document includes the responsibilities of Motorola and the Customer. 3.2 OVERVIEW This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. 3.3 RESPONS1131.1 J.] 1"'IES Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain reference data and verify the data mapping. b) Implement the Interface and configure it on a single PremierOne CAD Client workstation. c) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. d) Conduct a functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. b) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. c) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. d) Coordinate with PowerPhone to identify and obtain required specifications, licenses or product upgrades required to support the Interface. PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statement of Work I Page 271 of 452 Interface Specification Document e) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third - party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. f) Coordinate Customer third -party involvement with the implementation and testing of the Interface, as required. g) Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. h) Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. i) Provide secure connections between PremierOne and the Interface. j) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. k) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.4 1.... .. I....E.. ... N .["....".["..'. .. ......A. Table 3-1. Implementation Plan 11 lig Provision reference data in PremierOne CAD. Customer Provision reference data in PowerPhone CACH. Customer Provision the Interface in PremierOne CAD. Motorola Solutions Install the PowerPhone CACH application on the PremierOne CAD Client workstations. Customer Configure the PowerPhone CACH application to provide data to the PremierOne CAD Client and consume data from the CAD Client. Customer / PowerPhone Provide a PowerPhone CACH installed PremierOne CAD Client workstation for testing. Customer PremierOne— CAD - PowerPhone CACH Interface 2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted a Page 272 of 452 MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS CA INN "Tear", Rtj�in inter""face The design, technical, pricing, and other information ("Information") furnished with this submission is proprietary and/or trade secret information of Motorola Solutions, Inc. ("Motorola Solutions") and is submitted with the restriction that it is to be used for evaluation purposes only. To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, the Information is not to be disclosed publicly or in any manner to anyone other than those required to evaluate the Information without the express written permission of Motorola Solutions. MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS, and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2021 Motorola Solutions, Inc. All rights reserved. Page 273 of 452 TABIX OF CONTENTS Section 1 InterfaceDescription.......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.2 Interface Overview........................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.3 Data Exchange.................................................................................................................................. 1-2 1.4 Business Process............................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.5 User Experience................................................................................................................................ 1-2 1.6 Use Cases.......................................................................................................................................... 1-4 Section 2 OperationalConsiderations................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 Connectivity......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.2 Exception Handling and Logging..................................................................................................... 2-1 2.3 Security.............................................................................................................................................2-1 2.4 Performance......................................................................................................................................2-1 2.5 High Availability and Disaster Recovery......................................................................................... 2-1 2.6 System Administration..................................................................................................................... 2-1 Section 3 Interface Specification Document PremierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted TaOg66-V 4 bf 452 SECTION 1 "I w rE',"RnA,,,(,.0. 4 E S (0'e wwu r1)11 ,,P r,,,i 'N' E Interface Specification Document This Interface Specification Document (ISD) provides a description of the capabilities of PremierOne CAD Tear N Run Interface (Interface) and the scope of work involved in delivering this Interface. Motorola Solutions will deploy the Interface and verify the functionality described in this ISD. If Customer desires any changes to this ISD scope, those changes can be addressed via the change provision of the contract. L2 IN"I"ERFACE OVERVIEW The Interface allows PremierOne CAD to send incident information to the printers configured on the PremierOne servers. The printers are setup through Windows Print Services on each of the PremierOne CAD application servers, and associated to units in the PremierOne CAD system. The PremierOne CAD Alerting service will print the configured Tear N Run report with incident information, based on manual user request or the alerting scheme provisioned in PremierOne CAD. Figure 1-1 shows the connectivity and primary data flow across the system. Ore riln Ion PrerniarOne CAD Server t m, ipiO6 CAD ®�► 'Printer service Figure 1-1. Tear N Run Interface Diagram Information required for installation, configuration, test and support purposes regarding this Interface will be gathered during the ISD review. PremierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted InterfaceF6'dd-gti��-6f 452 Interface Specification Document . � � . .. r......... ...��, .. ... N G The PremierOne CAD Alerting service generates the Tear N Run report and manages the print request. The PremierOne system cannot handle any messages or pop -ups from the printer. The data flow diagram captures the events, triggers and message exchange between the systems. FPurenmmieODn e, Pile iiieirOne Windows IPifint Printer LAID CIliient CAD Sewer Service I I I I Dispatch Unit Man tial Print -P ti n t R equ este r Print Figure 1-2. Tear N Run Data Flow Diagram L4 BUSINESS PROCESS None. L5 USER. EXPERIENCE PremierOne CAD can be provisioned to automatically print the Tear N Run report when units are dispatched, based on the alerting scheme. Prior to dispatching, PremierOne CAD user can manually override the printing in the Incident Dispatch form by clicking the Alerting button. PremierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface 1-2 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confrdentia0'461! g7 f 452 Cana21e Edd Whirkrires Utilities jj:lp fr.l;#04/24 'Wednesday May 21 2014 Ttip��lw>tanitwf • lliwA,��q.ror4�rt D. Netvvr�,: Availaicle - rolooi 0414052000000024 13 17 47 005.20 2014 2," Cart -I :Status Act ie IncTytae STRLlCF..... �. -- ---- -- -- C'�tlPC� Alarm Lyl FrioritV �1 31 RSC&, DISPATC.. E:nvir Dptch List. 414 401 4.-.. ANIVVI- , Missing from Rec t,i"N 2-CH3-EJ 1-3'0. 2 -TK Capab Un0 :.. AM 2212214 ,�,, 'C'H X402 � 4 13 11303 . 6� EN 471 421 22,12211 :SII 41fi w Info Pone) TK 415 131'131 H IIoLv�drk:; Asailaltrlo Io Pleae Online r.Anil ADWNS03 NIli:er slu Preempt 1'�l0... al oip, CADAdm_. 4Y f 1'IMII". PrRdIJ CtI G'rl l fit" IS I l; Peset 1 6quest C1earAddl ResaIList l l,.' Alel4ln19 Interface Specification Document Console synchronization was performed .... i; unlView, Atertincg List F` Type Viecru u 04401 (CS) W 72&21(FSA) 04dA.ID.ASHI :SYSTEM(PR} l I�: 040414 ICS,, 726f21(FSA) Cancel Figure 1-3. Automated Print Sample PremierOne CAD user can also use the TN command or the Print form to manually print the Tear N Run report on the configured printers. Console Edd WorkArea Utilities Help Friday September 08 2017 I, 9! rid Printed Alen '.. Incident ID Send Mcident Info To Printer PrernierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface Figure 1-4. Manual Print Sample TN form is displa;7ed Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Interfac Odd-4ti��-6f 452 Info Panel D. Netvvr�,: Availaicle 10 2 rolooi Online 1 '3' Cart -I TRAIIN6 Q 1-113 P, NC888 V°( RSC&, DISPATC.. E:nvir Production ANIVVI- , Printed Alen '.. Incident ID Send Mcident Info To Printer PrernierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface Figure 1-4. Manual Print Sample TN form is displa;7ed Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Interfac Odd-4ti��-6f 452 Interface Specification Document L6 USE CASES. Use Cases describe specific user and system interactions provided by the Interface. They provide traceability for the Test Cases in the Interface Test Procedure. Table 1-1. Use Cases UC -01 PremierOne system can print Tear N Run report based on the alerting scheme. UC -02 PremierOne user can view list of pre -defined units that will receive the Tear N Run printout. UC -03 PremierOne user can override the pre -defined Tear N Run printing. UC -04 PremierOne user can send manual Tear N Run print request. PremierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface 1-4 Interface Description Motorola Solutions Confidential 61! g7 f 452 Interface Specification Document SECTION 2 0"'PE'R % "ll„ ���ll,� 1 mN' ,,�'[ ("1 ��� mN'S'I])E, "R,,i ^�l ���mN'la,of I � d I " foul .1. "....I' I"...." Connectivity needs to be established between PremierOne CAD and the printers over the Customer Enterprise Network, using Windows Print Services. 2.2 E .. . P .["..'... . W .... .. 1......'. ,,. .. . PremierOne exceptions are logged in both the Windows Event Log on the application server and the PremierOne database. There are no additional security requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. 2.4 PERFORMANCE There are no explicit performance requirements for the Interface. Printouts are expected to be received immediately after the units are dispatched. 2.5 RECOVERY There are no additional High Availability or Disaster Recovery requirements for the Interface, beyond the standard implementation for PremierOne CAD. The printers will be setup on all the PremierOne CAD application servers. The Interface will be configured on the PremierOne recovery servers, if one is available. 2.6 . .. ....'. ..'. ""[".......".["..'. .. Customer is responsible for contacting Motorola Solutions when changes occur in configured printers or Customer Enterprise Network, which might affect the Interface. New printers for the Interface will need to be added to all the PremierOne CAD application servers and provisioned in PremierOne CAD. PremierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Operational C P*61cn-6f 452 SECTION 3 Sr,,,,,rll„ 0',"F W0,11K 1. OVERVIEW Interface Specification Document This section defines the principal activities and responsibilities of Motorola Solutions and the Customer, during the interface deployment. This Statement of Work provides understanding of the work required by all parties for the interface implementation. Motorola Solutions assumes no responsibility for training, installation, configuration, on-going support or warranty for any third -party systems and/or software not included as part of the contracted solution. Motorola Solutions Responsibilities a) Conduct an ISD review session with the Customer subject matter experts to obtain details regarding the Interface. b) Implement the Interface. c) Provide guidance on hardware, software and network connectivity that may be required of Customer to support the interface implementation use and maintenance, prior to implementation. d) Conduct a functional demonstration validating the Interface works in accordance with this ISD. Customer Responsibilities a) Participate in the ISD review session and provide details required for interface installation, configuration, test and support. b) Familiarize themselves with this ISD. c) Provide all hardware, software and network connectivity not specifically provided by Motorola Solutions, prior to implementation. d) Provide a functional printer and identify a station for testing the Interface. e) The customer's third -party system must be on a version supported by the customer third -party. Customer will procure any required upgrades. f) Witness the functional demonstration of the Interface. g) Protect the Enterprise Network against unauthorized access. h) Provide secure connections between PremierOne and the Interface. i) Manage customer third -party responsibilities to completion, as applicable, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. PremierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface Motorola Solutions Confidential Restricted Statenacii gd4v d -6f 452 Interface Specification Document j) Manage communication between Motorola Solutions and Customer third -party, enabling Motorola Solutions to complete its responsibilities. 3.3 .'... .. I....E.. ... N .["....".["..'. .. ......A. Table 3-1. Implementation Plan 11 Establish network connectivity between PremierOne CAD and the printers. �Nss Customer Determine Alerting Scheme. Motorola Solutions Provide data for Alerting Scheme - Agency, Incident Type, Station, Unit, Printer. Customer Add printers to the Windows Print Services on the PremierOne application servers. Customer Provision Printers in PremierOne CAD. Customer Configure the Tear N Run Report in PremierOne CAD. Motorola Solutions Provision the Alerting Scheme in PremierOne CAD. Motorola Solutions / Customer Identify Station and Printer for testing. Customer PremierOne— CAD - Tear N Run Interface 3-2 Statement of Work Motorola Solutions Confidential 6`t8 " f 452 City of Boynton Beach FL Hybrid Solution - CO -007 Change Order Exhibits Section 8 December 9, 2021 21 -PS -124218 / FLP191267A Change Order CO -007 Form follows this page. Change Order CO -007 Form ® M07-OHOL/A SOLUTIONS Use or disclosure of this proposal is subject to the restrictions on the cover page. Motorola Solutions Page 8-1 Page 282 of 452 MO,rOROLA SOLUTIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] Change Order No. Date: Project Name: Customer Name: Customer Project Mgr: Purpose of this Change: Steven Christian Beach, FL The purpose of this Change Order is to modify the current agreement/contract to reflect the Hybridsolution per the following attached documents: • System Description (SD) • Scope of Work (SOW) • Interface Specification Documents (ISDs) In addition to these changes this Change Order exhibit also represents a `zero dollar' scope change for the Hybrid solution, as noted in the above referenced documents, to deliver the described Hybrid PremierOne solution and Cloud migration entitlement. • Hybrid functionality and new Cloud Capabilities will be included in the change order, at no cost to Boynton Beach. Current work effort in Cloud will be used. The Cloud Capabilities suite and products are described in this Change Order. • Complete cloud migration (entitlement to adopt Cloud functionality, which replaces contracted on -premise functionality as it becomes available and meets the needs of users) will also be included in the change order, at no cost to Boynton Beach. The Hybrid solution for Boynton Beach includes Cloud migration entitlement. Boynton Beach will be entitled bparticipate in Cloud product(s) demonstrations and trials to validate product(s) functionality and how Boynton Beach's workflows and desired outcomes may be accomplished through Cloud product(s). New Cloud product(s), which provide features and benefits over and above the Hybrid on -premise contracted system will be reviewed with Boynton Beach and may be offered at an additional cost via Change Order. Motorola will demonstrate Cloud functionality at a mutually agreeable cadence for correlated product(s) (i.e. CAD, RMS, Mobile) and work with Boynton Beach to show Progress reports of how product(s) and service(s) are moving to native Cloud environments and operations. Motorola will assign a Customer Success Advocate (CSA) who will communicate roadmap updates with regular frequency (i.e. quarterly) and help educate Boynton Beach representatives on how these featurescould provide benefit and improve adoption and usage of the Cloud platform. The CSA will also capture customer feedback as part of our ongoing roadmap development to best understand and meet the needs of the industry. The initial release of Motorola's Cloud suite, known as Command Central Suite, was June 30, 2021 and subsequent feature releases planned at least twice annually to provide desirable functionality andperformance. Page 1 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 283 of 452 O,rOROL O,L TIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] During the contract term, Boynton Beach and Motorola will work in good faith to mutually develop a migration schedule, training (train -the -trainer), and product(s) which suit the Boynton Beach's needs in the Cloud environment, including any agreed changes to maintenance, training, and other on -premises services set forth in the initial purchase no longer required as a result of the cloud migration. This agreement creates no obligation of Boynton Beach to pay additional amounts for above and beyond the costs agreed hereto, and in the event there are no acceptable, correlated Cloud product(s) available from Motorola, in whole or in part, Boynton Beach may remain in the on -premise "Hybrid" mode of operation. In the event that contracted products or functionality are discontinued and re -introduced in new product(s), Motorola will not charge an additional fee or cost for those new products, which are required to maintain correlated functionality. At its discretion, Motorola may continue to support discontinued products in this Agreement, in lieu of new or replacement offerings,but this does not negate Motorola's responsibility to provide a correlated native - cloud system. Any activities already completed in the project thus far and noted in the attached SOW, will be reviewed and Motorola and Boynton Beach will determine which need to be revisited given the hybrid solution and may choose to condense or confirm completion of these activities as appropriate. Additional Terms for On -Premise Software System as a Service. The terms set forth in Paragraph 10of the Software Products Addendum— Additional Terms for On -Premise Software System as a Service apply in the event Customer purchases an on premise Software System as a service under this SPA. Transition to Subscription License Model. If the Parties mutually agree that any on -premises Subscription Software purchased under this SPA as part of an on -premises Software System as a service will be replaced with or upgraded to Subscription Software hosted in a data center, then uponsuch time which the Parties execute the applicable Ordering Document, (a) the licenses granted to such on -premises Subscription Software under the applicable Ordering Document will automaticallyterminate, (b) Customer and its Authorized Users will cease use of the applicable on -premises copiesof Subscription Software, and (c) the replacement hosted Subscription Software provided hereunder will be governed by the terms of the SSA and this SPA. Transition Fee. Motorola will not charge additional Fees for Services related to the transition to hosted Subscription Software, as described in Section 2.10.1 — Transition to Subscription License Model. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subscription Fees for the applicable hosted Subscription Software are subject to the SSA and the applicable Ordering Document, and may be greater than Feespaid by Customer for on -premises Subscription Software. Software Decommissioning. Upon (a) transition of the on -premises Software System as a service to Subscription Software hosted in a data center or (b) any termination of the Subscription Software license for the on -premises Software System as a service, Motorola will have the right to enter Customer Sites and decommission the applicable on -premises Subscription Software that is installed at Customer's Site or on Customer -Provided Equipment. For clarity, Customer will retain the right touse Licensed Software that is firmware incorporated into Equipment purchased by Customer from Motorola and any Microsoft operating system Licensed Software. Page 2 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 284 of 452 MO,rOROLA SOLUTIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] Contract # FLP219I267A Contract Date: 06/25/2020 In accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract identified above between Boynton Beach, FL and Motorola Solutions, Inc., the following changes are approved: Contract Price Adjustments Original Contract Value: $425,793.50 Previous Change Order amounts for Change Order numbers 001 through 006 $0 This Change Order: $0 Completion Date Adjustments New Contract Value: 1 $425,793.50 Original Completion Date: 1 05/07/2021 Current Completion Date prior to this Change Order: 1 08/02/2021 New Completion Date: TBD Changes in Equipment: (additions, deletions or modifications) gna:;i ale ,.at:c]iments i0'nee&(J See the attached System Description for details in equipment to be provided. Changes in Services: (additions, deletions or modifications) inclwe atuu,]iments i 0' nee&(J See the attached System Description, Statement of Work & Training Plan for Services to be delivered. Schedule Changes: (describe change or N/A) TBD Pricing Changes: (describe change or N/A) Total Change Order Costs $C Customer Responsibilities: (describe change or N/A) See the attached System Description, Statement of Work & Training plan for Customer Responsibilities. Page 3 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 285 of 452 O,rOROL O,L TIONS CHANGE ORDER [007] Payment Schedule for this Change Order: (describe new payment terms applicable to this change order) NA Unless amended above, all other terms and conditions of the Contract shall remain in full force. If there are any inconsistencies between the provisions of this Change Order and the provisions of the Contract, the provisions of this Change Order will prevail. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Change Order as of the last date signed below. Motorola Solutions, Inc. Customer By: By: Printed Name: Daniel Sanchez Printed Name: Title: Territory Vice President Title: Date: Date: Reviewed by: Steven J. Christian Date: 12/09/2021 Motorola Solutions Project Manager Page 4 of 4 1 Change Order Form 04.2011.doc Page 286 of 452 7.A. Requested Action by Commission: Authorize utilizing the GSA contract GS-07F-173GA, previously approved on 09/01/2020, for the purchase of equipment and services of Avigilon Security Camera System and access control from Broadcast Systems in the amount of $419,326.20 for security upgrades at the East and West Water Treatment Plants and District Energy Plant. Authorize transfer of funds in the amount of $389,327.00 from CI P Account 403-5000-533-65.02 projects WT2103 ($299,333) & WT2102 ($89,994) to Water Plant Security Project WTR127($389,327). Explanation of Request: The GSA contract complies with the City of Boynton Beach competitive bid requirements. The District Energy and Water Treatment Plants are important to the City infrastructure and require appropriate security considerations to monitor the grounds and control access. Authorized City personnel will be able to monitor the security cameras; and the access control system will ensure that only authorized personnel have access to the secured water treatment plant facilities. Additionally the upgrades will put all of the City's infrastructure on the Avigilon platform; which will provide continuity in operations as well as centralize the management and oversite to one system. Note: The line items have been redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.071(3)(a), F.S. to protect the sensitive information outlined in the quotes. How will this affect city programs or services? This system will enhance safety and security at the water treatment plants. Fiscal Impact: Budgeted: Funding was approved and is available in fiscal year 2021/22 CIP Account 403-5000-533- 65.02. Alternatives: Not approve this purchase which would reduce security and safety at the water treatment plans and DES. Strategic Plan: Building Wealth in the Community, Public Health and Safety Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Page 287 of 452 Is this a grant? No Grant Amount: Contracts Vendor Name: Broadcast Systems Start Date: 9/1/2017 End Date: 8/31/2022 Contract Value: $419,326.20 Minority Owned Contractor?: No Extension Available?: No Extension Explanation: Attachments: Type D Cointiract D QLAOtE)S D QLAOtE)S D QLAOtE)S Description Cointract �East IRIa int QLAOtE) VVE)St IRla int QLAOtE) DES QLAOtE) Page 288 of 452 F "am Ine access Co confFUITMF ering InformaElon, Cerms ano conamons, IA)-fD--QaEe �rlclng, a ne oA)Eion cre?te ?-t elC=i-m-tic Velivery *rOler ?re ?v - - - - - - - - - - e . .rwe -t u-01 rive -t Oat !vzse systeT*. The Internet address for GSA Advantage! is: hftj�j`www .gs SCHEDULE 84: Total Solutions for Law Enforcement, Security, Facilities Management, Fire, Rescue, Special Purpose Clothing, Marine Craft, and Emergency/Disaster Response Contractor: CONTRACT. GS-07F-173GA VALID: 0910112017 — 0813112022 ER Tech Systems Group Inc. Dba: Broadcast Systems Address: 290 SW 12th Avenue, Suite 1 Pompano Beach, FL 33069 Office: (561) 578-4964 Fax: (561) 658-0360 Point of Contact: Contract Admin: BROADCASi SYS i EMS Website: www.broadcastsystemsinc.com Email: GSA@ broadcastsVstemsinc.com Nicholas Ehr nick@broadcastsystemsinc.com Pascale Ozelie Pascale@broadcastsVstemsinc.com GS 07F 173GA Page 289 of 452 GSA AWARDED TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1) AWARDED SINS: 334512 —Total Solution Support Products for Facilities Management Systems/Subject to Cooperative Purchasing 541330L— Security System Integration, Design, Management, and Life Cycle Support/Subject to Cooperative Purchasing 334290L— Physical Access Control Systems (PACS)/Subject to Cooperative Purchasing 561210SB— Smart Buildings Systems Integrator/Subject to Cooperative Purchasing OLM — Order -Level Materials 2) MAX ORDER GUIDELINES: 334512- $250,000 541330L - $250,000 334290L- $250,000 561210SB - $1,000,000 3) MINIMUM ORDER LIMITS: No minimum order. 4) GEOGRAPHIC COVERAGE: 334512 - Worldwide 541330L — 48 States, DC 334290L - Worldwide 561210SB - 48 States, DC 5) POINT OF PRODUCTION: Contact contract administrator for a complete list of production points. 6) BASIC DISCOUNT FROM LIST: Prices shown are net discount. 7) VOLUME DISCOUNT: Contact contract administrator for volume discount. 8) PROMPT PAYMENT DISCOUNT: None 9) GOVERNMENT PURCHASE CARDS: Government Purchase Cards are accepted at or below the micro -purchase threshold Government Purchase Cards are not accepted above the micro -purchase threshold 10) FOREIGN ITEMS: All products are in compliance with the Trade Agreements Act. 11) TIME OF DELIVERY: Standard Delivery: 7 to 14 DARO Expedited Delivery: Contact Administrator for Rates BROADCASi SYSi S 2 GS 07F 17 C Page 290 of 452 12) FOB POINT: FOB Destination, Shipping included in price 13) ORDERING: Ordering address — Same as contractor address Ordering Procedures - For supplies and services, the ordering procedures, information on Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPA's) are found in FAR 8.405-3 14) PAYMENT ADDRESS: 290 SW 12th Avenue, Suite 1, Pompano Beach, FL 33069 15) WARRANTY PROVISION: Contact contract administrator for warranty information. 16) EXPORT PACKING CHARGES: N/A 17) TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF GVT PURCHASE CARD ACCEPTANCE: Accepted at and below the micro -purchase threshold 18) TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RENTAL, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR: N/A 19) TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION: N/A 20) TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF REPAIR PARTS: N/A 21) TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ANY OTHER SERVICES: N/A 22) LIST OF SERVICES DISTRIBUTION POINTS: N/A 23) LIST OF PARTICIPATING DEALERS: N/A 24) PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE: N/A 25a) SPECIAL ATTRIBUTES: N/A b) SECTION 508: N/A 26) DUNS NUMBER: 079637089 27) NOTIFICATION REGARDING SAM: SAM Registration valid and current. 28) CAGE CODE: 7C6T7 Page 291 of 452 SERVICE PRICE LIST 561210SB Project Manager Per Hour $110.83 Labor rate for Project Manager Master Technician Per Hour $110.83 Labor rate for installation & services Access Control and Surveillance Systems System Design Engineer Per Hour $110.83 Labor rate for design & programming 541330L Project Manager Per Hour $110.83 Labor rate for Project Manager Master Technician Per Hour $110.83 Labor rate for installation & services Access Control and Surveillance Systems System Design Engineer Per Hour $110.83 Labor rate for design & programming Page 292 of 452 VWLYWL�ll WIN. City of Boynton leach, March 10, 2022 290 SW l2th Ave,, Suite I Pompano Bcach., FI, 33069 ECI 30,09779 I ?F =I. NXI N r= City of BoyMon Beach Financial Services Departinent PO Box 3 10 Boynton Beach, FL 33 42 5-03 10 Vim I I =t - ------------------------------------------------------ Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4038 Project Site Water Trecalinem East 1241 Woolbright Rd Boyntoii Beach, Florida 3343,5 item Description Oty IPate Total GSA Comr.act Nuiriber GS-07F-173GA 3 6,° 14.2'7 1 ,642.81 8 1,339.61 10,716,88 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 1 83912 839-12 119.071(3)(a), F.S. 13 850,02 11,05U6 2 744,23 L488A6 2 855.85 1,711.70 5 2,197.77 10,988.85 34 232.75 7,913,50 63,351.5'8 15, 74,4,23 11,10x;3,45 2 839.12 1,678.24 17 232.75 3,, 6.75 16,798.44 This is an estimate only, not at coiatiact This estirriate as ca mplefing the job listed above b� ed on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be requiredshould problems arise- nis estiniate is valid for 30 &iys,. Phone # E-imaill F'offi)%V US Orl litstmigraw Broadcast ',si,sfeuis (561) 578-49�64 I Page 1 Page 294 of 452 290 SW l2th Ave,, Suite I Pompano Bcach., FI, 33069 ECI 30,09779 I ?F =I. NXI N r= City of BoyMon Beach Financial Services Departinent PO Box 3 10 Boynton Beach, FL 33 42 5-03 10 Vim I I =t - ------------------------------------------------------ Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4038 Project Site Water Trecalinem East 124 E Woolbright Rd Boyntoii Beach, Florida 3343,5 item Description Oty IPate Total 8 '744.23 5.953.84 3 839.12, 2, 5 173 6 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Sectio 119.071(3)(a), F.S. 11 2321,75 2,5% 25 1 1,0,31 .45 �J 744,23 2,9 92 4 232.7'5 931.0 3, 07.92 1 54,960 78 54,961.8 54,96M8 This is an estimate ouly, not at coiairact This estirriate as ca mplefing the job listed above bawd on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional laboT and materials which may be requiredshould problems arise- nis, estiniate is valid for 30 &iys,. Phone # E-imaill F'offi)%V US Orl Iiistmigraw Broadcast ',si,sfeuis (561) 578-49�64 I Page 2 Page 295 of 452 290 SW 12th Ave., Suite 1 Pompano Beach, FL 33069 EC13009779 Name / Address City of Boynton Beach Financial Services Department PO Box 310 Boynton Beach, FL 33425-0310 Estimate Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4038 Project Site Water Treatment East 124 E Woolbright Rd Boynton Beach, Florida 33435 Item Description Qty Rate Total 7 597.25 4,180.75 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.O71(3)(a), F.S. This is an estimate only, not a contract. This estimate is completing the job listed above based on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be required should problems arise. This estimate is valid for 30 days. Phone # E-mail Follow us on Instagra Broadcast Systems — (561) 578-4964 admin@broadcastsystemsina Page 3 Page 296 of 452 290 SW 12th Ave., Suite 1 Pompano Beach, FL 33069 EC13009779 Name / Address City of Boynton Beach Financial Services Department PO Box 310 Boynton Beach, FL 33425-0310 Estimate Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4038 Project Site Water Treatment East 124 E Woolbright Rd Boynton Beach, Florida 33435 Item Description Qty Rate Total 1 427.93 427.93 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.O71(3)(a), F.S. 8 1,037.76 8,302.08 26 571.44 14,857.44 This is an estimate only, not a contract. This estimate is completing the job listed above based on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be required should problems arise. This estimate is valid for 30 days. Phone # E-mail Follow us on Instagra Broadcast Systems — (561) 578-4964 admin@broadcastsystemsina Page 4 Page 297 of 452 290 SW l2th Ave,, Suite I Pompano Bcach., FI, 33069 ECI 30,09779 I ?F =I. NXI N r= City of BoyMon Beach Financial Services Departinent PO Box ,3'10 Boynton Beach, FL 33 42 5-03 10 Vim I I =t - ------------------------------------------------------ Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4038 Project Site Water Trecalinem East 124 E Woolbright Rd Boyntoii Beach, Florida 3343,5 item Description Oty IPate Total 8 285.59 2,284.72 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.071(3)(a), F.S. �J 668,57 2,674.28 32,727.20 480 110.83 53,198A0 30 110.83 3,324.90 32 1 10.83 3,546,56 60,0 ,86 17 7344 1,248A8 8 122.40 979.20 This is an estimate only, not at coiatiact This estirriate as ca mplefing the job listed above b� ed on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be requiredshould problems arise- nis estiniate is valid for 30 &iys,. Phone # E-imaill F'offi)%V US Orl litstmigraw Broadcast ',si,sfeuis (561) 578-49�64 I Page 5 Page 298 of 452 290 SW l2th Ave,, Suite I Pompano Bcach., FI, 33069 ECI 30,09779 I ?F =I. NXI N r= City of BoyMon Beach Financial Services Departinent PO Box 3 10 Boynton Beach, FL 33 42 5-03 10 Vim I I =t - ------------------------------------------------------ Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4038 Project Site Water Trecalinem East 124 E Woolbright Rd Boyntoii Beach, Florida 3343,5 item Description Oty IPate Total 8 130 1,044.48 8 '77,52 6X 16 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 8 26928, 2,154-24 119.071(3)(a), F.S. 6 7344 , 440,64 7 7144 514A8 5 77.44 387.20 7,388.48 33 49U1 16,44093 16,440.9 3 This is an estimate only, not at coiatiact This estirriate as ca mplefing the job listed above b� ed on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional laboT and inaterials which may be requiredshould problems arise- nis estiniate is valid for 30 &iys,. Phone # E-imaill F'offi)%V US Orl litstmigraw Broadcast ',si,sfeuis (561) 578-49�64 I Page 6 Page 299 of 452 290 SW l2th Ave,, Suite I Pompano Bcach., FL 33069 ECI 30,09779 I ?F =I. NXI N r= City of BoyMon Beach Financial Services Departinent PO Box 3 10 Boynton Beach, FL 33 42 5-03 10 Vim I I =t - ------------------------------------------------------ Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4038 Project Site Water Trecatirint East 124 E Woolbright Rd Boyntoii Beach, Florida 3343,5 item Description Oty IPate Total 10 859.0�O 8,590.00 10 73.0 730.00 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.071(3)(a), F.S. 1 803,00 03, 00 10,123DO This is an estimate only, not a coiairact This estirriate as completing the job listed above bawd on our Subtotal $276,799.64 evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional laboT and materials which may be requiredshould problems arise-nis, estiniate is valid for 30 &1ys. Sales, Tax (0.0%)� $OM Phone # E-imaill lFoHom us on llisoligrarn (561) 578-49�64 -------------------------------- 11 ------------------------------------------------ Broadcast ',sysfeuis I ------------------------------------------ Total $276,79�9�6�4 -------------------------------------------------------------- Page 7 Page 300 of 452 � . , � �, � ......... )\ _ \ /«\ __} PREPARED ..01R*. y Of Boynton Beach March 10th, 2022 290 SW l2th Ave,, Suite I Pompano Bcach., FI, 33069 ECI 30,09779 I ?F =I. NXI N r= City of BoyMon Beach Financial Services Departinent PO Box ,3'10 Boynton Beach, FL 33 42 5-03 10 Vim I I =t - ------------------------------------------------------ Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4034 Project Site Watel Trecalinem West 5469 W Boynton Beach Blvd Boyntoii Beach, florida 33437 item Description Oty IPate Total GSA C'oninact Nuiriber GS-07F-173GA 3 6,2,14.27 1 ,642.81 1 4,53M6 4,539 76 6 956,54 5,739,24 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.071(3)(a), F.S. 1 850,O2 850,02 3 744.23 2,232.69 7 2,197.77 15.,384.39 1 12,622.21 12,622.21 21 23175 4,887,75 64,89,8,87 This is an estimate only, not at coiatiact This estirriate as ca mplefing the job listed above b� ed on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be requiredshould problems arise- nis estiniate is valid for 30 &iys,. Phone # E-imaill F'offi)%V US Orl litstmigraw Broadcast ',si,sfeuis (561) 578-49�64 I Page 1 Page 302 of 452 290 SW 12th Ave., Suite 1 Pompano Beach, FL 33069 EC13009779 Name / Address City of Boynton Beach Financial Services Department PO Box 310 Boynton Beach, FL 33425-0310 Estimate Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4034 Project Site Water Treatment West 5469 W Boynton Beach Blvd Boynton Beach, florida 33437 Item Description Qty Rate Total 1 597.25 597.25 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.O71(3)(a), F.S. 1 1,037.76 1,037.76 This is an estimate only, not a contract. This estimate is completing the job listed above based on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be required should problems arise. This estimate is valid for 30 days. Phone # E-mail Follow us on Instagra Broadcast Systems — (561) 578-4964 admin@broadcastsystemsina Page 2 Page 303 of 452 290 SW l2th Ave,, Suite I Pompano Bcach., FI, 33069 ECI 30,09779 I ?F =I. NXI N r= City of BoyMon Beach Financial Services Departinent PO Box 3 10 Boynton Beach, FL 33 42 5-03 10 Vim I I =t - ------------------------------------------------------ Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4034 Project Site Watel Trecalinem West 5469 W Boynton Beach Blvd Boyntoii Beach, florida 33437 item Description Oty IPate Total 1 28,5.59 285.59 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.071(3)(a), F.S. 1. 668,57' 661.57 80 110.83 8,866.40 11,455.57 11 7344 807, 4 7 122,40 85680 7 96.80 677.60 This is an estimate only, not at coiatiact This estirriate as ca mplefing the job listed above b� ed on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be requiredshould problems arise- nis estiniate is valid for 30 &iys,. Phone # E-imaill F'offi)%V US Orl litstmigraw Broadcast ',si,sfeuis (561) 578-49�64 I Page 3 Page 304 of 452 290 SW 12th Ave., Suite 1 Pompano Beach, FL 33069 EC13009779 Name / Address City of Boynton Beach Financial Services Department PO Box 310 Boynton Beach, FL 33425-0310 Estimate Date Estimate # 3/10/2022 4034 Project Site Water Treatment West 5469 W Boynton Beach Blvd Boynton Beach, florida 33437 Item Description Qty Rate Total 2 498.21 996.42 Redacted pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 119.O71(3)(a), F.S. 10 856.00 8,560.00 10 73.00 730.00 1 1,010.27 1,010.27 13,638.93 This is an estimate only, not a contract. This estimate is completing the job listed above based on our evaluation. It does not include unforseen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and Subtotal $89,993.37 materials which may be required should problems arise. This estimate is valid for 30 days. Sales Tax (0.0%) $0.00 Phone # E-mail Follow us on Instagra Broadcast —Systems Total $89,993.37 (561) 578-4964 admin@broadcastsystemsine.com Page 4 Page 305 of 452 � . , � �, � ......... )\ _ \ /«\ __} City Oif Boynton Beach March 10th, 2022 290 SW 12th Ave, Suite � Pompano Beach, FL 33069 ECI 30O9779 City of Boynton Beach Financial Seivices Department PO Box 3 1 Boynton Beach, FL 3:34;25-031.0 Vimii =t - ----------- ---------- ------------------------ D�aite Estimate # 2/101/2022 4254 -------------------------------- ur-m Energy Building 200 NE 1st Si Boynton Beach, Florichi 33435 Page 1 Page 307 of 452 290 SW 12th Ave, Suite � Pompano Beach, FL 33069 ECI 30O9779 City of Boynton Beach Financial Seivices Department PO Box 3 1 Boynton Beach, FL 3:34;25-031.0 Vimii =t - ----------- ---------- ------------------------ D�aite Estimate # 2/101/2022 4254 -------------------------------- ur-m Energy Building 200 NE 1st Si Boynton Beach, Florichi 33435 Page 2 Page 308 of 452 /,,,,u,7,,di 290 SW 12th Ave, Suite 1 Pompano Beach, FL 33069 EC13009779 Name / Address Ship To Estimate Date Estimate # 2/10/2022 4254 City of Boynton Beach Energy Building Financial Services Department 200 NE 1st St PO Box 310 Boynton Beach, Florida 33435 Boynton Beach, FL 33425-0310 Description Qty Total 1 44.88 1 269.28 3 222.00 Re acte pursuant to Section 281.301, F.S. and Section 5 3,697.30 1 4,889.28 119.O71(3)(a), F.S. 1 467.00 1 1,876.92 This is an estimate only, not a contract. This estimate is completing the job listed above Subtotal $52,533.19 based on our evaluation. It does not include unforsen price increases, discontinued products or additional labor and materials which may be required should problems arise. This estimate is valid only for 30 days. Sales Tax (0.0%) $0.00 Phone # E-mail Follow us on Instagram Total $52 533.19 (561) 578-4964 admin@broadcastsystemsine.com Broadcast Systems Page 3 Page 309 of 452 7.B. Requested Action by Commission: Approve sole source purchase of a new Lime Slaker System for $187,750 from Integrity Municipal Systems, I nc.to replace Lime Slaker # 2 at the East Water Treatment Plant. Explanation of Request: The utility uses lime softening to treat water at the East Water Treatment Plant. The bulk lime arrives as granular lime and is stored in lime silos. This granular lime is transferred from the silos and is processed by the lime slakers and then introduced to the water treatment stream as hydrated lime. The utility typically utilizes 3 lime slaker units at the East Water Treatment Plant to process bulk lime. A third oldest lime slaker was replaced due to its poor condition. The remaining 2 older lime slakers are functioning but are approaching the end of their useful life. This purchase will provide a new upgraded lime slaker system and will allow the plant to provide uninterrupted potable water that meets all drinking water regulatory requirements. How will this affect city programs or services? Providing an upgraded lime slaker system at the East Water Treatment Plant will safeguard against interruption of water production that meets all drinking water regulatory requirements and additionally allow scheduled preventative maintenance activities. Fiscal Impact: Funds are available in account # 403-5000-533-65.02 Alternatives: Not authorize the purchase and forego installation of the new lime slaker. This could put the treatment plant at risk of not meeting regulatory requirements. Strategic Plan: High Performing Organization, Public Health and Safety Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? No Grant Amount: Contracts Page 310 of 452 Vendor Name: Integrity Municipal Systems Inc. Start Date: End Date: Contract Value: $187,750 Minority Owned Contractor?: No Extension Available?: No Extension Explanation: Attachments: Type D QLAOtE)S D OthE)r D I E)ttENr D I E)ttENr Description Fliroposa11 SOE) SOLArCE) F:::oirirn City of BoyintoinBE�,ach SOE) SOLArCE) I E)ttENr CE)rtificatE) Of1111SLArainCE) Page 311 of 452 COST PROPOSAL LIME SLAKING SYSTEM FOR BOYNTON BEACH WTP, FL IMS File No.: D21-015 Rev, 01 vise(Y n'" I ebi wai,y 14, 2022 SALES REPRESENTATIVE Mike Robbins Water Treatment and Controls Company South Florida Sales Office Tel: (352) 267-3223 Email: mrobbins@watertc.com TABLE OF CONTENTS Cover Letter Equipment Selection Sheet Section 1: Commercial Proposal and Order Sheet Section 2: General Arrangement Selection, Drawings, and Brochures IMPORTANT NOTICE: All the information in this Proposal is confidential and has been prepared for Buyer's use solely in considering the purchase of the Equipment described. Transmission of all or any part of this Proposal to others or use by Buyer for other purposes is unauthorized without Seller's advance written consent. Page 313 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 2 of 27 Febi'uai'y 14 2022 Mr. Bryan Heller Manager Water Quality and Treatment Boynton Beach Utilities City of Boynton Beach 124 E. Woolbright Road Boynton Beach, FL 33435 Tel: (561) 742-6420 Email: hellerb@bbfl.us RE: Boynton Beach WTP, FL Lime Slaking System Dear Bryan, Thank you for your interest in Integrity Municipal Systems, LLC (IMS). Per the request of our representative, Mr. Mike Robbins at Water Treatment and Controls Company, we have prepared this cost proposal for providing one (1) Lime Slaking System for Boynton Beach WTP, FL. Our proposal is based on the following design criteria: Desiqn Criteria Quicklime Feed Rate 350 PPH Slaker Maximum Capacity 1000 PPH Maximum Output Lime Slurry Concentration 18% Our lime slaking system is a packaged system. It consists of a lime feeder, lime slaker, grit remover, piping, valves, instrumentation and controls to make a complete and functional system. The IMS A-758 Lime Slaker System incorporates many features and advantages, including: • Economical, consistent and reliable on-site slaking • Proven track record with 40 years of experience • Easy to install • Tested at the factory • Robust construction • Superior paste slaking process (2:1 water to lime ratio) • Faster slaking (5 minutes) • More reactive lime slurry • Compact size • External heat source not required • Saves water, heat and power • Completely automatic system • Flexible configurations • Flexible controls We have attached our commercial proposal in Section 1 and equipment drawings and brochures in Section 2. We look forward to working with you on this project. If we can be of any further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our sales representative, Mike Robbins at Water Treatment and Controls Company, or me at (858) 218- 3753. Thank you. Sincerely, Khaled Roueiheb Director of Sales Cc: Mike Robbins; Water Treatment and Controls Company EQUIPMENT SELECTION SHEET FEEDER ACCESSORIES ❑ Inlet Rotary Valve ❑ Rotary Valve Adapter ® Inlet Flexible Connector FEEDER ® Volumetric Screw (32-300SP) ❑ Volumetric Belt (32-215) ❑ Gravimetric Belt (31-165) Feeder Material of Construction ❑ Carbon Steel ❑ 304SS ® 316SS ® Unpainted ❑ Painted SLAKER MAXIMUM CAPACITY ® 1,000 Ib/hr ❑ 2,000 Ib/hr ❑ 4,000 Ib/hr ❑ 8,000 Ib/hr Slaker Material of Construction ❑ Carbon Steel ❑ 304SS ® 316SS ® Unpainted ❑ Painted GRIT REMOVER ❑ Conveyor ❑ Screen ® Screw Grit Remover Material of Construction ❑ Carbon Steel ❑ 304SS ® 316SS ® Unpainted ❑ Painted WATER SUPPLY OPTIONS Water Valve: ® Mechanical ❑ Electronic Water Piping Selection: ❑ Slaker-Mounted Piping ® Water Panel Water Piping Material: ® Copper ❑ PVC Water Panel Location (if Applicable): ElUnit-Mounted El Local Freestanding ®Remote POWER SUPPLY ® 480V/3ph/6OHz ❑ 230V/3ph/6OHz ❑ 120V/1 ph/60Hz ❑ 230V/1 ph/60Hz CONTROL PANEL ❑ Mounted on Slaker ® Remote -Mounted ❑ Relay Logic Based ® Remote Plant PLC Controlled Page 316 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 5 of 27 SECTION 1 COMMERCIAL PROPOSAL Proposal D21-015 Rev. 01 Date: F'ebruaty,14, 2022 ORDER The undersigned authorized representative of the below named purchaser ("Buyer') hereby orders the Equipment described in the accompanying Seller's Documentation on the terms and conditions specified therein. Buyer: Signed by, Print Name: Print Title: All orders are subject to prior acceptance by Integrity Municipal Systems LLC at its offices in Poway, CA. Page 317 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 6 of 27 SCOPE OF WORK BY INTEGRITY MUNICIPAL SYSTEMS LLC ("SELLER") The following equipment and services are included in Seller's scope of work. All equipment will be manufactured in accordance with Seller's standard equipment specifications and installed in a non -hazardous area. Please see attached equipment general arrangement drawing for illustration and reference. No. Item Description Qty. Adapter from Existing Rotary Valve to 8" Round Pipe, Adapter from 8" Round Pipe to Lime Feeder Inlet, and 8" Round Rubber Coupling 2. Series 32-300SP Volumetric Screw Feeder — 1000 PPH Capacity including: a) Unpainted 316SS Housing Construction b) 1/2 HP AC Motor- 230/460V, 3 ph, 60 Hz c) 2" Feed Screw, Feed Tube, Trough Cover, Stand & Mounting Hardware d) Feeder Vibrator e) Feeder Support Posts and Discharge Connection 3. Series A-758 Lime Paste Slaker, 1000 PPH Capacity, including: a) Unpainted 316SS Trough b) 1/2 HP Paddle Shaft Motor— 230/460V, 3 ph, 60 Hz c) Mechanical Torque Operated Water Valve d) Vapor & Dust Arrestor e) Slaker-Mounted Emergency Stop (Qty. 2) f) Pre -Assembled Copper Water Supply Panel (Patent No. 9,908,812) (Remote - Mounted), including: a. Water Pressure Reducing Valve, Water Strainer, Pressure Gauge, Water Low Pressure Switch b. Solenoid Valve for Auto Batching g) 316SS Slaker Support Posts h) Slaker delivers up to 18% Lime Slurry Concentration i) Unit is shipped pre-Wired/pre-Piped, Assembled and Tested at the Factory 4. Screw Type Grit Remover — 1,000 PPH Capacity, including: a) Unpainted 316SS Housing Construction b) 1/2 HP Grit Remover Motor— 230/460V, 3 ph, 60 Hz, TEFC & Gearbox c) Grit Remover Screw, Grit Remover Flowmeter, Valves & Piping 5. Remote Plant PLC Controlled Control Panel for Slaker, Grit Remover & Feeder, 1 including: a) NEMA 4X Enclosure — Unpainted 316SS (Remote -Mounted) b) ET -200M Remote 1/0 Interface, Profibus Enabled c) Digital Input and Digital Output Modules d) Input Power Disconnect Switch e) Control Circuit Transformer for 460V, 3 ph, 60Hz Power Input Page 318 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 7 of 27 f) Local Hand -Off -Auto Control for Each Slaker Device g) Siemens Components in lieu of Standard h) Conduit and Parts for Grit Remover, Junction Box, Feeder i) Audible Alarm Mounted to Control Panel 6. Junction Box for Remote Mounting of Control Panel - Unpainted 316SS 1 7. Manufacturer's Services for Installation Inspection, System Start -Up and Included Operator Training (1 Trip for up to 3 Days at the Jobsite) 8. Design Submittal and Operation and Maintenance Manuals Included 9. F.O.B. Factory with Full Freight Allowed to Jobsite (Boynton Beach, FL) Included EQUIPMENT PRICE [ITEMS 1-9] $187,750 SCOPE OF WORK BY BUYER 1. Equipment unloading and installation 2. All civil works and concrete pad for equipment including anchor bolts supply 3. Electrical power to slaker control panel (480V/3ph/6OHz) 4. All overflow drain piping from slaker to plant drain 5. Remote installation of control panel and interconnecting wiring from remote -mounted control panel to slaker junction box, water panel junction box, etc. 6. All electrical conduit, wiring, electrical material, etc. from control panel to plant SCADA, etc. 7. Process signal and wiring from process for feeder operation 8. Programming of existing plant PLC (sample standard slaker program and control sequence assistance provided by IMS) 9. Profibus connection to panel remote 1/0 module and VFD 10. VFD communications programming 11. Quicklime supply equipment to feeder inlet 12. Vent piping from vapor & dust arrestor connection onwards (3") 13. Lime slurry discharge piping from slaker connection to process (2") 14. Remote installation of water panel and interconnecting piping from remote -mounted water panel to slaker 15. 1-1/2" water supply piping to water connection- 18 gpm at 75 psi 16. Room ventilation, air conditioning, or lighting 17. Any items not explicitly listed under Integrity Municipal Systems, LLC's scope of work SHIPPING INFORMATION Estimated Shipping Weight: 2,400 lbs. FIELD SERVICES Should additional services be required for work beyond Seller's Scope of Work, Buyer may purchase such services from Seller at a standard rate of $1,500 per eight (8) hour day, plus expenses. Page 319 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 8 of 27 WARRANTY TERM The Warranty Period is one (1) year from Equipment acceptance or 18 months from shipment, whichever occurs first, and is subject to the Standard Terms of Sale included with this Proposal. TAXES Seller's Proposal does not include any sales, use, federal, state, local, excise, or other similar taxes or duties unless expressly stated in this quotation. All applicable taxes shall be paid by Buyer. Upon acceptance of an order by Seller, Buyer shall provide a resale certificate or tax exemption certificate, whichever is applicable, to Seller. PAYMENT TERMS Subject to prior credit approval, the terms of payment are: 20% upon submittal approval, Net 30 days 75% upon equipment shipment (or offer to ship), Net 30 days 5% upon beneficial occupancy, or 120 days from shipment, whichever occurs first PROPOSAL VALIDITY Seller's Cost Proposal dated Febir ai,y °14 2022 is valid until Apiil 30, 2022. The stated price is predicated on shipment no later than i,# 30, 2023. In the event Buyer desires to extend the delivery date or the Warranty Period beyond the time period set forth in this Proposal, Seller can offer extended terms for an additional charge which will be provided upon request. SCHEDULE As part of any binding Agreement that results from this proposal, Seller and Buyer shall mutually agree upon a production and delivery schedule (not to exceed the outside delivery date stated above). Our normal lead time for this type of equipment is: Design Submittal: 4-6 weeks after receipt of a fully executed purchase order Equipment Shipment: 16 1 weeks after seller's written receipt of submittal approval and release for fabrication. TERMS & CONDITIONS NOTE 1: Seller's Standard Terms of Sale, attached to this Proposal and incorporated herein by this reference, will apply to any order resulting from this Proposal and are factored into the purchase price set forth in this Proposal. Page 320 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 9 of 27 1. Applicable Terms. These terms govern the purchase and sale of the equipment and related services, if any (collectively, "Equipment"), referred to in Seller's quotation, proposal or acknowledgment, as the case may be ("Seller's Documentation"). These terms together with Seller's Documentation comprise the complete and exclusive agreement between the parties (the "Agreement"). The Agreement may only be modified by a written instrument signed by authorized representatives of both parties. Any additional, different or conflicting terms contained in Buyer's request for proposal, specifications, purchase order or in any other written or oral communication from Buyer are hereby rejected by Seller and shall not be binding in any way on Seller. 2. Price and Payment. Buyer shall pay Seller the full purchase price as set forth in Seller's Documentation. Unless Seller's Documentation provides otherwise, freight, storage, insurance and all taxes, duties or other governmental charges relating to the Equipment shall be paid by Buyer. If Seller is required to pay any such charges, the amount so paid shall become immediately due and payable to Seller by Buyer. Unless otherwise stated in Seller's Documentation, all payments are due within 30 days after receipt of invoice. Buyer shall be charged 1'/2% interest per month on all amounts not received by the due date and shall pay all of Seller's costs (including attorneys' fees) of collecti ng amounts due but unpaid. If Buyer fails to make any payment when due, Seller may, without advance notice, terminate this order without liability, or condition such order on such modifications to the terms of payment as Seller, in its discretion, deems appropriate. In such case, Seller may also, in its discretion, withhold further manufacture or shipment, require immediate cash payments for past and future shipments, or require other security satisfactory to Seller before further manufacture or shipment is made. 3. Delivery. Delivery of the Equipment shall be in material compliance with the schedule in Seller's Documentation. Unless Seller's Documentation provides otherwise, delivery terms are F.O.B. Seller's facility. Risk of loss shall transfer to the Buyer upon tender of goods to Buyer, Buyers representative, or common carrier. Claims for damage, shortage or errors in shipping must be reported within two business days following delivery to Buyer. Buyer shall have one business day from the date Seller completes start-up of the Equipment to inspect such Equipment for defects and nonconformance which are not due to damage, shortage or errors in shipping, and notify Seller, in writing, of any defects, nonconformance or rejection of such Equipment. After such one business day period, Buyer shall be deemed to have irrevocably accepted the Equipment, if not previously accepted. After such acceptance, Buyer shall have no right to reject the Equipment for any reason or to revoke acceptance. 4. Ownership of Materials. All devices, designs (including drawings, plans and specifications), estimates, prices, notes, electronic data and other documents or information prepared or disclosed by Seller, and all related intellectual property rights, shall remain Seller's property. Seller grants Buyer a non-exclusive, non -transferable license to use any such material solely in connection with Buyer's use of the Equipment. Buyer shall not disclose any such material to third parties without Seller's prior written consent. 5. Chances. Seller shall not implement any changes in the scope of work described in Seller's Documentation unless Buyer and Seller agree in writing to the details of the change and any resulting price, schedule or other contractual modifications. This includes any changes necessitated by a change in applicable law occurring after the effective date of the Agreement. 6. Warranty. Seller warrants to Buyer that during the period that ends18 months from delivery or one year from acceptance, whichever occurs first (the "Warranty Period"), the Equipment shall materially conform to the specifications set forth in Seller's Documentation and shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. If Buyer gives Seller prompt written notice of breach of this warranty within the Warranty Period, Seller shall, at its sole option and as Buyer's sole and exclusive remedy, repair or replace the Equipment or any non -conforming parts thereof. If Seller determines that any claimed breach is not, in fact, covered by this warranty, Buyer shall pay Seller's then customary charges for any repair or replacement made by Seller. The warranty on repaired or replaced Equipment or parts is limited to the remainder of the Warranty Period. The foregoing warranty shall not apply to any Equipment or part thereof (x) that is (a) not operated and maintained in accordance with Seller's instructions, (b) damaged as a result of any unauthorized repairs or alterations, (c) damaged by chemical action or abrasive material, m isuse, (d) damaged by improper installation (unless installed by Seller), and (e) specified or otherwise demanded by Buyer and is not manufactured or selected by Seller, as to which Seller hereby assigns to Buyer, to the extent assignable, any warranties made to Seller, and (y) if Buyer is in default of any payment obligation to Seller under this Agreement. Seller's warranty does not cover any adsorbing media or other consumables used in the Equipment, regardless of whether such media or consumables were su pplied by Seller. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION ARE SELLER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES AND ARE SUBJECT TO SECTION 9 BELOW. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. The warranty set forth herein, subject to any limitations set forth elsewhere in Seller's Documentation, shall be transferable during the Warranty Period to the initial end-user of the Product. 7. Force Majeure. Neither Seller nor Buyer shall have any liability for any breach (except for breach of payment obligations) caused by extreme weather or other act of God, strike or other labor shortage or disturbance, fire, accident, war or civil disturbance, delay of carriers, failure of normal sources of supply, act of government or any other cause beyond such party's reasonable control. 8. Cancellation. If Buyer cancels or suspends its order for any reason other than Seller's breach, Buyer shall promptly pay Seller for work performed prior to cancellation or suspension and any other direct costs incurred by Seller as a result of such cancellation or suspension. 9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE TO THE CONTRARY, SELLER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, AND SELLER'S TOTAL LIABILITY ARISING AT ANYTIME FROM THE SALE OR USE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR PARTS SHALL NOT EXCEED TEN PERCENT (10%) OF THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THESE LIMITATIONS APPLY WHETHER THE LIABILITY IS BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER THEORY. THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ALLOCATION OF THE RISKS BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND LIMITS THE REMEDIES THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE BE AVAILABLE. BECAUSE THIS AGREEMENT AND THE PRICE PAID REFLECT SUCH ALLOCATION, THE REMEDIES PROVIDED TO BUYER HEREUNDER WILL NOT HAVE FAILED OF THEIR ESSENTIAL PURPOSE EVEN IF THEY OPERATE TO BAR RECOVERY FOR CERTAIN DAMAGES THAT BUYER MAY INCUR. 10. Set-off and Backcharges. Buyer will not be entitled to set-off any amounts due Buyer against any amount due Seller from Buyer. Seller will not be responsible for any backcharges unless approved in writing in advance by an authorized representative of Seller. Any request for backcharges must be submitted by Buyer to Seller at least three business days prior to the date on which Buyer desires to assess such backcharge to enable Seller to conduct a site visit or to conduct such other investigation as it deems reasonably appropriate. 11. Export Compliance: Buyer acknowledges that Seller is required to comply with applicable export laws and regulations relating to the sale, exportation, transfer, assignment, disposal and usage of the Equipment provided under this Agreement, including any export license requirements. Buyer agrees that such Equipment shall not at any time directly or indirectly be used, exported, sold, transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of in a manner which will result in non-compliance with such applicable export laws and regulations. 12. Miscellaneous. If these terms are issued in connection with a government contract, they shall be deemed to include those federal acquisition regulations that are required by law to be included. If any provision of the Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof will not in any way be affected or impaired, and such provision will be deemed to be restated to reflect the original intentions of the parties as nearly as possible in accordance with applicable law. Buyer may not assign or permit any other transfer of the Agreement without Seller's prior written consent. The Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflict of law provisions. The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is specifically disclaimed and excluded. Page 321 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 10 of 27 SECTION 2 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT SELECTION, DRAWINGS, AND BROCHURES Page 322 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 11 of 27 SYSTEM SHOWN CONSISTS OF: • 1000 POUND PER HOUR LIME SLAKER • SCREW GRIT REMOVER • VOLUMETRIC SCREW FEEDER • FEEDERVIBRATOR • REMOTE MOUNTED WATER PANEL • JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED TO SLAKER • REMOTE MOUNTED MAIN CONTROL ENCLOSURE • ADAPTER FROM EXISTING ROTARY VALVE TO FEEDER • ROUND FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO FEEDER • UPWARD FACING E -STOPS ON EITHER SIDE OF SLAKER • SLAKER STANDS • FEEDER SUPPORT POST • GRIT REMOVER SUPPORT STAND o a« o�ox ul 111ME 0 oo xox suweorenwx� y � AF ®®tinteg A Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 12 of 27 L T alen f UNIT — ,zoo T— 12 00 SECTION A -A ANCHOR DETAIL 0 0 2 11 1 1 o 5 1 o 0 Q, Q, VIEW B -B ROTARYVALVE ADAPTER DETAIL Integrity re�.e�.®a,�o � ���.E ao Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 13 of 27 IIII j loouuuuouuuuouuuuol u� ail I�IIIIIIIIUllU1iU1 V fiIIIIIIIII��III��IIIU� ��� .q ���I�� ll�llll�ll II����I���II II ��it��l auull ���1��D�1111I1��IIGU mi��J� '�IIoI�UU�ji�' �Il��� + IWIIIIIII I „�f � I� IIII IIII I��O � �uum a0 �IIIVII���J rr � ����" � �mmnmw Illlol�lluul� Irl i Im IIIIIIII r i �ilWll� ��■� ....I Will, �uuuuuuu�111�11�U u'YPu�I� „iIV�� 1 �` na ��p Wp MY1 Hill mym _ rte, � �� � I� ►�� �=i Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 14 of 27 NEW WATER PANEL DESIGN rPATENT NO. 9,908,8121 The new water panel design provides all water piping preassembled in a water panel that can be freestanding next to the slaker or remote -mounted. Features & Advantages: 1. Minimized Installation Time: With the water panel design, the water piping does not need to be re -assembled at the jobsite as is the case with the on -unit water supply piping, which requires disassembly for shipment to prevent damage during transit from the factory. The water panel design provides all water piping preassembled in a water panel that can be quickly installed and connected at the jobsite (One (1) water supply connection from water source and five (5) water connections from water panel to slaker [control valve, control valve bypass, spray bar, dust arrestor, and grit remover]). 2. Reduction of Equipment Manufacturing Lead Time: The water panel can be assembled ahead of time (not at the same time as the slaker), reducing equipment lead time by up to 2-3 weeks. 3. Remote Installation of Water Panel (Option): The water panel provides flexible installation configurations for different installation requirements and preferences. The water panel can be installed freestanding next to the slaker unit or remote -mounted. 4. Ease of Maintenance: All parts are easily accessible on the water panel and are therefore easier to maintain. 5. Ease of Connections: All water connections are in one area (on the water panel) - Much easier to connect. 6. Improved Slaker Access: The removal of the water piping from the slaker and its relocation to the water panel, frees up space in front of the slaker, improving ease of slaker access, ease of maintenance, etc. 7. Design Repeatability and Consistency: A more consistent product can be produced, which in turn results in high quality equipment. 8. Decreased Likelihood of Damage: The water piping is less likely to be damaged during shipping and, more importantly, during operation due to the improved access for maintenance and increased space around the slaker and water panel. Page 326 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 15 of 27 A 758 -gym AND A 758L,USTm 0_ M M E S 0_ A E Removable hfting rings on each cornier B6 ted -ora cleanout part: For inside water weir Water weir plugs rnov(.;,d outside for easy access Modular design for dust arrestor allows thy_= (Intlre dust arrostor to be removed for easy cleaning WaLor Ilnes from watc_=r panol car) be hard-plpc-)d or flex-pipc2d for easy installation and maintenance bar allows entire bar tobe rernow.,,d withoutremoving sprayersWater panel locally mounLed Slaker legs arra welded in place with suppoor gussets for a rnore rigid rnouwJng • Wl d c o I I d o I LtN I d u 1(-(2 (.-'d,�) (:'u • Eases connection cor-rq�exrty • Enhances s�aker access • Decreases risk of damage • PVC or copper construction t �nMu tegrity nicipM Systeff)S integriety 13135 Dar nelson S,, Sui�:e 204 Poway, CA 92064 MUNICIPAL SYSTEMS www,im�egri[.yrns,r)eL I phone (858)486-1620 1 fdx(858)486-1659 Ontegrity MUNICIPAL SYSTEMS The Series 32-300 Screw Type Volumetric Feeders are designed for the demands of municipal and industrial -process applications. They meter dry and semi -dry pebble lime with reliable accuracy and repeatability. The heavy gauge steel construction stands up to the stress of long-running, high-volume bulk operations. Operation and control are simple and direct. There are only five moving parts. Power from the vertically mounted AC motor is transmitted through a right-angle gear reducer to the feed -screw shaft. A potentiometer or touchscreen entry on the main control panel sets the feed rate. Automatic con- trol from a remote signal is available. Oversize sealed ball bearings support the one-piece, through -shaft at both ends. Interchangeable feed screws in four sizes extend the versatile capabilities of these feeders. The standard hopper with steeply sloped sides is designed to promote an even flow of lime to the feed screw. FEATURES Versatile Four screw sizes are available for capacities up to 133 cubic feet per hour. The feeder can be controlled manually or by a remote signal. The basic feeder can process lime at temperatures to 150° F. Reliable Performance The simple, direct mechanical linkage has only five moving parts (drive, coupling, screw, and two bearings). Power from the vertically mounted AC motor is transmitted through a right-angle gear reducer. The feed screw is directly coupled to the gear reducer. Simple Maintenance A removable clean-out hatch is provided on one side of the hopper for easy cleaning and access to the feeder screw. Structural Strength Heavy gauge steel is used throughout. Feed -screw shaft is a single - piece through -shaft and is supported at both ends by sealed ball bear- ■ Heavy gauge construction ■ Simple design ■ Convenient controls and readouts ■ Easy to maintain ■ Smooth handling of difficult lime flows ings. Metering screw segments are all welded to the shaft for strong unitized construction. Simplified Control Feeder controls are centralized in a NEMA 4 enclosure with flexible mounting locations. Toggle switches set the operating mode. A poten- tiometer controls feed rate, and an analog meter provides readout of feed rate in percent of full scale. DESIGN AND OPERATION The Series 32-300 Volumetric Feeder is powered by a VFD-controlled AC motor. A gear reducer converts the high speed motor -shaft rotation to a low speed, high-torque drive for the feed -screw shaft. Sealed ball bearings support the single -piece through -shaft at both ends. The stan- dard hopper has a capacity of 1.5 cubic feet and steeply sloped sides for good lime flow to the feed screw. A hopper vibrator is available for lime with poor flow characteristics. All controls are housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure with flexible mounting locations. A potentiometer enables accurate pre-setting of the feed rate and excellent repeatability. (020H / IIN I I,::GIRI1Y MUNICIPAL SYS I I::MS ALI Page 329 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 18 of 27 APPLICATIONS Continuous Feeding Bulk lime is fed by volume at a controlled feed rate. Feed rate is set as a percent of full scale and can be controlled by a remote -process signal. Short Description This feeder is a Series 32-300 Screw -Type Volumetric Feeder with electric -variable -speed control. Full scale capacity is 8 to 133 cubic feet per hour depending on feed -screw size. Operating range is 20:1. The feeder consists of a VFD drive in NEMA 4 enclosure; AC motor; right-angle speed -reducer gear box; feed hopper; a mixing trough and a discharge tube extension. A steel base supports the feeder and all components. VFD-control arrangements can be local manual, remote manual, start -stop, or automatic mA. Speed readout is available with start -stop and automatic arrangements. A potentiometer adjusts motor speed. With the automatic mA arrangement, the feed rate is controlled by a 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA DC process -control input. An optional panel -mounted potentiometer trims the signal to a percent of maxi- mum to produce the speed -rate required. The walls of the 1.5 cubic foot hopper are steeply sloped. Feeder and hopper are heavy gauge steel construction (option for 304 or 316 SS is available). Feed screws are available in 2", 2-1/2", 3", and 4" sizes. TECHNICAL DATA Accuracy With uniform free-flowing lime, accuracies of 5% of full scale can be achieved. It must be realized, however, that with lime delivery controlled on a basis of volume, many factors apply: lime flowability, density at the feed screw, hopper size and shape are only a few of the factors which determine accuracy. Actual accuracy can be established only by running sample material tests. Capacity Up to 133 cubic feet per hour. Lime Characteristics Per AWWA Standard B202-07 Quicklime and Hydrated Lime Maximum Temperature Ambient, 120° F; process lime, 150° F standard. Process -Control Input 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA DC. Input Impedance Maximum is 270 ohms for 4-20 mA and 1,000 ohms for 0-10 VDC. Motors TEFC,'h hp Control Arrangements ■ Manual ■ Remote manual ■ Start -stop ■ Automatic from remote process signal Continuous Operating Range 20:1 Shipping Weight 250 Ib. 13135 DANIELSON STREET, SUITE 204 POWAY, CA 92064 08/21/2017 Rev. 1.0 PHONE: (858) 486-1620 FAX: (858) 486-1659 www.integrityms.net Company Confidential Rev. 01 Ptegrity &,33®sc#M452 Page 19 of 27 Ontegrity MUNICIPAL SYSTEMS Lime is one of the most common and economical chemicals used in the water and wastewater treatment process. The cost of com- mercial bulk hydrated lime or prepared lime slurry solutions, however, becomes prohibitive for installations requiring a continuous, high volume supply, typically greater than 45 kgs/hr (100 lbs/hr). To help alleviate this cost, on-site slaking or hydration is the ideal solution. The Series A-758 lime slaker provides for reliable, efficient slaking of various grades of quicklime (CaO) at a substantial savings over other slaking methods. Through the pioneering use of paste -type slaking technology, the Series A-758 lime slaker consistently produces a more reactive lime slurry requiring less energy and less operator attention. The compact size and flexible configuration make this pre-engineered system ideal for new and retrofit installations. Superior Paste -Slaking Process Utilizing a 2:1 water -to -lime ratio, the A-758 unit slakes lime as paste which provides a number of benefits over the more traditional 4:1 water -to -lime or slurry slaking process. This includes less power, faster slaking, a smaller footprint and, most importantly, a more reactive lime slurry solution. Saves Power The 2:1 paste slaking process generates its own slaking heat from the hydration heat of reaction (CaO+H2O = Ca(OH)2 + Heat (490 btu/Ib)). This avoids the need and expense of an external heat source, internal heat exchangers, and temperature control systems. Additionally, slow speed agitation requires one-half the horsepower of equivalent sized slurry slakers. Fast Slaking The low water -to -lime ratio and high self -generating heat of reaction completes the slaking process in approximately five minutes. This short retention time leads to efficient start -stop or batching operation and rapid changes in lime concentration when required. Compact Size The 2:1 slaking ratio and short retention time allows for a smaller slaking compartment without bulky insulation or any need for a water jacket. The A-758 lime slaker takes about 20% less floor space than other designs. ■ Saves water, heat and power ■ Economical and reliable on-site slaking ■ Easy to install, unit is factory pre -tested ■ Choice of final slurry concentration ■ Flexible controls: manual, flow proportional, and automatic start -stop More Reactive Hydrate Particles The intense heat [>82° C(180° F)] generated by the 2:1 slaking ratio subjects the quicklime to steam penetration. The resulting internal pres- sure promotes the fracturing of the quicklime into smaller, highly reactive particles. This means more surface area for more efficient lime usage. Controlled Consistency An automatic, torque -actuated water inlet valve provides precise, con- tinuous control of paste consistency and, therefore, the slaking process. Variations in lime quality and feed rate are quickly recognized and the optimum slaking rate is maintained, without operator intervention. Integrated System Design The pre-engineered A-758 lime slaker system is available with a broad range of capacities, capabilities and control options: ■ Four different capacities from 450 to 3600 kgs/hr (1000 to 8000 lbs/hr) ■ Specific gravity classification or screen -type grit removal technology ■ Gravimetric or volumetric belt -type lime feeders or screw-type lime feeder ■ PLC or relay logic controls with an optional automatic batching function Page 331 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 20 of 27 DESIGN AND OPERATION Water and quicklime (CaO) are fed into the slaker mixing compartment at an approximate 2:1 ratio. The lime is metered by either a gravimetric weighbelt feeder or a volumetric screw or belt -type feeder. Controlling the lime feedrate determines the output of the slaker system. The water flow is automatically controlled by a torque -sensitive water adjusting valve. In the slaking compartment, two intermeshing paddle shafts, rotating in counter -clockwise directions, mix the quicklime and water into a paste -type composition, controlled by the torque valve to the 2:1 slaking ratio. Any variation in the paste consistency caused by vapor loss, lime quality or size fluctuations, or changes in the lime feed rate, results in a different torque load on the paddle shafts. This causes the torque valve to adjust the water flow to maintain the desired paste consistency. The paste and entrained inert grit moves forward in a plug -flow fashion. After approximately 5 minutes, the completely slaked lime paste flows over a weir into the dilution compartment. Here water nozzles direct a cut-off spray to dilute the paste into a lime slurry at an approximate 4:1 concentration. This also releases the grit from the lime paste so that it can be removed. Two sets of rotating rakes keep the lime in suspension and help move the grit to the grit separator. Dust and steam, generated by the exothermic reaction of the lime and water, are drawn off by an integral, water operated vapor -dust arrestor. The steam and dust are condensed and returned to the dilution compartment. Excess steam and water vapor are vented outside of the slaker. A low water pressure switch in the torque valve piping is designed to stop the lime feeder when the supply pressure falls below the minimum operat- ing requirement. This avoids heat build-up due to insufficient slaking water. The feeder automatically restarts when the pressure is restored. R,,, ste Type I Iim ? ll clllkrer 0%:' ¢„ II % U„,11o1n Slurry Discharge When Conveyor Is Used - 103 Optional Conveyor -Type Grit Remover Shut -Off Inlet Valve [Weighbelt Quicklime Weir Slaking Water Slaking Compartment Dilution Chamber Optional Screen -Type Grit Remover Page 332 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 21 of 27 CHOICE OF LIME FEEDERS Reliable lime feed is required for proper operation of the lime slaker system. A selection of standard feeders is available to provide accurate CaO feed over a range of up to 20:1. This determines the operating range of the slaker along with lime reactivity. Series 31-165 Gravimetric Weighbelt Feeder A microprocessor controller unit that delivers an accuracy better Series 32-215 Volumetric Belt -Type Feeder Simple controls with a quick speed of response for changing feed rates. A no -feed alarm is available as an option. Series 32-300 Volumetric Screw -Type Feeder A rugged, heavy duty variable speed feeder with only five moving parts provides low mainte- nance and simple service. CHOICE OF GRIT REMOVERS All quicklime (CaO) contains a small amount of inert grit or unslaked material. To protect lime slurry pumps and piping, it is necessary to remove this grit as the slurry exits the slaker. The A-758 lime slaker is available with a choice of two different grit remover technologies: Conveyor -Type Grit Remover Grit particles are separated from the lime slurry based on their specific gravity. An up -flow of water is introduced into the dilution compart- ment of the slaker. The heavier grit particles fall through this flow to be subsequently removed by the chain and flight scraper. The operator can adjust the water flow to determine the size and amount of grit that is to be removed. An accurate glass -tube flow meter is used to provide a fine degree of control and repeatability. This system removes virtually all grit down to 10 mesh in size and some portion of finer grit down to 40 mesh. Slurry concentrations up to 18% are achievable. Operation is simple and efficient with very low maintenance. Screen -Type Grit Remover In this system, grit particles are separated by size through a vibrating screen separator to provide positive grit removal. The lime slurry discharge passes through a 20 mesh screen (40 mesh optional), where grit is removed through an exit port. The slurry passes through the screen where it is delivered to the process or a stabilization tank. Slurry concentrations up to 20% are achievable. A high-strength slurry concentration, up to 28% at maximum feed rate, is available with this type of grit remover. This utilizes optional high velocity spray nozzles and a booster pump to decrease the amount of dilution water. This is ideal for installations where storage space is a consideration or in applica- tions where excess water is limited in the process. AUTOMATIC START -STOP CONTROL The paste -type lime slaker is ideally suited for all types of control systems. In a continuous process, slaker operation remains constant. Lime slurry is continuously discharged while the lime feed rate can be varied to account for flow or process variations. Lime can be gravity flow, directly to the point of application without the need for costly slurry handling equipment. For batching applications, the slaker sys- tem can be automatically stopped and started from a single contact closure. The low water to lime ratio ensures a fast start-up to bring the slaker on line quickly. Both long-term (> 8 hours) and short-term (< 8 hours) shutdown modes are operator selectable. Page 333 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 22 of 27 TECHNICAL DATA Capacities 450, 900, 1800, and 3600 kg of quicklime per hour (1000, 2000, 4000, and 8000 lbs/hr). Operating Range Up to 20:1 Slaking Ratio Approximately 2:1 water to lime by weight before dilution. Lime Feeder Three types of feeders available: Series 31-165 Gravimetric weighbelt feeder; Series 32-215 Volumetric belt -type feeder; and/or Series 32-300 screw-type feeder. Control Panel For local or remote mounting. NEMA 12; 230/460 VAC, 3 ph, stan- dard; 115 VAC, 1 ph, optional (not available with 3600 kg/hr (8000 Ib/hr) capacity). Paddle Shaft Mixer Motors 452 kgs/hr (1000 lbs/hr) capacity - 1/2 hp; 900 kgs/hr (2000 lbs/hr) capacity - 1 hp; 1800 kgs/hr (4000 lbs/hr) capacity - 1-1/2 hp; 3600 kgs/hr (8000 lbs/hr) capacity - 2 hp; Standard is 230/460 VAC, 60 hz, 3 ph. Single phase motors are available up to 1800 kgs/hr (4000 lbs/hr). Conveyor -Type Grit Remover Motors 1/4 hp, 230/460 VAC, 60 hz, 3 ph, totally enclosed. Also available in single phase up to 1800 kgs/hr (4000 lbs/hr) capacity units. Total Slaker System Water Input at 40 psi (2.7 bar) Screen -Type Grit Remover 450 kgs/hr (1000 lbs) slaker - 1/3 hp; 900 and 1800 kgs/hr (2000 lbs & 4000 lbs/hr) slakers —1/2 hp; 3600 kgs/hr (8000 lbs) slaker - 2-1/2 hp; All motors are 230/460 VAC, 60 hz, 3 ph, 1200 RPM TENV. Booster Pump Motors (High Slurry Concentration Option) 450 and 900 kgs/hr (1000 and 2000 lbs) slakers - 1/2 hp; 1800 kgs/hr (4000 lbs) slakers - 1 1/2 hp; 3600 kgs/hr (8000 lbs) slaker - 2 hp; All motors are 230/460 VAC, 50/60 hz, 3 ph, TE turbine, all bronze housing. Note: Only available with screen -type grit remover. Water Requirements Recommended supply pressure for 450 to 1800 kgs/hr (1000, to 4000 lbs/ hr) slakers, 2.7 bar (40 psi) minimum and 5.2 bar (75 psi) maximum; for the 3600 kgs/hr (8000 lbs/hr) slaker, 3.8 bar (55 psi ) minimum and 5.2 bar (75 psi) maximum. Control options ■ Manual speed control of feeder via a potentiometer on the control panel. ■ Automatic speed control of the lime feeder via a 4-20 mA input signal. ■ Automatic batching and automatic system shut -down via optional start -stop configuration. Dimensions Complete dimension details can be found in catalog numbers WT. 330. 100. 100. UA. CN to WT. 330.100.126. UA. CN. Shipping and Operating Weights Includes slaker, grit remover and feeder. 13135 DANIELSON STREET, SUITE 204 POWAY, CA 92064 07/01/2013 Rev. 0.0 PHONE: (858) 486-1620 FAX: (858) 486-1659 www.integrityms.net Company Confidential Rev. 01 PTegrity &.G34sc#M452 Page 23 of 27 Ontegriety MUNICIPAL SYSTEMS Lime is one of the most common chemicals used in water and wastewater treatment processes, but the cost of bulk hydrated lime solutions becomes prohibitive as usage increases. On-site slaking — or hydration — is the ideal solution to keep costs manageable. The A-758Tm Lime Slaking System — introduced for sale in 1959 — has established itself as the industry baseline for con- tinuous paste lime slaking. The system's continuous lime slak- ing process slakes quicklime with water to form hydrated lime. Paste slakers utilize half the water of slurry slakers, leading to higher slaking temperatures, shorter retention time, a smaller equipment footprint, and — most L..he HMS SIIISII"S importantly — smaller hydrate particle size for greater process greafly exceeded chemical reactivity. The A-758 TM S II DII"IS and A-758 PIusTM systems come IIS SII Y "ISuSIIIt D equipped Y e ui ed with a conveyor or the S u screen to remove grit after the ... IIIIirIII�I�, slaking process. L IpI lltll l If 11 'S nSISSSIIS Although the A-758 TM and A-758 staff, II"SSUte II In S 'lJlrs,t I' tm��s III"„°IJ I'I ^ NAS dernonstrated PIusTm Lime Slaking Systems are time -tested, proven prod- ucts, recent enhancements have ucts, further improved the operabil- why IIt IIS an ehte ity and effectiveness of these SII"SII"IIISSflSII"I on II ""Ii III"t`III'. " systems. Several features have been modularized, such as the dust arrestor and spray -bar; and Blake Pitts Vice President select components have been redesigned to allow ease of Matous Construction, Ltd. maintenance and easier replace- ment of high -wear parts. IMS also modified the water management for the system, replacing on-site, custom -constructed copper piping with a compact, pre-packaged, controlled water panel that can be placed on the unit or mounted remotely to meet the operator's space and operational requirements (see inset). The A-758 TM continuous lime slaking system can also be coupled with several different quicklime feeders. e The A-758Tm and A-758 PIusTm Lime Slaking Systems have long been the industry standard for on-site lime slaking. Integ- rity Municipal Systems has taken that standard to a higher level with new features that extend equipment life, reduce mainte- nance costs, and improve control and reliability. The tradition continues, with legendary design now united with the superior quality, service, and support of IMS. A -75811/A-758 Plus" Lime Slaking Systems Continuous Paste Lime Slaking — higher slurry concentrations with a lower cast and smaller foot- print than batch slaking systems Paste Slaers — faster slaking with a more reactive lime slurry solution than slurry slaking systems Ease of Maintenance — redesigned with the operator in mind for cleaning and high -wear parts replacement Plug -and -Play Installation — each system is piped, wired and tested at the factory before shipment Page 335 of 452 Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 24 of 27 Campbell's Soup Manufacturing Plant, Napoleon OH Nebraska City WWTP NE Public Water Supply District i Defiance MO I Cate D7voire Edmond,0K Fort fierce Utilities Authority, FL DavisWTP Austin T 13135 DANIELSON STREET, SUITE 204 POWAY, CA 92064 10/27/2015 Rev. 1 PHONE: (858) 486-1620 FAX: (858) 486-1659 www.integrityms.net C=m Company Confidential Rev. 01 Page 25 of 27 Integrity MUNICIPAL SYSTEMS Integrity IMunicipal Systems (IMS) is a specialty engineering company devoted to the design and supply of innovative, pre assembled, process solutions for the water and wastewater industry. With over 25 years of systems engineering innovation and project execution, the IMS team has the knowledge and dedication to tackle your odor control and chemical feed needs. IMS has achieved a reputation for producing unique, practical, and cost-effective solutions for our customers. We are committed to providing quality, service, and overall value that exceed your expectations. Lime Slaker Systems (A-758 & A-758 Plus) Jbaegrity,F 'The X758 and X758 Plus IMS I inne Shaker Systems provide continuous high volume linne slurries (up to 8,000 (lbs/hour) for industrial and rnunicipall process p1-1 adjustment, flocculation, and chemical reaction. The superior paste -type slaking technology consistently produces a higher strength and more reactive lime slurry resulting in more efficient and more econornicall use of the quicHirne. Systems are factory assembled and tested for quick and easy installation, and include options for Illime feed and grit removal[, Chemical Feed Systems Li/77e Sla Feeders S&Jes 31 165 Ir vlrn bl IIllleeder S&Jes 32 215 Il a lrne b li IIllleeder S&Jes 32 300 Vdurnetic llleeder IMS chernicall feed systems are pre -assembled, WHy-functional1 chernicall delivery systems for water treatment applications,. 'These compact, userfriendlly chernicall skids include Ilocall storage tanks, fullll secondary containment, dosing pumps, instrumentation and controls. Systems are piped and wired at the factory for easy and quick hook-up. lllIuorde llleed Systern IMS Fluoride Feed Systems use sodium fluoride for community water fluoridation. They are designed with selpairate saturator and solution tainks, unlike conventional methods, to assuire comlplete saturation, Ihiglh reliability, low maintenance and ease of use. InCegrity Company Confidential Aqueous AlrnrnonIa llleed Systern IMS Ipaclkaged Aqueous Ammonia Feed Systems aire used iin the formation of chloiramines for disinfection. The system iincludes a (heavy-duty Ipiressuire irated aqueous ammonia storage tank, iintegiral ammonia fume scirubbeir, Ipeiristaltic dosing Ipumlp, instrumentation and controls iin a fully contained, pire-assembled skid. Optional enclosure, showin Iriglht, is ideal for outdoor oir iremote locations. The FRP shelter (houses the equilpmeint iin ain ahr conditioned einviiroinmeint and comes comlplete with lighting, ventilation fain, and Iblrealkelr Ipainel. (0 2018 IN I M I t1 I Y NAUNIGUN SYS I I T; NI I t1(3 I I I S I �1 S I I N1 1) Rev. 01 Page 337 of 452 Page 26 of 27 Odor Control Standardized, pre. -engineered, factory assernbied odor control systerns for treating odors at sewage purnp stations and wastewater [I'O|0J'ca| NOr[`OntrO| S«steOD8 The |.13K00 Biological Odoir Control System (Patent Pending) uses atwo-stage pmueoowith abiological stage io remove 99Y6ufthehydmgenou|fide(Hz8).foUowedbyanactivaiedmarbonpo|iohingotagetonamovenaoidua|Hz8and oirganiuodoirs.Standard models anaavailable to treat upio5.888ufnm(8.588m9h)ofodomuoair Carbon Nor COntn|S«steOD8 The uairbmnadooirberodorcontrol systems consist ofanexhaust fan.damiinierconnectingduutwmrk.veooe|whhactivatedmadmn(8ft.bed)and a control painel. The cairboin odoir control systems aire designed to work with a wide selection of media: virgin activated cairboin for lowodoir level, and high capacity marbonfor higherHz8coin ueninaiiono. MCS Carbon Odor CODirol Sysiem Standard models anaavailable to treat upio1.488uhn(2488m9h)ofodomuo airin aoing|e carbon stage, BCS Carbon Odor Conirol Sysiern Standard models treat upioG.888uhn(11GO8m9h)inasingle madmnstage and upto28.888uhn(84888m9h) inadual marbon bed system. Emergency Chlorine Scrubbers IMS wet eimergency chlorine scrubber systems contain and treat accidental rdleases of cNorine gas, lirniting the atmospheric rdlease OfOh|OhDGk]|eGGMlan1ppnl.Th88UnlDactGcnbb8rovotenlGar8factUrypR+aGG8nlb|8d'piD8d'wiredandteGted'Wi|ha|0Nprofi|8 suitable for either indoor Oroutdoor lnstaNaflon. 'The systern design surpasses the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. 1150 This multi -stage wet ouobbersystem tireatsuh|ohnevapoirsfrom abankof158|b(78kg)uh|ohneuy|inders.ai leak nateoof28lbs/min ormoire. [�\��-� �"`'����OOO This multi -stage wet scirubbeir system tireats qp to 3 toins of chlorine va�poir, at leak irates of 100 lbs/min oir moire. �OOO[. ����� The EVS-2000C emergency chlorine scirubbeir is a multi -stage wet scirubbeir system designed to treat upto1 tonofuh|orinevapor.aileak naieoof188lbs/min ormoire. 13135 DANIELSON STREET, SUITE 204 P0WAY,CA92064 04/09/2018 Rev. 1.0 PHONE: (858) 486-1620 FAX: (858) 486-1659 www.integrityms.net Company Confidential Rev. 01 Ptegrity 2geA3383uf452 Page 27 of 27 Purchasing Division Sole/Single Source Justification Form This form shall be completed and approved prior to all sole source purchases Page 339 of 452 Purchasing Division Sole/Since Source Justification Form _ ...... __............ —.... , Will this purchase obligate the City to a particular vendor in the future? (Either in terns of maintenance, services, or re -purchase for compatibility reasons) ® Yes ❑ No This is a sole source because (choose any that apply): ® Sole provider of a licensed or patented good or service ❑ Single Source provider of items compatible with existing equipment, inventory, systems, programs, or services. ❑ Single Source provider of goods and services for which the city has established a standard. (new standards require the competitive solicitation process) ❑ Single Source of factory -authorized warranty service ❑ Sole provider of goods or services that will meet the specialized needs of the City or perform the intended function (please detail below or reference an attachment). ❑ The vendor/distributor is the owner of used equipment that would represent a best -value purchase for the City and is advantageous to the City. (Please provide information on current market prices, availability, etc.) What necessary features does this vendor pro 1111� ����.r �, t ,. . l .... ___.� Please a . . _...., ����, vide which are not available from other vendors? Please be specific. Integrity Municipal Systems is the current Sole Source for this item. , „ ...-�..... Attach documentation to substantiate this sole source claim including but not limited to. vendor quotes, product manuals, sole source letters, and patents or copyrights. Mroduct/service redepartments quired red and appn tor a ears to be inthe best of the teased upon an objective review of the p eq ' a City. I know of no conflict of interest on my part nor do I have any personal involvement in any way with this request. No gratuities, favors or compromising action have taken place. Neither has my personal familiarity with particular brands, types of equipment, materials, or firms been a deciding influence on my request to sole source this purchase when there are other known sur1o!ers that exist. _.... .... —----- .. x. 1partment Director„ ��... bb o Si_1",nature Date 2. Purchasing Manager/Finance Director Based on the information provided in Sections A and S and the attached supporting documents, I recommend ❑ / do not recommend ❑ this being certified as a sole source. Required ❑ 1 norequfred ❑ be advertised for a period of 7 business days before award. Signature Date Page 340 of 452 February 25, 2022 Mr. Bryan Heller Manager of Water Quality & Treatment Boynton Beach Utilities City of Boynton Beach 124 E. Woolbright Rd. Boynton Beach, FL 33435 Phone: (561) 742-6420 Email: hellerb@bbfl.us RE: Boynton Beach, FL Lime Slaking System (A-758) Dear Mr. Heller, The purpose of this letter is to communicate to you that Integrity Municipal Systems LLC (IMS) is the sole worldwide manufacturer and provider of the Series A-758 Paste -Type Lime Slaker which is currently in use at the Boynton Beach WTP. As you know, Series A-758 Paste -Type Lime Slakers have a long tradition of quality and reliability, beginning with the original Wallace & Tiernan Company and continuing through the USFilter and Siemens days. IMS is intensely focused on building on that tradition by providing first-class products combined with unparalleled customer service. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you have any questions. Sincerely, w4. Khaled Roueiheb Director of Sales Integrity Municipal Systems LLC 13135 Danielson St., Suite 204 Poway, CA 92064, U.S.A. Phone: (858) 486-1620 (Main Office) Cell: (858) 248-7834 Email: khaled@integrityms.net INTEMUN-01 CVILLA ,d►c'oi2o° CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE `.�•-- DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 2/17/2022 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Jeff Boco NAME: PHONE FAX (A/C, No, Ext): (619) 668-2366 106 (A/C, No): Teague Insurance Agency, Inc. 4700 Spring St., #400 La Mesa, CA 91942-0275 E-MAIL jboco@teagueins.com INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # 1/1/2023 INSURERA: Landmark American Ins Co 33138 INSURED INSURER B: Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company 23787 INSURERC: National Union Fire Company $ 5,000 Integrity Municipal Systems, LLC INSURER D: Ohio Security 24082 13135 Danielson Street, Ste 204 Poway, CA 92064 INSURER E PRODUCTS - COMP/OPAGG INSURER F: $ COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMRFR- REVISION NUMRFR- THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MMIDD/YYYY POLICY EXP MMIDD/YYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR X LHA141753 1/1/2022 1/1/2023 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence 50,000 $ GEN'L MED EXP (Any oneperson) $ 5,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY _! PE� El LOC OTHER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMP/OPAGG $ 2,000,000 $ B AUTOMOBILE X LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY ACP3110006256 1/1/2022 1/1/2023 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident 1,000,000 $ BODILY INJURY Perperson) $ BODILY INJURY Per accident $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ C X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EBU032018882 1/1/2022 1/1/2023 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 4,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 DED RETENTION $ $ D WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITYSTATUTE Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/ R/EXECUTIVE ❑ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? EXCLU (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N / A XWS64122993 1/1/2022 1/1/2023 X PER OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT 1,000,000 $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 1,000,000 $ DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) City of Boynton Beach is included when required by written contract, as additional insured for ongoing operations with respects to the general liability per attached form. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 342 of 452 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE Ci of Boynton Beach City Y THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 100 E Ocean Ave, Boynton Beach, FL 33435 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 342 of 452 POLICY NUMBER: LHA141753 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 33 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - AUTOMATIC STATUS WHEN REQUIRED IN CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT WITH YOU This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy. Such person or organization is an additional insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured. However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured: 1. Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. A person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when your operations for that additional insured are completed. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to: 1. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: a. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or b. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of or the failure to render any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. CG 20 33 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 F'R9 1420f 452 2. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: a. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or b. That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits Of Insurance: The most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement you have entered into with the additional insured; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. Page 2 of 2 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CGFged 1113of 452 7.C. Requested Action by Commission: Approve an Amendment for Purchase Order 191014 via Task Order # UT -2A-02 — General Consulting Services-RFQ 040-2821-17/TP with Jacobs (formerly CH2M Hill Engineers) in the amount of $41,822.00. This would provide environmental review services for the Generator Replacement project at the East Water Treatment Plant. The amended Purchase Order amount would be $125,896.00. Explanation of Request: The City of Boynton Beach is implementing a project to install a backup power system and diesel generators at the East Water Treatment Plant. On February 4, 2021, the City received notice for grant funding up to $2,100,000 from the Department of Economic Opportunity (DEO) Community Development Block Grant - Mitigation (CDBG-MIT) program, and staff is working with DEO to execute the grant agreement. As part of the grant, the City is required to perform an Environmental Review and submit a Compliance Findings report. On April 24, 2019, the City issued Purchase Order 191014 to Jacobs (formerly CH2M Hill Engineers) to prepare a design criteria package for the generator replacement project, which was included in a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) to select the Progressive Design Build team to design and construct the project. Jacobs' original scope also included bidding support and services during final design and construction, which are no longer required as those services are included in the Progressive Design Build project. Amendment No. 1 modifies the scope of work to be completed by Jacobs and is needed to perform an Environmental Review and submit a Compliance Findings report required for the DEO grant. How will this affect city programs or services? Implementation of the project will provide a more robust and reliable backup power system at the East Water Treatment Plant to provide power to the plant during storm and other system outages from Florida Power and Light (FPL) and enables the treatment plant to continue providing uninterrupted potable water service to our customers. Fiscal Impact: Funding is available in the Utilities CIP account 403-5000-533.65-02 WT1902. Alternatives: Do not approve the amendment and the additional services to comply with the DEO grant requirements resulting in losing the grant funding for a reliable backup power system for the East Treatment Plant. Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Page 345 of 452 Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type D AirTIENridirTIENI'lt D PLArchaSE) OrdE)r Description Jacobs fl'..'isk OrdE)r AirTIENridirTIENI'lt Jacobs IPLArcha SE) OrdE)r 191014 Page 346 of 452 Task Order #UT -2A-02 Professional Services for Generator Replacement at East WTP, Amendment 1— Provide EA Determinations and Compliance Findings for HUD -assisted Project Background Through purchase order #191014, dated 04/24/2019, the City of Boynton Beach (CITY) authorized CH2M HILL Engineers Inc, now Jacobs (CONSULTANT) to execute Task Order #UT -2A-02 to provide Professional Services for the Generator Replacement project at the East WTP. The task order consisted of two tasks, covering Task 1 Design criteria package and bidding support and Task 2 Services during final design and construction. CITY wants to move forward with making an amendment to this task order to accommodate an additional task identified during the execution of the work and necessary for successful completion of the project. CITY requested Amendment 1 from CONSULTANT as outlined below. Scope of Services CONSULTANT will make the following amendments to the scope of work of Task Order #UT -2A-02. TASK 1 — DESIGN CRITERIA PACKAGE AND BIDDING SUPPORT Remove Tasks 1.5 and 1.6 from the scope of work: 1.5. Assist CITY with preparing the bid document for the design -build contract, participate in the pre-bid meeting attended by up to two team members and provide responses to technical questions for up to two addenda to answer any bidder's questions or address any changes or clarification required to the bid documents. 1.6. Review the bids and provide a bid -award recommendation to CITY. TASK 2 — SERVICES DURING FINAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION Remove Tasks 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 from the scope of work: 2.1. Issue the conformed design criteria package document. 2.2. Review up to 10 final design and shop -drawings and answer up to 20 requests for information (RFI) from the selected design -builder and equipment vendor. 2.3. Observe the construction work and generator installation, equipment testing and startup during up to separate 3 site visits to the WTP attended by one team member. Results will be documented in observation/witness sheets and made available to CITY. The visits of CONSULTANT will only be planned after a specific request of CITY. Based on the last invoice, December 2019, the remaining budget on these outstanding subtasks is $28,440 of a total lump sum fee for PO #191014 of $84,074. TASK 3 — ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, DETERMINATION AND COMPLIANCE FINDINGS FOR HUD -ASSISTED PROJECT This scope of work for this additional task is to prepare the Environmental Assessment Determinations and Compliance Findings for HUD -assisted Project form for the East Water Treatment Plant (WTP) Generator Replacement Project for the City of Boynton Beach (City). The East WTP is a 24 MGD (Million Gallon Per Day) MIEX/Lime Softening treatment system which serves as the primary source of potable water for the City. The City applied for the CDBG-MIT Grant, C)'l-rU 1 ,/P, Gf IYf`Ya;9'r €':}I f JE!1 G`f `I "if`PY �. E!1'r aiderU "'k f;l'12V1 I IIII n€;1n fa"":In dE1€"€; � Page 347 of 452 more particularly the CFHP (Critical Facility Hardening Program) section of the MIT in order `to harden' the facility. The City proposed a redundant power system that is designed to provide continuous power to the East WTP and maintain operability during natural disasters and prolonged power failures. The City is required by the FDEP, FDOH, and the F.A.C. (Florida Administrative Code) to maintain the pressure in the system at a minimum of 20 PSI. (please refer to F.A.0 62.-555.3509 (7)). The City followed the National Infrastructure Advisory Council (NIAC) model in crafting its critical facility resiliency project for the East WTP. The project includes the following: 1. Purchasing and installation of (2) KD1250 generators, one (1) tier 4 and one (1) tier 2. 2. Procurement and installation of a switchgear/paralleling gear. 3. Construction of a concrete pad for the installation of the generators and associated electrical hardware. 4. Installation of wiring and conduits and electrical components. 5. Demolition of an existing FP&L vault, fuel tank, and duct -bank. Soil boring, sampling and soil restoration and compaction in the concerned area. 6. Installation of a walkways and covers in the generator area. 7. SCADA, communication & control, start-up and commissioning of the standby power system. 8. Building and piping restoration, painting, concrete repair & and site restoration. The City attained the CDBG-MIT Grant No. 10123 for $2,100,000. As a result, prior to HUD releasing the grant funds to the City, compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act is required (24 CFR Part 58). The attached Environmental Assessment (EA) form will be completed for the City for the project. The individual resource worksheets will not be prepared. Of all the categories listed on the form, those listed below will require additional information or consultation with other federal entities: • Contamination and Toxic Substances • Endangered Species (requires USFWS consultation) • Historic Preservation (requires SHPO consultation) Federal consultation will be initiated immediately upon approval of this Scope of Work All other categories will require research and a response; however, they are not expected to have impacts that would require mitigation. All work conducted will occur on City property and no property acquisitions or changes to the treatment system or effluent discharge are expected. No permits are expected to be required. After the form is completed and signed, a public notice will be issued in the appropriate newspaper. An electronic public notice will be issued via email from the City's contact list. No public comments are expected and revisions to the EA after the public notice are not included in this Scope of Work. Assumptions • All meetings will be virtual and not conducted in person. • No in-person site visit will be conducted. • City will sign the EA or will coordinate the HUD representative to sign the EA. No HUD comments or coordination is included. • USFWS consultation is expected to result in a No Effect finding. A shapefile will be required to be completed for the iPAC submission. No habitat or species surveys are required. C)'l-rU 1 ,/P, Gf IYf`Ya;9'r €':}I f JE!1 G`f`I "if`PY �. E!1'r aiderU "'k f;l'12V1 IIIIII n€;1n fa"":In rat€(f 2€; � Page 348 of 452 SHPO consultation is expected to result in a No Effect or No Adverse Effect determination. No additional consulting party consultation will be required. No archeological sites are expected on the Project site. Jacobs will consult with SHPO on behalf of HUD. No Adverse Effect will be determined, and no Memorandum of Agreement will be prepared. Consultation may be required to be conducted during the public notice period. Only 3 NHRP are listed for Boynton Beach, which includes Boynton School (94000139), Boynton Woman's Club (79000686), and Lofthus shipwreck (03001363). No eligibility determinations are included for the subject or adjacent properties. Hazardous material mitigation is not expected to require any additional coordination, permitting, testing, or public notice. The completed hazardous materials report including mitigation will be provided by the City. Compensation Services proposed by CONSULTANT in this task order will be performed in accordance with the General Consulting Services Agreement for RFQ No. 046-2821-17/TP, executed on August 22, 2018. CONSULTANT proposes to perform the work described herein on a times and materials basis, based on the Fee Table of the contract. The total estimated professional fee including labor and expenses associated with this amendment is $41,822, as shown in the table below. TASK Task 3 Environmental Assessment Support HOURS RATE TOTAL Principal 70 $298.00 $20,860.00 Senior Engineer 0 $259.00 $0.00 Project Manager 8 $235.00 $1,880.00 Sr Electrical Engineer 40 $211.00 $8,440.00 Sr. Civil /Mechanical Engineer 12 $192.00 $2,304.00 Process Control / Instrumentation Engineer 0 $125.00 $0.00 Engineer 26 $125.00 $3,250.00 Designer 40 $107.00 $4,280.00 Clerical/Administrative 0 $88.00 $0.00 Subconsultants $0.00 Expenses $808.00 Subtotal task $41,822.00 TOTAL $41,822.00 Project Schedule The EA will be prepared and submitted to the City within two weeks of approval of this Scope of Work to meet the overall deadline of 45 calendar days that also includes local advertisement. The City is requested to review the EA promptly to allow for the public notice to be issued in November. Minimal comments are expected from the City. The proposal is effective for 2 days. The contact person of CONSULTANT for this Task Order is GJ Schers, 550 West Cypress Creek Road, Suite 400, Fort Lauderdale, FL 33309, Direct (954) 513-1540, Mobile (239) 404-0245. I V�) flU 1 P, 1 G( n(:�r kir VTI 4:D C1 MVI 1 11 1 rr€�iirE E.r°-Irrr', qE!; , €rF V Page 349 of 452 Authorization Submitted byCH2MHILL Engineers, Inc Name: Sirpa H. HaU, PE Title: Senior Business Vice President Date: 02/17/2022 TD#UT2A��.Amendme�1SeneraurRep�mceme��Em�VVTP CH2IMHU1Eng1neei, �:3 Inc.Pmge4cd4 Page 350 of 452 PURCHASE ORDER 6,�_ CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA PROCUREMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT 3301 Quantum Blvd. Suite 101 P.O. BOX 310 BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA 33425-0310 A� �11 TO: CH2M HILL ENGINEERS 550 W CYPRESS CREEK RD SUITE 400 FT LAUDERDALE, FL 3331 SHIP TO: City of Boynton Beach EAST UTILITY ADMIN 124 E. WOOLBRIGHT ROAD BOYNTON BEACH, FL 33435 EXTENDED LINE# QUANTITY UOM ITEM.NO. AND DESCRIPTION UNIT COST COST i 84074.00 DL SCOPE OF WORK 1.0000 Task 1 Design Criteria Package and Bidding Support *Kick-off Meeting. *Obtain from City and Review,, Previous Power, Generation Studies, Designs and Communication w/vendors and FPL *Develop the Conceptual Design for the Generators *Develop the Design Criteria, Package for the Generators *Assist City w/preparing the Bid Document for the Design -Build Contract, Participate ,in the Pre -Bid Meeting and provide Technical Questions up to (2) Addenda ..*Review the Bids and Provide a Bid Award Recommendation to City Task 2.Services During Final .Design and Construction '*Conformed DesignCriteria Package Document *Review upto,10 Final De sign and Shop -Drawings, answerup to 20 RFI,: * observe the Construction Work and Generatcar Installation, guipment Testing. RECEIVED and Startup -During - u to (3) separate Site .Visits to tKe WTP by (1) OR 1), 6 2019 Team Member CrrY OF BOYNTON BEACH UPLITIES I PROCUREMENT SERVICES: I I P.O. TOTAL: 84074.00 1 DEPARTMENT Page 351 of 452 Am Public Hearing 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Approve request for Conditional Use (COUS 21-001) approval for Raising Cane's Restaurant dual drive- through facility on a BJ's Wholesale Club outparcel located at 1550 West Boynton Beach Boulevard within the Planned Commercial Development (PCD) zoning district. Applicant: Kristina Belt, Kimley Horn & Associates. Approve request for Major Site Plan Modification (MSPM 21-001) for Raising Cane's Restaurant to include a new 2,771 -square foot building with dual drive-through facilities and 68 seats (50 indoor, 18 outdoor) on a BJ's Wholesale Club outparcel located at 1550 West Boynton Beach Boulevard within the Planned Commercial Development (PCD) zoning district. Applicant: Kristina Belt, Kimley Horn & Associates. Explanation of Request: Mr. Bryan Brown, representing Raising Cane's Restaurants, LLC, is seeking Major Site Plan Modification/Conditional Use approval for the construction of a new 2,771 -square foot Raising Cane's restaurant on a BJ's Wholesale Club outparcel that was previously a Wells Fargo Bank. The existing bank building is closed and proposed to be demolished. The proposed drive-through facilities require a Conditional Use approval. Additionally, per Ch. 2 Art. 11. Sec. FA.b. of the Land Development Regulations (LDR), the proposed restaurant and related site improvements require a Major Site Plan Modification approval prior to permitting. The proposed restaurant use is a permitted use in the PCD zoning district; however, per Ch. 3Art. IV. Sec. 3.13.5. of the LDR, the proposed drive-through facilities require Conditional Use approval. The Planning & Development Board heard this item at its February 22nd meeting and forwards it with a recommendation of approval. How will this affect city programs or services? N/A Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: None recommended. Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Page 352 of 452 Grant Amount: Attachments: Type Description D Staff IRE)port Raisiing Ca ll'IE)'S Staff IRE)port D 1.....a" caflloin Map Exh li bi t A I ocaboin li ap D i... Ings Exhibit B S LA rvey D �D Ings Exhibit B SRE) Rain D �D Ings Exhibit B CikM Rain D �D Ings Exhibit B F::]ooir Rain D �D Ings Exhibit B EAE)rioir' EE)V,.-.1bC)1['IS D �D Ings Exhibit B EAE)rioir' EE)V,.-.1bC)1['IS D �D Ings Exhibit B I aindsca�PE) Rain D �D Ings Exhibit B FlhotoirTIE)tric Rain D Exhibit Exhibit C App�icaint J LAStificaboin D Coindboins of Appirov,-,.i�l Flost FI&D Coindboins of Appirov,,.-,.i�l D DEWE)k)" PrTIENI'lt OrdE)r DE)V(.)opirTIENI'lt OrdE)r D AttachirTIENI'lt App�icaint Flir'E)SENI'Itaboin Page 353 of 452 0 a 0 IJ 1 0 1• :IW_4IWIWWWIl=i I WM4�L*J;_", 011111110 . I I AM 2:14 001.1"t TO: Chair and Members Planning and Development Boal 7ROM: Kathleen Hatcher 1,L -U Senior Planner V DATE: February 10, 2022 REQUEST: Conditional Use and Major Site Plan Iflodification approval forthe- construction of a 2,771 square foot Raising Cane's fast food restaurant and associated site improvements, located at 1550 W. Boynton Beach Blvd. in the PCD (Planned Commercial Development) zoning district. Property Owner: Boynton St LL# 11171NIFF ITTIMIN ! :11 1 Location: 1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd (see Exhibit "A") Existing Land Use/Zoning: LRC (Local Retail Commercial) / PCD (Planned Commercial Development) Acreage: N 597 -acres / 37,448 square feet F-INEEM02M North: Right-of-way for W Boynton Beach Blvd, and farther north a bank JD Bank) zoned C-3 (Community Commercial); South: A Big -Box Discount Store (BYs Wholesale Club) on 12 acres zoned PCD (Planned Commercial Development); East: Main ingress/egress drive for BJ's shopping center, and farther east a government facility (USPS Post Office) zoned PU (Public Usage); and Page 354 of 452 Raising Cane's —1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd Staff Report COUS 21 -001 / MSPM 21 -001 Page 2 West: A restaurant with drive through (Chick Fil-A), another outparcel IM the BJ's PCD, zoned PCD (Planned Commercial Development). § DOM I 11VTOW61 (OrAllwWITA Its M a I a 0 1 11 g&OWIT-9-4-9 M 1. OU, W'M ............................. Ch. 3 Art. IV. Sec. 4.C. of the LDR contains the following standards to which conditional uses are required to conform. Following each of these standards is the Planning and Zoning Division's evaluation of the application as it pertains to each of the standards. In addition, the applicant has submitted a separate detailed justification statement that addresses each of these standards (see Exhibit "C" — Justification Statement). The Planning & Development Board and City Commission shall consider only such conditional uses as are authorized under the terms of these zoning regulations and, in connection therewith, may grant conditional uses absolutely or conditioned upon adherence to conditions of approval including, but not limited to, the dedication of property for streets, alleys, recreation space and sidewalks, as shall be determined necessary for the protection of the surrounding area and the citizens' general welfare, or deny conditional uses when not in harmony with the intent and purpose of this section. In evaluating an application for conditional use approval, the Board and Commission shall consider the effect of the proposed use on the general health, safety and welfare of the community and make written findings certifying that satisfactory provisions have been made concerning the following standards, where applicable: 1. Ingress and egress to the subject property and proposed structures thereon, with particular reference to automobile and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe. Page 355 of 452 Raising Cane's —1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd Staff Report COUS 21-001 / MSPM 21-001 Page 3 The subject property currently has two (2) points of ingress and egress via cross -access easements; one (1) full driveway located on the east side of the parcel, at the main entrance into the BJ's Wholesale Club site where Winchester Park Blvd. intersects with W. Boynton Beach Blvd. (see Exhibit "A"). The second driveway is right -in, right -out access located to the west between the adjacent outparcels of Chick-Fil A and Autozone (formerly Applebee's). There are no new vehicular access points proposed. A dual -drive through with two (2) lanes is proposed for the restaurant that will provide sufficient vehicle stacking. In addition, pedestrian access to the site is proposed to be enhanced with stamped concrete and pedestrian lighting along the north and south pedestrian pathways. 2. Off-street parking and loading areas where required, with particular attention to the items in standard #1 above, and the economic, glare, noise, and odor effects the conditional use will have on adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole. The minimum parking required for restaurant uses is calculated at one (1) parking space per 100 square feet of gross floor area, or one (1) parking space for every 2.5 seats, whichever is greater. The site plan indicates 68 seats (50 inside, 18 outside) are proposed, therefore a minimum of 28 parking spaces would be required based on the seat count. The building is proposed to be 2,771 square feet, also requiring a minimum of 28 parking spaces. Therefore, minimum required parking is calculated to be 28 spaces. The applicant is proposing the five percent (5%) reduction in the number of parking spaces allowed per Ch. 4. Art. V. Sec. 3.A. of the LDR. A 5% reduction would be one (1) parking space less, or 27 parking spaces required. However, the reduction requires landscaping within the parking lot to be maximized, impervious surfaces to be minimized, and pedestrian connections to be enhanced. The applicant has submitted a written justification for the request and revised the plans to comply with the above criteria. The site plan depicts the provision of 27 parking spaces within the proposed lease parcel boundaries, including two (2) handicap spaces, in compliance with code requirements. Relative to impacts on adjacent properties, the nearest residential structure to the west is approximately 425 feet away from the subject property. Any proposed lighting will have to comply with the City's lighting regulations, which are designed to reduce the impact of glare in adjacent properties. The noise associated with the proposed business should not be much different from the current surrounding commercial businesses. 3. Refuse and service areas, with particular reference to the items in standards 1 and 2 above. The applicant intends to have a dumpster enclosure for trash and another for recycling that are proposed to the south of the building and drive-through lanes, for waste removal purposes. Trash removal needs would be absorbed into current solid waste services by the City without any anticipated capacity limitations. 4. Utilities, with reference to locations, availability, and compatibility. The City of Boynton Beach Utility Department currently serves the site, and utilities would continue to be available and provided, consistent with Comprehensive Plan policies and City regulations. No additional impacts are anticipated with this application. 5. Screening, buffering and landscaping with reference to type, dimensions, and character. The property has existing landscaping around the perimeter of the entire site. The Landscape Plan (Sheet L-1) depicts the addition of landscape plantings along all property Page 356 of 452 Raising Cane's — 1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd Staff Report COUS 21-001 / MSPM 21-001 Page 4 s. 0 •It 11,01111 OfAr, 1110 NJ 1; 111#Lol I Fj Y If fff; The project proposes the installation of eight (8) new light poles on the site. The new poles will be comparable in height (25 feet tall) to the existing light poles in the area. In an effort to minimize glare and impact on surrounding properties, the light fixures will be full cutoff design, as required by code. The light levels depicted on Sheet E1.1 do not exceed the maximum allowable of 5.9 foot -candies. Relative to signage for the project, the applicant proposes to add a tenant panel on the existing monument sign for the shopping center located at the northeast corner of the subject property next to the ingress/egress drive. This tenant identification sign is designed to match the existing sign colors of red and white. FOYOTU 15-71 V on M M 0 =0 front (north) required 40'; rear (south) required 40'; side (east and west) required 30'. The proposed restaurant building complies with all required setbacks. The closest residential structure is nearly 425 feet to the west. The perimeter of the site has existing mature landscaping that will be further enhanced to provide a nice streetscape along West Boynton Beach Boulevard. 1 0 0 q ---------- 4 S Page 357 of 452 Raising Cane's —1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd Staff Report COUS 21-001 / MSPM 21-001 Page 5 9. Height of building and structures, with reference to compatibility and harmony with adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole. The drive-through restaurant is designed as a one-story structure, with the typical parapet wall designed at a height of 18' - 2" with the top of the accent parapets built at 19' — 10", which is compatible with the structures on the same and adjacent properties, and under the maximum allowable height of 45' in the PCD zoning district. 10. Economic effects on adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole. The overall economic effects of the proposed use on adjacent and nearby properties, and the City as a whole, will be enhanced with the increased activity on this property and the development of the partially vacant site. The City will also benefit from the collection of permit fees, certificate of use fees, and increased assessable value of the property. 11. Conformance to the standards and requirements, which apply to site plans, as set forth in Part Ill, Chapter 4. Site Plan Review, of the City's Land Development Regulations. Relative to concurrency requirements, a traffic statement for the proposed project was sent to the Palm Beach County Engineering Traffic Division for concurrency review in order to ensure an adequate level of service. A traffic concurrency approval letter from Palm Beach County has been received stating the proposed project meets traffic concurrency requirements, will generate 246 new daily trips, and has a build out deadline date of December 31, 2026 for traffic concurrency. School concurrency is not required for this type of project. As for the City's water and sewer concurrency review, the City's water capacity would meet the projected potable water demand for this project. Sufficient sanitary sewer and wastewater treatment capacity is also currently available to serve the project, subject to the applicant making a firm reservation of capacity, following site plan approval. Solid Waste disposal capacity has been confirmed through the issuance of a certificate of availability by Palm Beach County Solid Waste Authority. Staff reviewed the site plan and determined that current staffing levels would be sufficient to meet the expected demand for services. Conceptual drainage information was provided for the City's review. The Engineering Division has found the conceptual information to be adequate and is recommending that the review of specific drainage solutions be deferred until time of permit review. 12. Compliance with, and abatement of nuisances and hazards in accordance with, the performance standards of Chapter 2, Section 4.N. of the City's Land Development Regulations and conformance to the City of Boynton Beach Noise Control Ordinance. The project would not create smoke, odors, fumes, or toxic matter that would negatively impact the neighboring properties. As noted above, with the distance to residential units, and the buffer wall and intervening landscaping, noise associated with operation should not be an issue. With incorporation of all conditions and staff recommendations contained herein, the proposed use would exist in a manner that is in compliance with the above - referenced codes and ordinances of the City of Boynton Beach. RECOMMENDATION Based on the information contained herein, compliance with development regulations and conditional use standards, staff recommends APPROVAL of this request for conditional use and major site plan modification, subject to satisfying all conditions of approval recommended by Page 358 of 452 Raising Cane's —1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd Staff Report COUS 21-001 / MSPM 21-001 Page 6 staff as contained in Exhibit T" — Conditions of Approval. Any additional conditions of approval recommended by the Board and required by the City Commission will be placed in Exhibit T" accordingly. Furthermore, pursuant to Chapter 2, Article II, Section 2.0 Conditional Uses, a time limit is to be set within which the proposed project is to be developed. Staff recommends that a period of 18 months be allowed to receive the necessary building permits. S:\Planning\SHARED\WP\PROJECTS\Raising Cane's Restaurant\COUS 21-001 MSPM 21-001\Staff Report.doc Page 359 of 452 EXHIBIT "A" - LOCATION MAP February 10, 2022 1:2,257 0 0.0175 0.035 0.07 mi Parrs 3�0 of 452 0 0.03 0.06 0.12 km Digitally signed by John F Puli( John F I II BOYNTON BEACH BOULEVARD A re re� � O I a Vii.- E3195 z3s I� I � 7 in �%1°2213 NBA°8446 f= 4668° C W a l b I` c I II I 1. A re re� � O I a Vii.- ✓ � .qp a 1 Q � 7 in S�°S'21� �o 'JJJ"yyyTTTlllll 1{— ', lu .a� •�A" i K J I SITE NOTES Yva2ylnlr� t rcm�y ter og�ry�ij9Yif� ( ,✓ �"�°I Ai r�lL oA iro roo i S Pd �h '�2"'" L" OM✓�m)�"%��1mJ/N�✓19f �Y71 ! i J9OYNT / A /L / R AFi✓/' ar<,��`"f, 1k ,fro �Ylf�- oA Nul e ®a ���✓'��� 1/� SCALE: 1 — 20 �1JVfY/�vl�))n�3/'ri ilvmmaioiwmi�r�r 1 ONITYMAPo LEGEND 16 —8.— Ca11 before you tliI,. I,OYINION 0 c4 II,(1,111 AAIi. u, �s� I IIID IIS � I I III 1 f —r�� III III N., ` I ry � I I UTILITY LEGEND 0000. 0000n —�— o.000aEow.,�pi.E���.E 0 o.000a�w.,E.u�En UTILITY KEYNOTE LEGEND ED O O O O O O � rvcmxouirs mnrowEnnxo o.,.roaio.. o.o�ioEo�� • • Know wlaYs bdo.. Call before you tliy. C: 0 KEYNOTES m SVODIOL LEGEND In IK �110W IG 0 0 LL EXIT -D, 2 SIGNAGE DETAILS x LU --------------- ----- T - - ------------------------------ � --------------- ------ -------- o ----------- CEj ------------------------------------- o LID ------------------- El 1 ED ------------- — ------------- (D 2AIX X11 1 KEYNOTE FLOOR PLAN BAN Raising Cane's Reetaumnt40731 1550 A. Boynton Beach BId. Baynton Beach, FL 33436 P4 -AV- SCHEME A CSRS 6767 -kmN-d, Su to 200 ......... : L-1 — 70808 Telephone:225 769-0546 aoNn aut "Kc,"o MAJOR DEV. APPLICATION 07-07-2021 A "p, lh. Keynote Flac, Plan A1.10 Rasing C—, Restaurant #0731 1550 W. Boynton Beach Eye. Boynton Beach FL 33436 6767 P — —L, S— 200 B-1 311g,, L11,11— 70808 ki UOR DEV. APPLICATION 07-07-2021 �! ea EXTERIOR KEYNOTE E LEVATIONS ,nrvxmeef A4.10 SYIABOL LEGEND KEYNOTES GENERAL NOTES 1 A4.1 NOTES Oil SCHEDULE OF EXTERIOR NATEMILS e- N 53 rr I C11 -i T" . . . . . . . . . . 02 Rasing C—, Restaurant #0731 1550 W. Boynton Beach Eye. Boynton Beach FL 33436 6767 P — —L, S— 200 B-1 311g,, L11,11— 70808 ki UOR DEV. APPLICATION 07-07-2021 �! ea EXTERIOR KEYNOTE E LEVATIONS ,nrvxmeef A4.10 U) C: 0 m a� LU 0 a� y --r x W M W x LU Raking Cane's Restaurant #0731 1550 W. Baynton Beach Eye. Boynton Beach, FL 33436 P4 -AV -SCHEME A SR S 6767 Perkins Road, Su ite 200 BatonR,'2 LOJusha na 70808 Telephone: 225 7690546 MAIOR DEV. APPLICATION 07-07-2021 EXTERIOR KEYNOTE ELEVATIONS A4.20 -LK 16 BOYNTON BEACH BOULEVARD LE r, -,L — — I e A 1., 1111 1 EI 11— A, I A —f— IS IS 'E AI, "ZI I 2� 11 1 o21 41 SCALE 1 20' �C _F, -1-12- IRII I 1— 1 " 11 11 Q IF 111 11 =.ol S-2-1 ATR I 1'�& 1-7 1— -7 7 1— : F L 2R I 1_1T —T I T-1 1, 1 1-1 I— --l— FIU—js _C' F R F U- � -71-o- — oR To N I'S ) '. _U_t�l I—o (11) 1-- A, I- 111L �1 T-1 I 'IT Call before y.. i A TrefPianc�ne��.a.�. w 0 E Sta9�n - u to 65 al. or 888 to 3-V2" Cal. Ms ir-1Park�ee eva«iard�Piam�ee 41 .... a� AN rc sn� e� eroona� � Pia�erne ,�,or�. 0;17nGn s Adjacent to Buildings M K Fire Nydmnt Clear Zone as LINEAR APPLICATION vmr a x� sw�uam a 111111- -Tl 11111 ,res wioru vae es -see at.w- a (w ,is sxc rro a� ruE �worave wws) �. Rwn pw o. ) xcrx wwE oe-ra��wN� �ria'nuna� N PI ted Parkin� Lot Islands / I1edian � o � w..azcewE uxmv.c s.LL. /-\Planting on a 51ope� � N3 111=TN .1 t, 1. lll� 1�111-1-01 —5-- -IR 11 ll;Nll� I T"T Tv, =111, 2`1 -T — T— 11 T ss T, 4. 1 T 1-11 11— or .1 (1) or— —11 (o —11D w --) ll= �M ',IT IITTI� —1— 11 DIII��l —T -T. I IT T— 1111 1— 1 M I I I I . 1 -11 E.— I T,aur 1111 T-1 — ITZ, "IT, Io "1 es 1e10 MC Fr %'D' ZW I== wit xI —1—% To �ff I —PIl 11 11 = — —11, —11, Tlll I Ul T�1111 11 111ITI I TIl Ill 11 IT 11 1 111, Il� TTl I I I =1,1 TT —T 111T."IT1,T1, N11, I—T 6 "TR ',TIT TO 5 "TlR"TIl`= 6--1` I =111.Ut" 11 I'll TIT.,, 11 1 111-1 —T 111 —11 T� —11— 11111-1-T 1111 — 011 1 11 1 'arI� —11TI, 11— T'll 11 tiais, ll-iIG Ill T TZ �=T 11Z =ffuTol -,T I'll llll�'T -TT 11 1 T'l T11 11 1 — Tl 111 IIITS oz —.11 IT"'. ITT —11 ITINT. D-�T T- 1-1—pins —NIll Ill 1 1-1 IT III 111—T 11�T -1— 1-- -TT T ' -- —1 T=T'I (') T -1T— (1) I DIT— T� — 1ITT I —- T -1—T -T TIR -1 z. -- .1 euwawm 11ITI (-) -TT 11, —RIT — 1-1 o rro Tl - III T. Tll 1� =T11t=17 MI12'25 =TT`Il� 11T`l` Ill — 11 IT I N11111 at 111— IITE I 'T, `--" - NT' `T=TITT�'I-—T 1-1 ITT I (II) nuiv[ egos rat —p= --,T .`TTUF F(.t TF,=r), I'll D 11- .11 — 1-1-1. Ill gar -111 1 "IDITI 1111 — 111 11- 11 11— 11 111— 1—TTIT 1 —1-- 1- "T T, 'IT, � 11 1-1 T, """ — 'T"', iv 11ua 1,10N LAree 'pir " `T` 1.11 Ill —T I 1�"Tll.—Rll P— .1[RlZ, 1110Il I squat1,� T. I� P111— — TO I., I.P1�1TIl = IT' P 11ID11 �l Tll 11Z "TU_I .111TIO� rtI) MVN— (11) —H � —T 11 — 1111HI - 1111HI, —1�— —1 1<' I— Vp I— au '1141D 411 —1 5 lUlllll 'IT -11 _�ll 11P Ill Ill — 1111D 11— ' 11 — 11111D Ill Ill 01 ITT -T5 — P T I Ul— T'5 T wcetsj Ill =XT (.11 111XI'll, T` 0-5 ITI I'T I111—l=M IIISIMII"%7XIXIC NN'� 5UT'll—TR421-5-1 ANT REPT-F-IT AT v � Tz 5 -T TI T4F -- , , — — , �.=, --T = �N) rmR IITIG)1-1%11111-101� 111111DIGITIT-1 . .... � "T A�1111R 1,-DTa BA I_ T� 0, %__ I, I.— I — Tll� .1 —1— —11T. 01 1-11IT (11—IG �) N—D lY 11 — I Ill �l 11 —1— — I 11MI 11 ONI �� I —N— �TNT,` PR zNGus Y`R 0.s D VT� rnl 1 11 ON11 1. 11111D T- . .. ... . ',,-F"" -T tit Raising Cane's Restaurant #0731 1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd Boynbcn Beach FL 33436 P4E-AV - SCHEME A C S' R IIS, 6767Pk— R,,d, S— 200 Baton R, 'Loins' — 70808 Telephone: 2257690546 INITIALREV EW oo-oi0000 ....... .. I—Tu, P hcto rr stn c Ste Plan E1.1 Al in cl! vo w AI Ak T- . .. ... . ',,-F"" -T tit Raising Cane's Restaurant #0731 1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd Boynbcn Beach FL 33436 P4E-AV - SCHEME A C S' R IIS, 6767Pk— R,,d, S— 200 Baton R, 'Loins' — 70808 Telephone: 2257690546 INITIALREV EW oo-oi0000 ....... .. I—Tu, P hcto rr stn c Ste Plan E1.1 Exhibit C - Applicant Justification RAISING CANES C0731 BOYNTON BEACH, FL JUSTIFICATION STATEMENT Major Site Plan Modification Conditional Use Original Submittal: July 7t", 2021 Request Summary On behalf of the applicant, Raising Cane's Restaurants LLC. ("Applicant"), Kimley- Horn & Associates, Inc. has prepared and hereby respectfully submits Major Site Plan Modification and Conditional Use applications for a 2,525 square foot (SF) conditioned/2,771 SF gross Restaurant w/ Drive -Through inclusive of a 501 SF outdoor dining area ("Project") on the +/-38,869 SF of property located at 1550 W Boynton Beach Blvd, Boynton Beach, FL 33436 ("Property"). The Property is located within the municipal boundaries of the City of Boynton Beach ("City"). The Property's parcel control number (PCN) is 08-43-45-30-26-004-0000. Please note that this application is being submitted on behalf of the Applicant, the potential lessee of the Property, Raising Cane's Restaurants, LLC, and consent has also been provided from the owner of the Property, Boynton ST LLC, a Florida limited liability company. The Property is currently within the following FLU designations and Zoning districts: FLU Designation: Local Retail Commercial (LRC) Zoning Districts: PCD — Planned Commercial Development Background The Property currently supports an existing Wells Fargo Bank. Page 372 of 452 The proposed development as part of this application will be for a 2,525 SF conditioned/2,771 SF gross Restaurant with Drive -Through, which is allowed as a Conditional Use as per Chapter 3 Article IV Section 3.B.(5) and 3.D. of the Land Development Regulations ("Code"). Surrounding Uses Below is a description of the uses on the adjacent properties (or those on the other side of abutting R -O -W's) to the north, south, east and west of the overall Property. Note that the acreages, uses, number of units, etc. listed below are from the Property Appraiser of Palm Beach County's website. 1 C:7'�i i1F PCN Acreage Zoning Use 08434530010040012 0.8582 ac. C3 — Bank Community Drive Thru Commercial East: PCN Acreage Zoning Use 08434530010030031 4.2590 ac PU — Public Usage Post Office West: PCN Acreage Zoning Use 08434530260030000 0.8530 ac. PCD — Planned Restaurant with Commercial Drive Thru Development Page 373 of 452 South: PCN Acreage Zoning Use 08434530260010000 11.9510 ac PCD — Planned Big Box Retail Commercial Development As shown above most of the land area surrounding the Property supports retail & restaurant uses considering the traffic and commercial nature of Boynton Beach Boulevard. Design Program The proposed development for the Property will include a 2,525 SF conditioned/2,771 SF gross restaurant with drive-through, as opposed to the existing use which is a bank with 5 drive-through lanes. The drive-through contains two (2) lanes with two (2) order points. Once the order is placed on the outside lane, cars will merge into a single lane adjacent to the building. The Customer will then be serviced at the payment window on the eastern portion of the building and proceed to the pick-up window at the western portion of the building. During peak demand, customers will not use the merge point and both lanes will be utilized for payment and pick-up for customer orders. The outside lane will have attendants with I -Pads that will process payment & deliver orders to the vehicles in the dedicated striped paths as shown on the Site Plan. The estimated time to be spent in the drive-through from entry to exit should be no more than a minute and half. The restaurant also provides 501 SF of patio open-air outdoor seating at the southern end of the principal building. Access to the Project is proposed to be provided via an existing access point from Winchester Boulevard that is slightly modified to be further to the west, internal to the center. The Property could also be accessed by turning down the access road east of the Applebee's off W. Boynton Beach Boulevard. The Project provides ADA access from the southern restaurant entry to the existing sidewalk on Boynton Beach Boulevard. An accessible crosswalk will also be provided Page 374 of 452 Klmley>Morn Page 4 to allow pedestrians to cross the drive -aisle and landscape swale area and the grade change in this area will be addressed via FDOT required standards. A traffic queuing analysis has been included in this submittal. Per Code of Ordinance Chapter 4 Site Development Standards: Drive-through facilities shall provide a minimum distance of seventy (70) feet for vehicular stacking purposes. Queuing shall be measured from the front of the stopped vehicle that would be located at the point of ultimate service to the rear of the queuing lane. Through analysis it was determined that providing at least three (3) vehicles of queuing space in each lane prior to the order board and five (5) vehicles of queuing space in each lane prior to the order pickup will be adequate to serve the site without impacting efficient site circulation. The Project was designed to address the code restriction that does not allow drive- through lanes to be visible from public right-of-way. The site design orients the drive- through lanes away from Boynton Beach Boulevard like the adjacent Chick-Fil-A site. The site also addresses the City's standards requiring a by-pass lane and proposes a dual lane drive-through through a major site plan modification and conditional use application. The payment & pick-up windows are on the west side of the building, while being set back from view and screened from Boynton Beach Boulevard. The site's bypass lane lies across the west side of the building and loops around the south portion of the building leading to the ingress/egress point to allow circulation for those that may end up not deciding to use the drive-through. Architecture & Signage The Project's architectural design is contemporary in style. The massing is indicative of many quick serve restaurant locations due to the function of the building. As a Brand, Raising Cane's has strived to differentiate itself from others through varied materials and fenestration. Towers are used to define main points of contact, as well as Brand approved colors which are designed to fit within a spectrum of urban and suburban settings with complimentary layers of materials and textures to help define and break up the building mass. Sloped metal awnings cover the drive-through windows and other architectural points of interest that mimics the architectural elements in the surrounding area. In addition to the indoor seating provided, the design includes a 501 SF patio area for outdoor seating. With 50 indoor seats and 18 outdoor seats the site is proposed to have a total seat count of 68 seats. Page 375 of 452 Klmley>Morn Page Exterior signage and lighting are designed to meet brand minimum standards and has been thoughtfully considered to ensure that overly brash colors and excessive sizes are not being used, and that the signage fits within the context of the surrounding area. A signage package is included in these application materials for consideration. The proposed signage is consistent with national Raising Cane's branding with modifications to fit within the requirements of the City sign standards. The overall design is created to be tasteful, welcoming, and uniquely part of the local community. The applicant has included in the signage program a free-standing monument sign "I" in the northeast corner of the Property. It recognizes that the public needs to be aware they can utilize that entrance to access the restaurant. Concurrency Drainage: The existing Property is developed as a Wells Fargo Bank with a series of interconnected catch basins that collect the stormwater. It is permitted under South Florida Water Management. The Project will remain consistent with the land use breakdowns and grading. The existing catch basins and pipes will be removed and they will be replaced, keeping the minimum inlet, finish floor elevation and pipe sizing the same to be consistent with the original permit. A Minor Modification will be applied for through South Florida Water Management District. Traffic: As a part of this redevelopment, there are 4,935 net new external daily trips, an increase of 178 net new external AM peak -hour trips, and an increase of 454 net new external PM peak -hour trips proposed. A traffic statement prepared by Kimley- Horn & Associates is also submitted herein and will be provided to Palm Beach County. Parking: Based on the 2,525 SF conditioned/2,771 SF gross restaurant, inclusive of 50 indoor seat and 18 outdoor seats, the Project will comply with the City's Code requirements for parking by providing twenty seven (27) parking spaces on site (with a 5% administrative adjustment permitted under Section 5.3.A of the City's Code). Two (2) handicap accessible spaces are in the southwestern portion of the site with the accessible spaces being the closest parking spots to the principal entry of the building. Page 376 of 452 Klmley>Morn Page 6 REVIEW CRITERIA FOR CONDITIONAL USES The Property is currently developed with an existing bank with 5 drive-thru service lanes. The Property has a zoning designation of site is PCD — Planned Commercial Development, which permits restaurants uses by right. Per Chapter 3 Article IV Section 3 (5) of the City's Code, permitted principal uses and structures that include drive-thru service require a Conditional Use to be approved by City Commission. Raising Cane's is a sit-down restaurant which utilizes drive-thru facilities to provide a quick service option to its patrons. Due to the increased demand of contactless dining, drive-thru facilities have become essential to sustained profitability and economic stability. There are other restaurant facilities which provide drive-thru service that are located within proximity of the proposed site and are located within the same zoning district, PCD — Planned Commercial Development. As such, the Applicant is respectfully requesting the City Commission and Staff consider approval of the Conditional Use application. In evaluating an application for conditional use, the Board shall consider the effect of the proposed use on the general health, safety and welfare of the community and make written findings certifying that satisfactory provisions have been made concerning all the standards noted in Chapter 3, Section 4.C. of the City's Code. The Applicant is demonstrating compliance with the subject standards and providing specific evidence to confirm the proposed use will not effect the general health, safety and welfare of the community as follows: 1. Ingress and egress to the subject property and proposed structures thereon, with particular reference to automobile and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe; The proposed conditional use will not have an adverse vehicular or pedestrian traffic impact. Access to the Property, and internal access, maintains the same traffic flow as provided by the existing bank. More specifically, the Property shares the same general access points to the overall PCD center from Boynton Beach Road via Winchester Boulevard. An internal drive that serves the Property and other outparcels within the PCD will then be utilized to access the Property. While there is an existing access point to the Property that serves the bank, this access will be shifted slightly to the west and internal to the PCD center in order to minimize conflicts due to its Page 377 of 452 Klmley>Morn Page 'I proximity to Winchester Boulevard. This internal drive that serves the Property can also be accessed through the existing access road off of W. Boynton Beach Boulevard and east of the Applebee's restaurant. As the Project includes a drive-thru component, the Applicant has also provide a traffic queuing analysis in the submittal to ensure adequate queuing has been provided for the Project. Pursuant to Chapter 4 Site Development Standards: Drive-through facilities shall provide a minimum distance of seventy (70) feet for vehicular stacking purposes and queuing shall be measured from the front of the stopped vehicle that would be located at the point of ultimate service to the rear of the queuing lane. Through the analysis, it was determined that providing at least three (3) vehicles of queuing space in each lane prior to the order board and five (5) vehicles of queuing space in each lane prior to the order pickup will be adequate to serve the Project without impacting efficient site circulation. Such queuing has been provided to ensure the Project does not impact the external access roads or Winchester Boulevard. Further, the Project has been designed to continue to provide an ADA access and ADA stalls from the building to Boynton Beach Boulevard. More specifically, ADA parking has been provided towards the southeast corner of the building, in close proximity to the building entrance. Walkways have been provided from the outdoor seating areas south of the building, along the east side of the building and connecting with the existing sidewalk along Boynton Beach Boulevard through a striped pedestrian connection to allow for safe travels across the vehicular use areas. This accessible crosswalk will allow pedestrians to safely cross the drive -aisle and landscape swale area. Grade change in this area will further be addressed via FDOT required standards. Finally, fire access has been considered and the Project provides a full 20' clear fire lane and a 10' bypass lane around the drive-thru to promote vehicular circulation and provide access for emergency vehicles in case of a fire or catastrophe. The Project plans have also been reviewed by the City's fire reviewers to ensure safe and adequate circulation in the event of a catastrophic fire or other emergency. As such, the Project will not have an adverse impact on vehicular and pedestrian circulation, ingress/egress, traffic flow, or the provision of fire services to the Property. 2. Off-street parking and loading areas where required, with particular attention to the items in subsection 1 above, and the economic, glare, noise, and odor effects the conditional use will have on adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole; Page 378 of 452 Off -Street parking and loading areas, and their potential impact on adjacent and nearby properties, have been considered in designing the Project. More specifically, the Property lies immediately south of Boynton Beach Boulevard, a heavily trafficked thoroughfare in the City. As such, the Applicant has made careful consideration to limit vehicular use areas along this property line. Instead, parking areas have been positions on the east side of the building, adjacent to Winchester Drive, which serves as the internal access point from Boynton Beach Boulevard to the shared drive aisles of the PCD. By orienting the parking stalls in an east -west direction, glare and other lights facing Boynton Beach Boulevard will be significantly reduced. The landscape buffer proposed along Boynton Beach Boulevard will further reduce any potential impacts from lights. Drive-thru windows have also been located on the west side of the building, limiting visibility and/or noise to Boynton Beach Boulevard. Instead, the Applicant has designed the Project to provide a larger landscape buffer along Boynton Beach Boulevard to provide for a more attractive appearance to the Property for those travelling along this major commercial corridor. In addition, outdoor seating areas have been located at the south end of the building to limit potential noise associated from outdoor activities. All other activities are to be performed inside the building, thereby minimizing any noise or odors. The building itself has also been setback significantly from Boynton Beach Boulevard to further reduce any potential impacts. The proposed dumpster will remain in its original location. Lastly, as the Property is located along Boynton Beach Boulevard, a main commercial thoroughfare in the City, and adjacent to other commercial uses, including a big box retail store and a similar restaurant with drive-thru use, the Project is not expected to have any negative impact on adjacent parcels or the City as a whole. Rather, the Project will help revitalize this Property with a new attractive restaurant use that will serve the community. 3. Refuse and service areas, with particular reference to the items in subsection 1 and 2 above; The proposed conditional use will utilize existing public facilities infrastructure, including water and sewer already in place. Further, the existing dumpster location at the southwest corner of the Property will continue to be used to serve the Property. As refuse services has historically used this location, waste service providers are able to adequately access the dumpster via the internal access road. A pedestrian crosswalk is also proposed leading from the building to the dumpster Page 379 of 452 in order to ensure that employees of the Project can safely dispose of waste from the building to the dumpster. The travel path for such employees has also been designed to minimize travel through vehicular use areas, crossing only the drive- thru area on the southern end, with one-way directional travel and a nearby stop bar that ensures vehicles will be traveling at a slow rate of speed. As part of the request, an assessment that the design will function for refuse pick up has also been completed. Details specific to the dumpster enclosure have also been provided. Lastly, the dumpster location has also been positioned internal to the PCD and away from Boynton Beach Boulevard to limit any visibility from the adjacent commercial thoroughfare. The landscaping provided throughout the Property will further limit its visibility. As the parcels to the south and west are included within the same PCD and developed with other similar commercial uses, the proposed refuse location and service will not impact adjacent parcels or the City as a while. 4. Utilities, with reference to locations, availability, and compatibility; The proposed conditional use will utilize existing public facilities infrastructure, including water and sewer already in place. As the Property has already been developed with a commercial use, much of the needed infrastructure is already existing and there should be no negative impacts to utility service. The plans submitted to the City have further detailed water and sewer connections, as well as drainage for the Property and have been reviewed by City staff to ensure adequate connections are provided and that the proposed Project will not negatively impact availability to other adjacent commercial parcels. Further, detailed drainage plans have also been provided to ensure that the necessary drainage is adequately dealt with on the Property. The drainage will continue to function as similarly to the existing parcel, thereby minimizing any potential impacts to adjacent parcels. Further, as the Property is located along Boynton Beach Boulevard, a main commercial thoroughfare in the City, and adjacent to other commercial uses, including a big box retail store and a similar restaurant with drive- thru use, the Project is not expected to have any negative impact on adjacent parcels or the City as a whole resulting from the development of a commercial use and the infrastructure associated with such a commercial use. Rather, the Project Page 380 of 452 will help revitalize this Property with a new attractive restaurant use that will serve the community. 5. Screening, buffering and landscaping with reference to type, dimensions, and character; The proposed conditional use incorporates landscaping and buffers around the site. Many existing trees are remaining and will continue to screen the site from Boynton Beach Boulevard. More specifically, there are five (5) live oak trees that are located along the Property frontage and adjacent to Boynton Beach Boulevard. These live oak trees are in good condition and intended to remain as they provide an attractive canopy and needed shade for pedestrians travelling along the adjacent sidewalks. In addition to these existing trees and other sabal palms, royal palms and oak trees existing on the Property and intended to remain, the Applicant is proposing to significantly enhance the Property buffers with a variety of shrubs including crotons, cocoplum, green island ficus and queen emma crinum lily that will significantly add to the appearance of the Property. Additional Gumbo limbo trees, crape myrtles, sabal palms and Montgomery palms are also proposed to be added throughout the site in order to enhance its appearance and provide a landscape design that is fitting for the South Florida climate. Much of this landscaping is focused along the Boynton Beach Boulevard frontage and adjacent to the drive-thru lanes in order to provide significant screening from the vehicular use areas. The landscape design has also been focused along the side setback adjacent to Winchester Boulevard, as this is a primary access to the overall PCD. Sabal Palms, an Orange Geiger Tree and a cocoplum hedge are intended to create and attractive buffer along this primary access to the commercial center. While the western buffer has many trees existing, this area is also proposed to be enhanced with new trees and a hedge to separate the Project from the adjacent commercial use. Gumbo Limbos, in addition to red tip cocoplum, green island ficus, are also proposed for the southern property line and adjacent to the internal drive aisles for the PCD to ensure there is adequate screening and an attractive landscape design for all Property buffers. Overall, the landscaping that will be added as a result of the Project will significantly enhance the appearance of the Property and ensure the Project provides adequate buffers and screening from the proposed drive-thru use. Page 381 of 452 6. Signs, and proposed exterior lighting, with reference to glare, traffic safety, economic effect, and compatibility and harmony with adjacent and nearby properties; The Project proposes signage and lighting to comply with the City's Code and the purpose and intent of the signage and lighting provisions. The signage proposed is intended to provide sufficient site identification for the proposed use when traveling along Boynton Beach Boulevard in order to ensure that customers can safely identify their destination and enter the access drives to the PCD and Property without confusion. By providing for proper identification, the signage will help promote the health, safety, convenience and general welfare of the City. The Applicant is also proposing signage that will enhance the building design and be compatible with the Project architecture in order to add to the aesthetics of the Property. Further, the proposed signage is intended to be consistent and compatible with other signage existing along this commercial thoroughfare. The Project further incorporates sight lighting via a photometric plan that will meet City Code requirements for lighting levels and emphasize safety for customers at night The intent of the lighting provided to preserve, protect and enhance the lawful nighttime use and enjoyment of the Property and ensure the safety of customers visiting the Project. Individual light fixtures and luminaries have been designed to control glare and light trespass and minimize any obtrusive light on adjacent parcels and roadways. It has been further designed to provide for the safe passage of both motorists and pedestrians visiting the site, while curtailing the degradation of the nighttime visual environment. As the proposed signage and lighting is intended to comply with all code requirements, it is not intended to have any adverse impacts to neighboring properties or the adjacent roadway network. 7. Required setbacks and other open spaces; The proposed conditional use meets the required building setbacks on all sides of the Property. More specifically, the Property requires a forty foot (40) setback from W. Boynton Beach Boulevard and from the rear of the Property, and thirty foot (30) setbacks from the east and west sides of the Property. The building has been placed towards the center of the Property and significantly exceeds all required setbacks. Further, the building placement is in line with other commercial uses along Boynton Beach Boulevard, including the adjacent Chick-Fil-A restaurant. Further, the Project meets or exceeds the required open space by Page 382 of 452 providing over twenty five percent (25%) of the Property as open space. The applicant has also paid particular attention to the open space design and landscape buffers, especially along Boynton Beach Boulevard, as it is a main thoroughfare within the City. Currently, there are five (5) live oak trees that are located along the Property frontage and adjacent to Boynton Beach Boulevard. These live oak trees are in good condition and intended to remain as they provide an attractive canopy and needed shade for pedestrians travelling along the adjacent sidewalks. In addition to these existing trees, the Applicant is proposing to significantly enhance this buffer with a variety of shrubs including crotons, cocoplum, green island ficus and queen emma crinum lily that will significantly add to the appearance of the Property. Additional Gumbo limbo trees, crape myrtles, sabal palms and Montgomery palms are also proposed to be added throughout the site in order to enhance its appearance and provide a landscape design that is fitting for the South Florida climate. The Project further complies with the maximum lot coverage requirements, as it only provides eight percent (8%) building area where a maximum forty percent (40%) is permitted. 8. General compatibility with adjacent properties, and other property in the zoning district; The proposed development is compatible with adjacent properties and other property in the zoning district. More specifically, the Property is zoned PCD, Planned Commercial Development which includes big box retail, and other commercial uses compatible with the proposed Project, including an existing restaurant with drive-thru service. As such, it is compatible with the adjacent commercial parcels. In addition, the Project is compatible with the surrounding area, character, and conditions as it is located on the major road Boynton Beach Boulevard, which is a major commercial thoroughfare in the City that is developed with a variety of commercial uses including other restaurants with drive-thru components, high intensity retail uses, and a variety of other commercial services that serve the community. The proposed Project will provide anew restaurant use that does not presently exist in the area and will truly offer a unique experience to the local community. 9. Height of buildings and structures, with reference to compatibility and harmony to adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole; Page 383 of 452 The height of the proposed building structure is compatible and in harmony to adjacent and nearby properties and the City as a whole. The Project proposes a building that is 19'-10" in height, while the PCD allows for a maximum structure height of 45'. As such, the proposed structure is less than half of the permitted height of buildings within the proposed zoning district. The proposed building height is also compatible with other surrounding commercial developments, including the property directly to the west and the majority of other commercial parcels along Boynton Beach Boulevard which are developed at a similar or higher height. 10. Economic effects on adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole; The proposed conditional use should have no adverse economic effects on adjacent properties. As previously noted, the Property is located in a PCD that is developed with other commercial uses and along Boynton Beach Boulevard, which is a main commercial thoroughfare in the City that is lined with a variety of commercial businesses that serve the community. The Applicant is proposing a similar and compatible use with a new restaurant concept that is unique to the South Florida Community. In contract, the proposed redevelopment is expected to have a positive impact to this commercial corridor by redeveloping a dated commercial bank with a vibrant new use that will serve the community and that will enhance the appearance of the Property through new, attractive architecture and landscaping. The Property is also located 1,750 LF to the nearest residential zoned property, so no impacts are associated to any residential area. 11. Where applicable, the proposed use furthers the purpose and intent of a corresponding mixed-use zoning district or redevelopment plan; and The proposed conditional use furthers the purpose and intent of the PCD zoning district. The purpose of the PCD zoning district is to implement the office commercial, local retail commercial, and general commercial future land use map classifications of the City's Comprehensive Plan. The intent of this planned district is to provide a place for commercial developments that will better satisfy current demands for commercially zoned lands by encouraging developments which will reflect changes in the concepts and the technology of land development and relate the development of land to the specific site, to conserve natural amenities and to allow for the mitigation of negative impacts which results from land development. Page 384 of 452 The Project fulfills the intent of the PCD by providing direct access to the Property from an internal access road without creating or generating an unacceptable level of traffic along streets in residential areas or districts outside of it. Further, existing publicly owned and maintained utilities and storm sewers have already been constructed to support such commercial development. The Property is also suitable for development in the manner proposed without hazards to persons or property, on of off the tract, from probability of flooding, erosion, or other dangers, annoyances or inconveniences and conditions of the soil, groundwater level, drainage and topography are appropriate for both the kind and pattern of use intended. Such utility capacity, connections, drainage, and other adequacy concerns have been reviewed and analyze as part of the corresponding site plan application for the Project. 12. Compliance with and abatement of nuisances and hazards in accordance with the operational performance standards as indicated in Chapter 3, Article IV, Section 1 and the Noise Control Ordinance, and City Code of Ordinances Part II, Chapter 15, Section 15-8. This proposed conditional use is in compliance with the Noise Control Ordinance. More specifically, no noise will be omitted that is in violation of the City's ordinances. No floorshows or other forms of entertainment using amplified or non -amplified sound, such as a DJ or karaoke, are proposed. Further, the proposed use will not create any inherently and recurrently generated ground vibrations which are perceptible without instruments at any point at or beyond the Property line and the proposed use will not allow the emission of smoke, dust, dirt or other particular matter which may case damage to property or vegetation, or discomfort to persons or animals. No toxic matter, fire and explosions, heat, humidity or glare, or electromagnetic interference will be omitted as part of the Project. 13. A sound impact analysis shall be required for new or expanding bar, nightclub or similar uses when involving property within 300 feet of a residential district. The analysis shall include mitigating solutions that would reduce or eliminate any potential for off-site nuisance conditions. Depending on the size of the proposed use, the distances to and level of compatibility with adjacent land uses, the sound analysis may be required to include information, diagrams and sketches indicating the types and locations of proposed sound emitting equipment, speaker orientations, maximum Page 385 of 452 output, building or site design intended to mitigate sound impacts, and any operational standards including an affidavit documenting maximum sound limits to be maintained based on the findings of the analysis. The Project is not a use similar to a new or expanded bar or nightclub. As such, this analysis does not apply to the proposed conditional use request. Further, the proposed restaurant use does not propose equipment or noises that would occur outside the building, with the exception of the drive-thru order box. The drive-thru area has been designed in a manner to position order boxes and drive-thru windows internal to the Property and way from the adjacent Boynton Beach Boulevard thoroughfare. Supplemental landscaping along the Property frontage and setbacks from the right-of-way will further minimize any potential impacts from noise. Conclusion On behalf of the applicant and property owners, Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. respectfully requests favorable review and consideration of this application for the approval of a Major Site Plan Modification and Conditional Use Permit. The project manager at Kimley-Horn & Associates is Kristina Belt who can be reached at (772) 794-4033 or via email at Kristina. Belt&kimley-horn.corn Please contact us with any questions or for additional information in support of the requested application. Sincerely, Kristina Belt, P.E. Page 386 of 452 EXHIBIT "D" Conditions of Approval Project Name: Raising Cane's Restaurant File number: COOS 21-001 / MS PM 21-001 Reference: 31 review plans identified as a Manor Site Plan Modification with a January 06, 2022 Planning and Zoning Department date stamp marking. DEPARTMENTS I INCLUDE REJECT ENGINEERING / PUBLIC WORKS / FORESTRY / UTILITIES Comments: None, all previous comments addressed at DART meeting. FIRE Comments: 1. Please understand this review is for the Site Plan only. The Floor Plan will be reviewed in detail at time of permit submittal. POLICE Comments: None, all previous comments addressed at DART meeting. BUILDING DIVISION Comments: None, all previous comments addressed at DART meeting. PARKS AND RECREATION Comments: None PLANNING AND ZONING Comments: 2. It is the applicant's responsibility to ensure that the application requests are publicly advertised in accordance with Ordinance 04- 007 and Ordinance 05-004, and an affidavit with attachments (ownership list, radius map, and copy of mailing labels) is required to be provided to the City Clerk and Planning & Zoning one (1) week prior to the first public hearing. 3. At time of permit submittal, please ensure downspouts are internal or Page 387 of 452 Raising Cane's Restaurant (COUS 21-001 / MSPM 21-001) Conditions of Approval Paae 2 of 2 DEPARTMENTS INCLUDE REJECT encased in architectural elements. 4. At time of permit submittal, please provide documentation that all customer areas will have vision glass, and said glass will only have a light tint for visibility into the restaurant. Also, any faux, non - transparent glass shall be designed to mimic the color of the vision glass. 5. At time of permit submittal, correct building elevation directions and label front/north, side/east, side/west, and rear/south. 6. At time of permit submittal, revise sign package to comply with the sign regulations of the LDR. COMMUNITY REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY Comments: N/A PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT BOARD CONDITIONS Comments: None. CITY COMMISSION CONDITIONS Comments: To be determined. S:\Planning\SHARED\WP\PROJECTS\Raising Cane's Restaurant\COUS 21-001 MSPM 21-001\COA.doc Page 388 of 452 DEVELOPMENT ORDER OF THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA PROJECT NAME: Raising Cane's Restaurant (COOS 21-001 / MSPM 21-001) APPLICANT: Kristina Belt with Kimley Horn & Associates, Inc. APPLICANT'S ADDRESS: 44524 1h Street, Suite 200, Vero Beach, FL 32960 DATE OF HEARING RATIFICATION BEFORE CITY COMMISSION: APPROVAL SOUGHT: Conditional Use approval associated with a request for Major Site Plan Modification approval for the construction of a 2,771 square foot Raising Cane's fast food restaurant and associated site improvements, located at 1550 W. Boynton Beach Blvd. in the PCD (Planned Commercial Development) zoning district. LOCATION OF PROPERTY: 1550 W. Boynton Beach Blvd. DRAWING(S): SEE EXHIBIT "B" ATTACHED HERETO. THIS MATTER was presented to the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida on the date of hearing stated above. The City Commission having considered the approval sought by the applicant and heard testimony from the applicant, members of city administrative staff and the public finds as follows: 1. Application for the approval sought was made by the Applicant in a manner consistent with the requirements of the City's Land Development Regulations. 2. The Applicant HAS HAS NOT established by substantial competent evidence a basis for the approval requested. 3. The conditions for development requested by the Applicant, administrative staff, or suggested by the public and supported by substantial competent evidence are as set forth on Exhibit "D" with notation "Included." 4. The Applicant's request is hereby GRANTED subject to the conditions referenced in paragraph 3 above. DENIED 5. This Order shall take effect immediately upon issuance by the City Clerk. 6. All further development on the property shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this order. 7. Other: DATED: City Clerk S:\Planning\SHARED\WP\PROJECTS\Raising Cane's Restaurant\COUS 21-001/MSPM 21-001\DO.doc Page 389 of 452 Page 390 of 452 THE RAISING CANES STORY C CH N FIND Page 391 of 452 FEEDINGTHE IHUNGRY ACTIVE IFEFr L BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT EVERYTHING ELSE! I! & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Page 392 of 452 NI r, r A NI I nr ATI nnlc Page 393 of 452 glassdoor Opportunities to advance • Crewmembers • Operations Managers • Restaurant Partners • Management & Restaurant Support Office Competitive perks & benefits Page 394 of 452 Property Aerial Page 395 of 452 Page 396 of 452 Page 397 of 452 Page 398 of 452 Requests: • Site Plan Modification to allow a 2,771 square foot restaurant with drive- through. • Conditional Use: to allow a drive-through use. BOYNTON BEAGH BOULEVARD Page 400 of 452 N87 3245E r X503 _6I 1 1 I I �° la I i lI c C JR J TMo Kimin�rrAiorn SP -1 BOYNTON BEACH BOULEVAKU; F N 610) m �� t I � � J 1 % CF- CSRS T, c iozzoi 10 101m3 ce 02 P� w�uL L2.0 m ' `O Page 401 of 452 Page 402 of 452 Project Elevations RIII . ..... . . ........ .. .. ... . Page 402 of 452 Page 403 of 452 Page 404 of 452 Conditional Use Request: 1. Ingress and egress to the subject property and proposed structures thereon, with particular reference to automobile and pedestrian safety and convenience, traffic flow and control, and access in case of fire or catastrophe. COMPIJES 2. Off-street parking and loading areas where required, with particular attention to the items in subsection 1 above, and the economic, glare, noise, and odor effects the conditional use will have on adjacent and nearby properties, and the City as a whole. ° COMPIJES 3. Refuse and service areas, with particular reference to the items in subsections 1 and 2 above. ° COMPLAES Conditional Use Request: 4. Utilities, with reference to locations, availability and compatibility. V'COMPLAES 5. Screening, buffering and landscaping with reference to type, dimensions, and character. ° COMPLAES 6. Signs, and proposed exterior lighting, with reference to glare, traffic safety, economic effect, and compatibility and harmony with adjacent and nearby properties. ° COMPLAES 7. Required setbacks and other open spaces. v" COMPLAES 8. General compatibility with adjacent properties, and other property in the zoning district. V'COMPLAES Conditional Use Request: 9. Height of buildings and structures, with reference to compatibility and harmony to adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole. V'COMPLAES 10. Economic effects on adjacent and nearby properties, and the city as a whole. V'COMPLAES 11. Where applicable, the proposed use furthers the purpose and intent of a corresponding mixed-use zoning district or redevelopment plan. ° COMPLAES 12. Compliance with and abatement of nuisances and hazards in accordance with the operational performance standards. V' C Pi,.iE Page 408 of 452 • Existing Use: 4,875 square foot drive-in bank • Proposed Use: 2,771 square foot restaurant with drive-through • Results in increase of 179 daily trips, 41 AM peak hour trips, and 1 PM peak hour trip • The project was approved by Palm Beach County Traffic Division with no significant impacts to roadway network. • The queuing study based on the project driveway volumes determined that proposed drive-through stacking would accommodate vehicle queues. Page 409 of 452 • Code Required Parking: 28 spaces • Maximum demand observed at other Raising Canes sites: 22 spaces • Proposed Parking Supply: 27 spaces • Dual drive-through lanes and rapid processing time encourages patrons to utilize drive-through facilities instead of parking. Page 410 of 452 AW Public Hearing 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proposed Ordinance No. 22-010 - Second Reading - An ordinance of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, amending Article 111, of Chapter 18 of the Boynton Beach Code of Ordinances, entitled "Municipal Police Officers' Retirement Trust Fund;" amending Section 18- 169, requirements for retirement benefit amounts, providing for conflict, providing for severability; and, providing for an effective date hereof. Explanation of Request: In the Collective Bargaining Agreements between the City and PBA Police Unions, negotiated with an effective date of October 1, 2016, a change to the pension vesting for members was increased from five (5) years to ten (10) years for members hired on or after October 1, 2016. In the subsequent Collective Bargaining Agreements between the City and the PBA Police Unions, negotiated with a term ending September 30, 2022, the following additional changes were made to the pension plan: • Employees hired on or after October 1, 2019: Normal retirement — the earlier of age 55 and 10 years of credited service, or completion of 25 years of credited service regardless of age — Eliminating the 50 years of age with 15 years of credited service. • Employees hired on or after October 1, 2016: Early Retirement/Deferred Vested Retirement — 50 years of age with 10 years of credited service. The Police Pension Plan Board determined that language within the plan needs to be clarified in order to appropriately administer Early Retirement benefits for employees who are aged 50 and separated employment with at least ten (10) years of service. How will this affect city programs or services? This early retirement benefit, commencing at age 50 with 10 years of service, is a minimum mandatory benefit pursuant to Florida Statutes Chapter 185 [§185.16(4)]. If the benefits commence before normal retirement, they are subject to an actuarial reduction of 3% per year in which the member retires early pursuant to §185.16(4)(b). This clarification of language is in line with the current interpretation of Plan regarding Early Retirement benefits. Fiscal Impact: There are no actuarial impacts to the plan as confirmed by the attached report from the Plan's actuary. Alternatives: No alternative actions recommended. Strategic Plan: High Performing Organization Strategic Plan Application: Page 411 of 452 Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type D OrdinainCE) D AddE)indUlirn Description Ordinal['IC2, appirtnkng FloiCE)IC: EN11§0111 r'E)ViSk)1['1 I E)ttENr Ackjiariia Ilirnpact Page 412 of 452 1 ORDINANCE 22- 2 3 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, 4 AMENDING ARTICLE III, OF CHAPTER 18 OF THE BOYNTON BEACH 5 CODE OF ORDINANCES, ENTITLED "MUNICIPAL POLICE OFFICERS' 6 RETIREMENT TRUST FUND;" AMENDING SECTION 18-169, 7 REQUIREMENTS FOR RETIREMENT BENEFIT AMOUNTS, 8 PROVIDING FOR CONFLICT; PROVIDING FOR SEVERABILITY; AND, 9 PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE HEREOF. 10 11 WHEREAS, the Pension Plan needs clarification regarding the commencement date for 12 retirement benefits for members who terminate after vesting but before eligibility for early or 13 normal retirement; 14 WHEREAS, the Board of Trustees has recommended a change to the Pension Plan to 15 address this change; 16 WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach, Florida, desires to revise its 17 Police Officers' Plan in order to provide this change; 18 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF 19 BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA: 20 Section 1. The foregoing "WHEREAS" clauses are hereby certified as being true and 21 correct and are incorporated herein by this reference. 22 Section 2. Section 18-169 of Article III of Chapter 18 of the Boynton Beach Code of 23 Ordinances is hereby amended as follows: 24 Sec. 18-169. Requirements for retirement- benefit amounts. 25 ***** 26 (e) Separation from service. 27 (1) The vesting period for members hired on or after October 1, 2016, is ten 28 years. The vesting period for members who were hired before October 1, 20167 ,Pd 29 Q_r_#eberT2929, is five years of service. If a member leaves the service of the city before 30 vesting, such member shall be entitled to a refund of all of his or her contributions made to the 31 fund, without interest. 32 (2) Benefit commencement date for ten-year vesting. 1 Page 413 of 452 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 a. Police officers hired before October 1, 2019 and on or after October 1, 2016: If any member who had been in the service of the city for at least ten years elects to leave his or her accrued contributions in the fund, such police officer upon attaining age 50 years or more (without reaching what would have been 20 years of service had he or she not terminated his or her employment) may receive an early retirement benefit at the actuarial equivalent of the amount of such retirement income otherwise payable to him or her at normal eat retirement, e upon attaining what would have been normal retirement had he or she not terminated his or her employment, such police officer may receive his or her accrued normal retirement benefit. b. Police officers hired on or after October 1, 2019: If any member who had been in the service of the city for at least ten years elects to leave his or her accrued contributions in the fund, such police officer upon attaining age 50 years or more (without reaching what would have been 25 years of service had he or she not terminated his or her employment) may receive an early retirement benefit at the actuarial equivalent of the amount of such retirement income otherwise payable to him or her at normal eat retirement or upon attaining what would have been normal retirement had he or she not terminated his or her employment, such police officer may receive his or her accrued normal retirement benefit. (3) Benefit commencement date for five-year vesting. a. Police officers hired before October 1, 2016 who have more than 5 years of service and less than 10 years of service at time of termination: If any member who had been in the service of the city for at least five years but less than 10 years elects to leave his or her accrued contributions in the fund, the police officer upon attaining age 55 with ten or more years of service (had he or she not terminated employment) or reaching what would have been 20 years of service (had he or she not terminated his or her employment), may receive the accrued normal retirement benefit. The member may receive the benefits payable in the normal form or any option available under Section 18-170. These members are not eligible for an early retirement benefit or the age 50 with 15 years of service benefit. b- Police officers hired before October 1, 2016 who have more than 10 years of service at time of termination: If any member who had been in the service of the city for at least ten years elects to leave his or her accrued contributions in the fund. 2 Page 414 of 452 62 such police officer upon attaining age 50 or more (without reaching what would have been 63 20 years of service had he or she not terminated his or her employment) may receive an 64 early retirement benefit at the actuarial equivalent of the amount of such retirement 65 income otherwise payable to him or her at normal retirement. Or, upon attaining what 66 would have been normal retirement had he or she not terminated his or her em Ipoyment� 67 such police officer may receive his or her accrued normal retirement benefit. The member 68 may receive the benefits payable in the normal form or any option available under Section 69 18-1170- 71 Section 3. It is the intention of the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach that 72 the provisions of this Ordinance shall become and be made a part of the Code of Ordinances of 73 the City of Boynton Beach, Florida. The Sections of this ordinance may be renumbered, re -lettered 74 and the word "Ordinance" may be changed to "Section," "Article" or such other word or phrase in 75 order to accomplish such intention. 76 Section 4. All Ordinances or parts of Ordinances, Resolutions or parts of Resolutions 77 in conflict herewith be and the same are hereby repealed to the extent of such conflict. 78 Section 5. If any clause, section, or other part or application of this Ordinance shall 79 be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unconstitutional or invalid, such 80 unconstitutional or invalid part or application shall be considered as eliminated and so not 81 effecting the validity of the remaining portions or applications remaining in full force and effect. 82 Section 6. This Ordinance is effective July 1, 2020. 83 Upon satisfaction of all of the above requirements, then in that event, the terms and 84 provisions of this Ordinance shall become effective. 85 86 (REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 87 3 Page 415 of 452 88 FIRST READING THIS 15th DAY OF February, 2022. 89 SECOND, FINAL READING and PASSAGE THIS DAY OF March, 2022. 90 91 CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA 92 93 YES NO 94 Mayor — Steven B. Grant 95 96 Vice Mayor —Woodrow L. Hay 97 98 Commissioner—Justin Katz 99 100 Commissioner—Christina L. Romelus 101 102 Commissioner — Ty Penserga 103 104 105 VOTE 106 107 ATTEST: 108 109 110 111 Crystal Gibson, MMC 112 City Clerk 113 114 115 116 (Corporate Seal) 117 118 0 Page 416 of 452 November 22, 2021 Mr. Lou Penque Plan Administrator Boynton Police Officers' Pension Fund 2100 N. Florida Mango Road West Palm Beach, FL 33409 P; 9541 5 ,' ,?,106 F, 95-4,525.10('11183 � www.�p�p RE: Actuarial Impact Statement for Proposed Ordinance for the City of Boynton Beach Municipal Police Officers' Retirement Trust Fund Dear Lou: We have reviewed the proposed ordinance amending the City of Boynton Beach Municipal Police Officers' Retirement Trust Fund (Plan). This ordinance would amend the Plan as follows: Amending Section 18-169, Requirements for retirement -benefit amounts, to provide clarifying language regarding early retirement eligibility (to provide clarification that members who terminate employment with at least 10 years of service are eligible for reduced early retirement upon attainment of age 50). This clarification language is in line with the current interpretation of the Plan, and is the way the Plan is currently being valued for actuarial valuation purposes. Therefore, it is our opinion that this change will not have an actuarial impact on the cost of the Plan, which means a formal Actuarial Impact Statement is not required. We recommend you send a copy of this letter and the ordinance to the Municipal Police Officers and Firefighters' Retirement Trust Funds Office and to the Bureau of Local Retirement Systems. Peter N. Strong is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and meets the Qualification Standards of the American Academy of Actuaries to render the actuarial opinions contained herein. The undersigned actuary is independent of the plan sponsor. If there are any questions, please let us know. Sincerely yours, Gabriel Roeder Smith and Company Peter N. Strong, �FS Senior Consultant and Actuary The above communication shall not be construed to provide tax advice, legal advice or investment advice. 9.A. City Manager's Report 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Development Department staff will provide the City Commission an update on the SagesGov E -Permitting project implementation. Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type Description ttaclhtirTIENI'lt Sa gE)S(.,) v Ueda tE)IFlir'E)SE)ir tatioin Page 418 of 452 Page 419 of 452 �n. or��rr 'wl m M u� � �IIgIII� a rvaecn Page 420 of 452 Page 421 of 452 Page 422 of 452 Page 423 of 452 Page 424 of 452 Page 425 of 452 Page 426 of 452 Page 427 of 452 Page 428 of 452 Page 429 of 452 Page 430 of 452 L (r r,l ll (.mri IYc)y Re: 5aeyesGpv "o ,4Cc r(ae sa:, Uehra r th x.i,� I. n,.n erterA'to [c'tlarrro oX,u I,r"s k.,r, n ��,, nr�.,i, ri. n.us '. Sages has been a workable solution to online permitting. I amencouraged by the help provided by the staff at the City of Boynton Beach as the program contunues to grow and fine tune d s services. Thank you for your commitment to assisting Contractor'a whcae palmary goal Is to satisfy the Community of Boynton beach with building solutions we can all be proud oft It lakes a village Carol Perkowski Hi Debbie, You remain 'my Girl" in Boynton Beach. I adore your and By the way...A miss seeing you every now and again. Your contractor friend Carol Delray Screen 210 SE 12th Ave. CdS y ,r 1 1 , / T1I; ,r,S , r,i r i Boynton Beach A 33435 a Ra— ! a in n.y cn l qu 6 M'J 21122 t535 MC ru `„�'v .....a� IIII(IIII( IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII(IIII( III/ n a ,a p �,,yRl t CS;I. AtteL t ft av nttr wrote: Technology Is a wonderful thing. Its efficient, cost shot rigs, production and most Important it could be user friendly and pact!,. friendly. It makes amnR r..enoies(ciUr,, ag-ol.) able to compete with the big guys. At The City of Boynton Bead, its ad of this. In my experience, when renovating a home in Huntersrun (average age 75+), new software has made It a "No Bra ner" to atta n a building permit verses renovating without a permit. Residents are not knowledgeable about whether or not a. permit is needed. In. my case 80% of people I talked said a permit was not needed. Bay... am I glad we had a porrmit !! Additionally the team at Boynton Beach w,,, both super hielpfut, knowledgeable and Jost nice to deal with. My wife and I couldn't have gotten through this process without 5ale!ce Brown and team. Behind Saleica, was a team of helpful inspectors(that's right -HELPFUL INSPECTORS), adm!n people and the technology to get answers in the same day. How did I ever know what I was getting into: • Underground/above ground inspection Plumbing inspection- under & over • Electrical Inspection open watts/dosed wails • Wall inspection • Nail & 5crew inspection Structu rat Inspection • Final l nspection The permitting process is very necessary and 5agesGov streamlines the process and makes the homeowner a powerful Part' the process. In summary, the website looks great and easy to navigate. The permit process is seamless. Thanks for all your iloynton Pna,h rr,. king! iv.cr- ,4.i- pe -I n perp ishumezn soya partes tnroughortaoutI,east rlar Ma. Thesageov porta[svcryezzy awgateantls sefwl tool forup d' pern,nting", fo'rraton and aisn for r- gpaynentz. W—c thar,,ktui nor au of me erar,en�ie: twat me wortal prnvlmes. fS III ,kke" Cwl III I )m aol'rfHabitat 1� fYravn ,e R' [IXILRNAII Sage,Ga IMM for 11ulul' rv< ,a.. in, III? helrleLf r)VL @Iltl+. fb LP 111:II kid 7Fir VheMr, @,(. ?II ti iin lrlNfev9 NPa I'I"IC'IrU YI Ip Inl lis of p aiji l to»inq r niu oe1 to fhr, buiriinq d9 1tyUilTml rlf hn; f,'rper d horn sth;4r'I h! appnry Irl r.¢rr"Ii d)rsr rJ evy ryfliiri�g i; M, t 11""I" 1 dt '),Wre, a ad'.nr ',vxj , A .,alt nittaal pV. r navieontow urlh"ynbr til r,n yraul will to -o a Imo r ,; rlur'I. I krow N Iuo gry, a rr rricl, y ¢n th, t du +fibro knot ne, irppdrnu,Irloif y(,,,fair Ih of We o frwdlti `,arj( co l.,c foal Nll', work. Thank you Russell Sykes, IABA Semor COndTUC(IOn Manager 1! 1 fat le.. thin ly rthY Li ,rah ty 181 it Sthv Fl,ve [Ur.lr:y iia r(h in£J.J Page 431 of 452 Page 432 of 452 12.A. Legal 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proposed Resolution No. R22-046 -Approve revision to Community Support Funds Policy to allow for funds remaining to be spent by other members of the City Commission. Explanation of Request: At the City Commission meeting of March 1, 2022, Commissioner Katz, whose term ends with the March 8, 2022 election, requested that he be permitted to transfer unspent discretionary funds to the Mayor. His request was in response to Mayor Grant expending all discretionary funds prior to the end of his term in office thus leaving no discretionary funds for the incoming Mayor following the March 8, 2022 election. The City Attorney has reviewed the matter with the Finance Director and City Clerk. They can find no provision of the discretionary fund process which would permit such transfer. The attached Resolution is intended to allow such a transfer albeit for the next sitting Commission. How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type Description :RE)SCallLAti01['1 irEMASiOl[I th E) CoirnimUiir:lity w: L.aippoirt ::::LAinds IC:lolllicy Page 433 of 452 I RESOLUTION NO. R22 - 2 3 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, 4 FLORIDA, REVISING THE COMMUNITY SUPPORT 5 FUNDS POLICY; RESCINDING ALL PREVIOUS 6 RESOLUTIONS AND POLICIES GOVERNING 7 EXPENDITURES OF COMMUNITY INVESTMENT 8 FUNDS; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. 9 10 WHEREAS, the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach desires to revise the 11 Community Support Funds policy, to provide the ability of a Member of the City 12 Commission to transfer unused discretionary funding to another Member of the City 13 Commission to support projects and activities in the City which are accessible and beneficial 14 to the citizens of the City; and. 15 WHEREAS, passage of this Resolution will rescind all previous Resolutions and 16 policies governing expenditures of Community Support Funds. 17 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COMMISSION OF 18 THE CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA, THAT: 19 Section 1. The foregoing "WHEREAS" clauses are true and correct and 20 hereby ratified and confirmed by the City Commission 21 Section 2. That the City Commission of the City of Boynton Beach does hereby 22 establish a Community Support Funds Policy as follows: 23 PURPOSE: The purpose of the Community Support Funds (CSF) is to provide a source of 24 discretionary funding to support projects, programs and activities in the City which are 25 accessible and beneficial to the citizens of the City. Due to the broad and diverse nature of 26 programs or projects that may be eligible for funding from the Community Support Funds, no 27 specific list of eligible projects, programs, or activities is appropriate. 28 29 SCOPE: This policy recognizes that there is a specific line item in the City Commission 30 portion of the City's annual budget. Each year, in the annual budget adoption process, the 31 City Commission shall consider an appropriation for Community Support Funds. The 32 Commission is not required to appropriate Community Support Funds but when it does, the 33 amount appropriated, if any, shall be available for distribution by the Mayor and City 34 Commissioners in equal amounts only for qualified programs or projects. By way of 35 example: If the Commission budgets $25,000, the Mayor and each Commissioner may 36 request Commission approval for distributions up to $5,000 for the year that the funds are 37 appropriated. .......Shot ld a1i ortion of their 38 m1.m.. t: �.. port I^'�un�ls remainin at. the enol �>f their term. the ma transfer an uns,ent. 100076519.1 306-90018211 1 Page 434 of 452 39 M.. 40 41 42 43 44 CRITERIA FOR ELIGIBILITY: Eligibility for funding shall be conditioned on a finding 45 by the City Commission that: 46 47 1. Public funds should not be used to improve private property unless the public record 48 demonstrates a clear public need, purpose and benefit; 49 2. The recipient/payee will use 100% of the funds to provide services within the City; 50 3. The public purpose is beneficial to the entire community served by such donation and 51 to the City as a whole; and 52 4. Proper safeguards shall be implemented by the City administration to assure that the 53 funds will be used for the stated purpose, such as: 54 a. Prior to receiving any funds, the recipient must complete a W-9 Request for 55 Taxpayer Identification Number Form in order to be added to the City's 56 vendor list. 57 b. Within 60 days of receipt of funds, the recipient must provide the Finance 58 Director appropriate backup documentation demonstrating the funds were 59 used for the stated purpose approved by the Commission. 60 c. Should the recipient fail to submit the appropriate documentation within the 61 allotted time, the City Commission may deem the recipient ineligible for any 62 future funding and may demand repayment from the recipient. 63 64 The findings of the City Commission as to each of these required elements must be reflected 65 in the record of a public meeting prior to the Commission's approval. 66 67 PROCEDURE FOR CONSIDERATION OF EXPENDITURES: The procedures for 68 expenditures from the Community Support Funds are as follows: 69 70 1. The Mayor or any member of the City Commission shall make a request to the City 71 Clerk for the expenditure of funds. The requesting member of the City Commission 72 must have a written request from the entity seeking funds. The written request must 73 contain a narrative explanation indicating how the funds will be used and an 74 affirmative acknowledgement that the requestor understands and will comply with the 75 above listed conditions for eligibility and use. The written request will be forwarded 76 to the City Commission along with Exhibit "A" (see Step 2). 100076519.1 306-90018211 2 Page 435 of 452 77 2. The City Clerk shall complete a Community Support Fund Request Form (form 78 attached as Exhibit "A") and confirm the funds are available with the Finance 79 Director. 80 3. If the appropriate funds are available the City Clerk will schedule the matter to be 81 considered by the City Commission at the next scheduled City Commission meeting 82 under New Business. 83 4. The City Commission shall act on the request for expenditure by approving or 84 disapproving the agenda item. A majority vote is required for approval of the 85 expenditure. 86 DISCRETIONARY NATURE OF COMMISSION ACTION: The decision of the City 87 Commission to approve or disapprove a requested distribution of Community Support Funds 88 is discretionary and is not subject to appeal, review or challenge. 89 90 Section 3. That any and all previous Resolutions and/or Policies governing 91 expenditures of Community Support Funds are rescinded. 92 Section 4. That this Resolution will become effective immediately upon passage. 93 PASSED AND ADOPTED this 15th day of March, 2022. 94 95 CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH, FLORIDA 96 YES NO 97 98 Mayor — Ty Penserga 99 loo Vice Mayor — Woodrow L. Hay 101 102 Commissioner — Angela Cruz 103 104 Commissioner — Christina L. Romelus 105 106 Commissioner District 4 (Vacant) 107 108 109 VOTE ilo ATTEST: 111 112 113 114 Crystal Gibson, MMC 115 City Clerk 116 (Corporate Seal) 117 3 100076519.1 306-90018211 Page 436 of 452 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 EXHIBIT A COMMUNITY SUPPORT FUNDS REQUEST FORM Part I - Summary of Request (to be completed by City Clerk) Date of Request: Requested by Mayor/Commissioner: Amount Requested: $ Recipient/Payee: Description of project, program, or activity to be funded: Part II - Availability of funds The annual appropriation of funds available to the requesting Member of the Commission listed above is $ The balance of funds available for the requesting Member of the Commission is Accordingly: IJ There are funds available as requested IJ There are insufficient funds available as requested Dated: City Clerk Part III -Eligibility Evaluation IJ Public funds will not be used to improve private property unless there is a clear public need, purpose and benefit IJ The recipient/payee provides services within the City IJ The public purpose is beneficial to the entire community served by such donation Dated: 100076519.1 306-90018211 By: Requesting Member of the City Commission 4 Page 437 of 452 13.A. Future Agenda Items 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Consider Draft Ordinance Creating a Citizen's Engagement Committee - April 5, 2022 Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 438 of 452 13.B. Future Agenda Items 3/15/2022 City of Boynton Beach '• Agenda Item Request Form Commission Meeting Date: 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Discuss disposition of vacant 3.62 acre parcel adjacent to Leisurevillle and west of SW 8th Avenue -TBD Explanation of Request: On July 19, 2021, the City received a letter of intent (see attached Exhibit "A") to purchase the vacant 3.62 acre parcel adjacent to Leisureville and west of SW 8th Street. Property Property Control Number Address or Legal Description PBC Property Appraiser Assessed Value Zoning 29-45-43, E 330.70 FT OF W LY 660.16 FT OF SLY 08-43-45-29-00-000-1040 672.12 FT OF NLY 1252.12 R1 AA -Single 1 FT (LESS N 499.34 FT OF $271,500 Family E 126.90 FT) OF TH PT OF NE 1/4LYGSOFSR 804 According to Chapter 2 Article IV. 2-56 of the City of Boynton Beach Code of Ordinance, the City Commission can sell property, which is determined to be in the best interest of the City: Real property may be sold in the manner recommended by the City Manager and determined by the City Commission to be in the best interest of the city. With regard to the sale of any real estate owned by the city which has an appraised value exceeding $100,000.00 as determined by the most recent valuation of the Palm Beach County Property Appraiser, no such sale shall be conducted or consummated until such time as subject property has been appraised by a disinterested qualified appraiser to be designated by the city commission for the purpose of establishing a fair market value thereon. The sale of real property for less than the fair market value shall require the approval by a vote of four-fifths (4/5) of the City Commission. Additionally, members of staff have researched other municipal disposition processes and have attached sample code language (see attached Exhibit "B") to discuss potential changes. How will this affect city programs or services? Disposition of the property may provide new housing in the City and reduce the number of vacant parcels currently being maintained by the City. Fiscal Impact: The sale of the property can potentially increase the City's tax base (new housing) and reduce the maintenance costs associated with vacant lots. The City spent approximately $10,000 last year for the maintenance of the parcel which includes: Lot mowing, trash removal, and tree trimming. Alternatives: Reject the letter of intent. Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Page 439 of 452 Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Type Ddhilblit 11 ocafion IMalp Alta clhirneint Ddhilblit Description 11 efteir (.)i 11 intent (IDdhilblit ""All") 11 ocafion IMalp Flirolpeirty IDeLilill Sairnple IlMUnliclilpallDisposlifion C.ode 11 aingUage (E)dhilblit "B') Page 440 of 452 LETTER OF INTENT TO PURCHASE REAL PROPERTY July 19, 2021 Alan Sperling Alan Sperling LLC. RE: Proposed purchase of CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH: PARCEL ID 08-43-45-29-00-000-1040 This letter constitutes an outline of a proposed transaction between CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH (Seller) and ALAN SPERLING LLC (Buyer), encompassing all land and improvements described below (The Property), the terms of which are intended to be embodied in a formal Agreement of Purchase and Sale (The Agreement) to be submitted by the Buyer. The terms proposed for the Agreement will include, but are not limited to, the following: LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS Proposed Purchase: CITY OF BOYNTON BEACH: PARCEL ID 08-43-45-29-00-000-1040 Purchase Price:The purchase price for the property shall be $300K INCLUDING PROPOSED PUBLIC ROAD CONNECTING ALL CITY DEAD END STREETS RUNNING PARRALEL TO OUR SITES FROM THE FUTHURST SOUTH POINT TO THE MOST NORTHERN CLOSEST TO BOYNTON BEACH BLVD Initial Deposit: Simultaneously with the execution of the Agreement, Buyer shall place with Anaheim Properties, Inc. (as Escrow Agent) an initial deposit at contract of $25K Title and Survey: Ten (10) days after the execution of the Agreement, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a current ALTA survey of the property and a title insurance commitment from a nationally recognized title insurance company in the amount of the Purchase Price. Inspection: Buyer shall have NINETY-120DAYS, (90-120) Days after the execution of the Agreement (the Inspection Period) to conduct, at Buyer's expense, whatever reasonable investigations, analyses and studies of the Property that Buyer deems appropriate. At any time and for any reason during the Inspection Period, Buyer may by giving of written notice to Seller and Escrow Agent, terminate the Agreement and receive the return of his Deposit without and Interest or Deductions. If Buyer elects to proceed with the transaction, Buyer shall Deposit an additional $25K with the Escrow Agent within (5) Business days after the expiration of the Inspection Period. Seller agrees to provide such information as may be required by the Buyer. Representation & Warranties: The Agreement shall contain representations and Warranties of Seller customarily provided by sellers in transactions of this nature. Date of Closing: Closing shall take place no later than THIRTY (30) days following completion of the Inspection Period by the Buyer. Closing shall take place in Palm Beach County. Page 441 of 452 Access: Buyer, by appointment only, shall have full access to the Property prior to Closing for the purpose of conducting all studies and surveys required by Buyer. To the extent of the deposit, Buyer will hold Seller harmless from and indemnify Seller against any liability or loss by virtue of such entry. Assignability: Buyer reserves the right to assign the Agreement to any entity owned or controlled by or affiliated with Buyer or its principals. Zoning: The Agreement shall be contingent on the Property being properly zoned for the buyers use. Other Provisions: The Agreement shall contain other provisions dealing with such matters as allocation of closing expenses, conditions of closing, delivery of possession, examination of title, prorations of rents and taxes, transfer of Leases, if necessary, warranties and representations of Seller with respect to the Property, and other matters typically found in transactions of this nature. Expenses shall be borne as follows: REQUIREMENT RESPONSIBILITY Survey Title Search Title Insurance Commitment and Policy Documentary Stamps and Surtax Inspection Costs Attorneys' Fees Hazardous Waste Studies Seller Seller Seller Seller Buyer Each pays Own Buyer as to Phase I Seiler as to Phase II, (if necessary) Binding Agreement: It is understood and agreed that this letter is merely a non-binding summary of the terms of a proposed transaction and, while we agree in principle to these terms and conditions and agree to proceed promptly and in good faith to work out a definitive agreement for the transaction, any legal obligations shall arise only as set forth in an executed Agreement signed by both parties. The Agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to both of us and will contain all usual and appropriate covenants and conditions. Validity: This proposal shall be valid until AUGUST 1ST, 2021. Per: ALAN SPERLING LLC ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO: By Print name: Title: _ Dated: MIMI Page 442 of 452 711912021 https://www.pbcgay.org/papa/AspsIPropertyDetaii/PrinterfriendlyPropertyPrint.aspx?parcel=08434529000001040 ;Property Detail.. 1n.........._ ................ .........._.. ......w._w._.........,......_....._....... _,_�, Location Address Municipality BOYNTON BEACH Parcel Control Number 08-43-45-29-00-000-1040 Subdivision Official Records Book 06652 Page 1315 Sale Date NOV-1990 Legal Description 29-45-43, L 330.70 FT OF WILY 660.16 FT OF SLY 672.12 FT OF NLY 1252.12 FT (LESS N 499.34 FT OF E 126.90 FT) OF TH PT OF NE 1/4 LYG 5 OF SR 804 Owner Information Owners BOYNTON BEACH CITY OF SalesInformation.._._......................__.M....._..__..__.._._.._....._._.............................. Sales Date Price OR Book/Page NOV-1990 $100 06652 / 01315 ;Exemption Information Applicant/Owner Year 2021 Mailing address PO BOX 310 BOYNTON BEACH FL 33425 0310 Sale Type WARRANTY DEED Detail Appraisals Tax Year 2020 2019 improvement Value $0 $0 Land Value $271,500 5271 ,500 Total Market Value $271,500 S271,500 AR values are as of January 7 s each year Assessed and Taxable Values Tax Year 2020 2019 Assessed Value $271,500 $271,500 Exemption Amount 8271, 500 $271, 500 Tom. W= V=1i is to $0 Taxes Owner Page 443 of 452 if ,)II, l�lf� na 444 of 452 PAPA Banner l oic,atmm.mmm Addimss SlmualimwiiillCamlllm�y BOYNTON BEACH Emarcclll t oiiiimhm.mlll Ilmaiuiialer, 08-43-45-29-00-000-1040 Snmilnmlln iii^; iiimmmin OltourmalllE.n im.m.mmnh Em.mm.mlllm,: 06652 Emxgc1315 Sale Date NOV-1990 29-45-43, E 330.70 FT OF WLY 660.16 FT OF SLY 672.12 FT I vgAa Um icmilptilim.mmim OF NLY 1252.12 FT (LESS N 499.34 FT OF E 126.90 FT) OF TH PT OF NE 1/4 LYG S OF SR 804 - - - Malliiiming anlmlun,ss Ilmmivrs PO BOX 310 BOYNTON BEACH CITY OF - BOYNTON BEACH FL 33425 0310 Sallks Date I�riiillmv OR Pm.mm.mlllm�"llhxgn° Sallk I"%Iv Ilmmivr, NOV-1990 $100 06652 / 01315 WARRANTY DEED Lanmmmptmm.mmnWar Dee. iiil BOYNTON BEACH CITY OF 2021 FULL MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT LL I"m.m�alll 0 I�dmmmmmlmmm m�ml Llmnm�.' 0 n' Il�nn� n um mm licsv �� 3.62 8900- RIAA- RIAA SINGLEFAMILY, 5.5 DU/AC Use m.mnla. MUNICIPAL Sim°immmnS (08-BOYNTON BEACH) I"aa Sn a m 2020 "ill l ml 201.14". lmmmpmm.mananemimt Valtic $0 $0 $0 l,amai;l Valmamc $271,500 $271,500 $271,500 I"m.w Aa Mar°lli:nm Valtic $271,500 $271,500 $271,500 All values are as of January 1 st each year I"aa Sn a m° 2020 201 ml 201 14 Assessed Valtic $271,500 $271,500 $271,500 Exc mmmlmtlm.mmim ARnomuummt. $271,500 $271,500 $271,500 I"aaallmin Valtic $0 $0 $0 I"aa Sn a m° 2020 201 ml 20114 Ad VaIllm.mmviii nim $0 $0 $0 dm.mmn Ad VaIllm.mmvminim $0 $0 $0 I"mmtalll taros $0 $0 $0 Page 445 of 452 Disposal of city real property. (a) Power to sell. The City Commission may authorize by Resolution the sale, transfer, and swap any real property, improved or unimproved, now owned or hereafter acquired by or owned by the city, as provided herein. These procedures supplement any other procedures that may now or in the future be applicable as provided by law or regulation. (b) Disposal of property which is sufficient in size and of such character as to comprise an independent building site and which will involve a conveyance of the city's fee simple interest. These parcels typically enjoy access to a public right-of-way, and are developable as building sites. (1) Resolution declaring surplus. Before any improved or unimproved property owned by the city shall be sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to this subsection (b), the governing body shall adopt a resolution declaring same surplus. (2) Determination concerning surplus. a. The city governing body shall review and consider the following: 1. The legal description (by reference to a recorded plat or government survey); 2. The property address by street number, if there be any; 3. A description of all improvements located upon the land; 4. How said land has been used since same has belonged to the city; 5. The current use of the property; 6. How the property was acquired and financed; 7. The needs of the city; 8. Whether disposal is consistent with the city comprehensive plan; 9. The estimated property value; 10. Any relevant property history; 11. The property's title; and 12. Whether the disposal of the property is precluded by grant provisions of other agencies. (3) Public hearing. The city governing body shall hold one (1) public hearing prior to adopting a resolution declaring property as surplus. An advertisement for such public hearing shall appear once in a newspaper of general circulation at least ten (10) days prior to the hearing. The advertisement will contain the resolution title and the date, time and place of the hearing. The city clerk shall advertise the proposed resolution for public hearing by placing it on the city council agenda and posting such agenda at least three (3) business days prior to the city council meeting. (4) When appraisals are needed. a. Any real property that the city proposes to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this subsection (b) must be appraised by two (2) independent appraisers, who are designated members of the Appraisal Institute, if the property is estimated to have a value that exceeds one million dollars ($1,000,000.00). b. Any real property that the city proposes to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this subsection (b) must be appraised by one (1) independent appraiser, who is designated member of the Appraisal Institute, if the property is estimated to have a value between five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) and one million dollars ($1,000,000.00). c. Any real property that the city proposes to sell or otherwise dispose of pursuant to this subsection (b) with an estimated value below five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) shall not require an appraisal. 100460579.1306-90018211 Page 446 of 452 Notwithstanding subparagraphs a., b., and c. above, no appraisal shall be needed: Where the city acquired the property from Palm Beach County as a result of the tax sale process and is returning such asset to the former owner or its successors and assigns; 2. Where the city transfers the property to another governmental entity or agency; or 3. Where the city is exchanging such real property with the private sector for a replacement parcel determined by the city governing body to have similar utility and where the public interests would be served. (5) Methods of disposal. a. Methods. The city may dispose of property pursuant to this subsection (b) utilizing the following methods: negotiation, trade with other governmental entities or agencies, request for letters of intent, sealed bids, or request for proposals. The city may retain professional real estate services to aid in the disposal of property. 1. Negotiation. The city may negotiate the sale of real property with a particular person or entity, and no further advertising will be needed to effect a transfer. 2. Sealed bids, requests for letters of intent, and request for proposals. At any time no more than ninety (90) days after adoption of resolution declaring the property surplus, the land may be offered for public disposition, and a notice shall be published by the city in a newspaper of general circulation in the city once not less than ten (10) days before sealed bids, letters of intent, or proposals are due. The notice shall state, at a minimum, the date when sealed bids, letters of intent, or proposals shall be received and whether the sale is with or without reservation. Sealed bids, letters of intent, and proposals shall be received accompanied by cashier's checks or certified checks payable to the city in an amount equal to at least ten (10) percent of the disposition price. 3. Transfer to governmental agencies. The city may sell or transfer any of its property to any other governmental agency, if the city governing body determines that: i. A transfer of the property to the other governmental agency shall provide a benefit to the city; and ii. That the terms received by the city are fair and equitable. 4. Land swap with any private or public land owner provided the properties are appraised at substantially the same value. In determining substantial value the City may take into consideration the potential increase in value following the swap. (6) Proceeds from sale or transfer. Any proceeds derived from the sale of any land, as authorized in this subsection (b), shall be deposited in the general fund of the city, or such other fund or account of the city as is determined by the finance director. (7) Conveyance. In order to convey property pursuant to this subsection (b) the city governing body shall be required to adopt a resolution authorizing the conveyance. Notwithstanding anything possibly to the contrary, the city may reject any and all offers, bids, letters of intent, or proposals, or terminate negotiations at any time and choose not to dispose of property, and nothing shall obligate the city governing body to adopt any necessary resolution. 100460579.1306-90018211 Page 447 of 452 13.C. Future Agenda Items 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Proposed Ordinance No. 21-025 First Reading. Approve DevelopmentAgreement Ordinance. (Tabled from the September 21, 2021 City Commission Meeting.) - TBD Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 448 of 452 13.D. Future Agenda Items 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Discuss Renaming Demonstration Garden Park - TBD Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 449 of 452 13. E. Future Agenda Items 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Discuss Building Safety Inspection Program- (Pending outcome of 2022 legislative session) Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 450 of 452 13. F. Future Agenda Items 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Discuss the ne)d steps for implementation of City Ordinance No. 21- 012 prohibiting the use and distribution of polystyrene foam ("Styrofoam") food ware, unencapsulated polystyrene foam products, balloons, and confetti on City property. - TBD Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 451 of 452 13.G. Future Agenda Items 3/15/2022 Requested Action by Commission: Possible Land Swap with St. Mark's Catholic Church - TBD Explanation of Request: How will this affect city programs or services? Fiscal Impact: Alternatives: Strategic Plan: Strategic Plan Application: Climate Action Application: Is this a grant? Grant Amount: Attachments: Page 452 of 452